436
Studying English at Work

邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

  • Upload
    udud55

  • View
    126

  • Download
    2

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

you can learn english easy as you are working

Citation preview

Page 1: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Studying English at Work

Page 2: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

恐懼英文的人,最容易被密密麻麻的英文字給嚇到,其實只要掌握了訣竅,全

英閱讀就會是一件很輕鬆的事。

《邊上班邊學英文》獨創魔法六步驟,只要按照這六個步驟確實地練習,不僅可

以學會全英閱讀,還不小心就學會了一「拖拉庫」的單字呢!

002

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks.01

1. 2. 3.

belt / shoes / tie / wallet / umbrella / socks / earrings / gloves

handkerchief / hat / necklace / purse / cap / mask / pocket

bag / sneakers / contact lens / ring / scarf / slippers / comb

A.

D.

F.

G.

J.

H.

I.

L.

M.

O.

N.B.

C.

1. belt [bElt] n. 腰帶2. shoe(s) [Su(z)] n. 鞋子3. tie [taI] n. 領帶4. wallet [1wAlIt] n. 皮夾5. umbrella [√m1brEl@] n. 雨傘6. sock(s) [sAk(s)] n. 襪子7. earring(s) [1Ir,rIµ(z)] n. 耳環8. glove(s) [gl√v(z)] n. 手套9. handkerchief [1h{µk_%tSIf] n. 手帕10 hat [h{t] n

13. cap [k{p] n. 鴨舌帽14. mask [m{sk] n. 口罩15. pocket [1pAkIt] n. 口袋16. bag [b{g] n. 袋、提袋17. sneaker(s) [1snik_(z)] n. 運動鞋18. contact lens [1kAnt{kt%lEnz]

n. 隱形眼鏡

19. ring [rIµ] n. 戒子20. scarf [skArf] n. 圍巾21 slipper(s) [1slIp_(z)] n

User's Guide

魔法步驟二:

猜文字在說什麼。

藍色字是本單元要學習的單字。將文字很快地讀一

遍之後,猜猜看 belt, shoes, tie, wallet各表示何種

飾品。

魔法步驟一:

看圖在說什麼。

仔細觀察每張圖片中所描繪的是什麼樣

的烹調方式。

魔法步驟四:

加強記憶單字。

反覆地練習步驟一到步驟三,

直到認識所有的單字,並把它

們記熟為止。

魔法步驟三:

在單字表裡查出單字的字

義。

在單字表找到 belt, shoes, tie,

wallet等單字的字義,看看和自

己猜想的字義是不是一樣。如果

不一樣,就回到步驟一,再把圖

好好地看一遍吧!如果都一樣,

恭禧你可以繼續步驟四了!

Page 3: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

User's Guide使用說明

003

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Things that we wear or bring on rainy days are... (ties / sneakers / umbrellas / raincoats /

combs).

2. Things that we wear on our ears are... (necklaces / belts / scarves / caps / earrings).

3. Things that we wear around our necks are... (contact lens / purses / scarves / ties / neck-

laces).

4. Things that we wear on our hands and fingers are...(hat / shoes / gloves / rings / masks).

5. Things that we wear on our feet are... (slippers / sneakers / shoes / socks / scarves).

6. Things that can be put in purses are... (combs / earrings / handkerchiefs / pockets / rings).

7. Things that we usually put money in are... (contact lens / wallets / purses / masks / belts).

8. Things that we put on our heads are... (caps / gloves / hats / socks / masks / sneakers).

02

Classify the items below in the chart.

List at least three items for each answer below.

1. What kinds of clothing accessories do you wear today?

2. What kinds of clothing accessories do you wear everyday?

3. What kinds of clothing accessories don't you have?

4. What kinds of clothing accessories are gifts from friends?

04

03ties / handkerchiefs / socks / slippers / earrings / gloves / necklaces

hats / shoes / combs / scarves / sneakers / belts / rings

2. Clothes Hanger1. Wardrobe

4. Dressing table3. Shoe Rack

1. socks, gloves, handkerchiefs, hats

2. belts, ties, scarves

3. shoes, sneakers, slippers

4. earrings, necklaces, rings, combs

1. shoes, earrings, necklaces

2. shoes, socks, earrings

3. contact lens, handkerchiefs, caps

4. necklaces, rings, wallets

魔法步驟五:

看圖回答問題。

利用這張你已經看得很熟的圖來

回答問題,把運輸系統的功用及

名稱再做一次連結,加深印象。

魔法步驟六:

單元總體檢。

接下來的練習題豐富多

元又有趣味,只要一題

一題紮紮實實地練習,

就可以幫助你輕鬆記憶

本單元所有的單字。不

僅記得快,還能記得

久,想忘也忘不掉!

Page 4: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

許多有心學好英文的上班族群,因忙碌而苦無多餘的精力與時間,錯失學習良

機。還在怨嘆你沒時間學英文嗎?《邊上班邊學英文》將「好英文」必備的基礎

2000單字以及多元練習題精巧地收錄於一片無聲 CD中,英語秘笈隨時輕鬆帶著

走,辦公室就是你最佳的練功天堂。而本書自創的全英學習環境,更讓你無形之中

融入全英思考模式,自然而然就能在辦公環境中運用。不論你是想進入外商公司工

作,或是想跨越與老外交談的心理障礙,《邊上班邊學英文》都能滿足你的需求!

本書將基礎 2000字的詞彙區分為兩大篇章:日常生活篇與工作休閒篇。前者單

字涵蓋個性、情緒感受、量詞、食物和交通等生活中必定運用得到的字彙;而後者

則針對上班族閒聊時所需單字,如:電腦術語、面試、運動、環境及社會問題等主

題撰寫,二本書的份量一次備齊!

在筆者八年的教學過程中,堅持在課堂上使用全英語來教學,大約有百分之八

十的學生會和大家一樣懷疑自己是否真的可以吸收,當然那另外的百分之二十並不

表示他們沒有懷疑,只是他們不感到害怕且喜歡挑戰,換言之,幾乎是所有的英語

學習者都對使用全英課程或教材的功效存疑。

既然如此,到底全英的學習對學生有什麼好處?為什麼筆者仍持續以全英系統

教學?我認為有以下兩點主要原因:

大部份的學習者(包括高中、大專生及社會人士)學習英文的目的,理由不外

乎是能使自己與外國人溝通,能吸收國外新知(如瀏覽網站、閱讀報紙與期刊之

用),或能通過英檢、托福之類的考試等。由這些學習目標來看,大家所必須面對的

就是全英的挑戰,既然全英的挑戰已是不可避免,提早讓自己適應全英的學習教材

與環境,便是能使自己快速適應挑戰的竅門。

除了部份學習者對語言翻譯有興趣,或是目標是成為一個專業的翻譯員,中譯

02

01

004

Introduction

Page 5: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Introduction作者序

英及英譯中是他們學習英文的主要重點與方式,其餘的學習者在消化或吸收英文的

過程時是不需要使用到中文的。因此,對於有英文學習經驗的學生而言,他們多半

已經了解英譯中與中譯英過程裡的複雜性,所以當我告訴學生,用中文翻譯來學習

英文的學習效率遠比用英文直接吸收慢很多時,大半的學生已能體會。

因此,筆者編寫了這本《邊上班邊學英文》,特別精心設計以下四種學習模式,

來增進學習者的單字能力,並提升學習效率。

1. 群組式學習:同時學習語意上相關聯的字群,例如: mouth, tongue, nose, eye⋯

等關於臉部五官的字一起學,相較依字母順序 A-Z逐字學習要來得更容易記憶。

2. 圖片及圖表輔助:圖片或圖表往往最能呈現具體的印象,藉由視覺將物體的形

象與字意做結合,一方面能加深對該字的印象,另一方面省去外語與母語的翻譯程

序,而加快會意的速度。

3. 慣用詞及片語學習:將部份慣用詞及片語的學習歸於單字學習的內容中,主要

是因為單字中有些字意的表現須以字辭(片語)的形式才能將字意及用法具體化。

例如:「turn」這個字,與其死背它的字意「轉」,還不如學 「turn on」, 「turn

off」,「turn over」⋯等片語來得實用。

4. 利用語境學習:透過出現在不同文章、語句或情境來意會該單字的完整用法。

在現實的生活裡,單字很少被單獨使用,而是伴隨片語、句子、文章及情境出現,

因此這點亦合乎溝通式英語的概念。因此,要學好單字並靈活運用,利用上下文語

境思考、練習是相當重要的方法之一。

《邊上班邊學英文》精選出日常生活最常用的 2000單字,主要以圖片和簡單的

邏輯思維讓讀者練習語句,除了必須記憶單元中的主要單字外,其餘的圖片及描述

的句子都是用來輔助讀者思考,並不需要刻意強記。

筆者誠心希望,這本精心設計過的全英讀本,能幫助有心學習英文者,同時掌

握單字與閱讀的學習技巧,跨越全英學習的障礙。

005

Page 6: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

006

使用說明................................................................................................002

作者序 ....................................................................................................004

Section 1 日常生活篇

Unit 1 Family Tree 族譜 ..................................................................................010

Unit 2 Family Relationships 血緣關係 ............................................................013

Unit 3 People in General 一般稱謂 ................................................................017

Unit 4 Titles and Special Titles for People 特定稱謂 ....................................020

Unit 5 People In Different Situations 不同場合適用的稱呼 ..........................024

Unit 6 Images and Special Titles 形象與特殊頭銜 ........................................028

Unit 7 Appearances外表 ..................................................................................032

Unit 8 Personality 1個性 1 ..............................................................................035

Unit 9 Personality 2個性 2 ..............................................................................039

Unit 10 Personality 3個性 3 ............................................................................042

Unit 11 Moods and Feelings 情緒與感受 ......................................................045

Unit 12 Cardinal Numbers 基數......................................................................049

Unit 13 Ordinal Numbers and Dates 序數與日期 ..........................................053

Unit 14 Months and Seasons 月份和季節......................................................057

Unit 15 Timepieces and Time of the Day 時間 ............................................060

Unit 16 Describing Time 1 描述時間 1 ............................................................064

Unit 17 Describing Time 2 描述時間 2 ............................................................068

Unit 18 Money 金錢 ..........................................................................................071

Unit 19 Colors, Shapes and Lines 顏色、形狀與線條 ..................................075

Unit 20 Describing Things 描述事物 ..............................................................078

Unit 21 Measurements 度量 ..........................................................................081

Unit 22 Quantity Phrases 量詞 ......................................................................084

Unit 23 Fruits 水果............................................................................................087

Unit 24 Vegetables, Meat and Seafood 蔬菜、肉類與海鮮 ..........................090

Unit 25 Deli 熟食店 ..........................................................................................093

Unit 26 Beverages and Sweets 飲料與甜點 ..................................................096

Unit 27 Seasonings and Tastes of Foods 調味料與食物的口味 ..................100

Contents

Page 7: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Contents目錄

Unit 28 Ways of Cooking and Types of Meals

食物烹調方式與肉品種類 ....................................................................104

Unit 29 The Body Parts 身體部位 ..................................................................107

Unit 30 The Face and Five Senses 臉部與五官 ............................................110

Unit 31 Inside the Body and Symptoms of Illness

身體器官與疾病的症狀 ........................................................................113

Unit 32 Health Conditions and Facial Expressions

健康狀況與面部表情 ............................................................................116

Unit 33 The Body Movements 1 肢體動作 1..................................................120

Unit 34 The Body Movements 2 肢體動作 2..................................................123

Unit 35 Kinds of Clothes 衣服種類..................................................................126

Unit 36 Accessories 飾品 ................................................................................129

Unit 37 Around the House 房屋 ......................................................................132

Unit 38 Around the Apartment 公寓 ..............................................................135

Unit 39 Furniture 家具 ......................................................................................138

Unit 40 Things in the Kitchen and Bathroom 廚房與浴室用具 ....................141

Unit 41 The Tableware and Houseware 餐具與家庭五金用品 ......................144

Unit 42 Housework 家事 ..................................................................................147

Unit 43 Household Appliances 家庭用品 ......................................................150

Unit 44 Buildings 大樓......................................................................................153

Unit 45 Stores 商店 ..........................................................................................156

Unit 46 Directions 方位 ....................................................................................160

Unit 47 Locations and Home Addresses 地點與住家地址 ............................165

Unit 48 Kinds of the Transportation 交通工具 ..............................................168

Unit 49 Transportation Systems 運輸系統 ....................................................172

Unit 50 Traffic Condition 交通狀況 ..................................................................176

Unit 51 People at School 學校的人們 ............................................................180

Unit 52 The Campus and the Classroom 校園與教室 ..................................183

Unit 53 The Stationery 文具 ............................................................................187

Unit 54 About Studying 1 關於學習 1..............................................................190

Unit 55 About Studying 2 關於學習 2..............................................................193

Unit 56 About Studying 3 關於學習 3..............................................................197

007

Page 8: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Contents目錄

Unit 57 About Studying 4 關於學習 4..............................................................200

Unit 58 About Studying 5 關於學習 5..............................................................203

Section 2 工作休閒篇

Unit 1 Personal Information 個人資料 ..............................................................10

Unit 2 Functions 功能 ........................................................................................13

Unit 3 About Childhood 關於童年 ....................................................................16

Unit 4 Communication 1 溝通 1 ........................................................................20

Unit 5 Communication 2 溝通 2 ........................................................................24

Unit 6 Communication 3 溝通 3 ........................................................................28

Unit 7 Personal Values 個人價值 ......................................................................32

Unit 8 Inner Thinking 內在想法 ........................................................................35

Unit 9 Attitudes 1 態度 1 ....................................................................................38

Unit 10 Attitudes 2 態度 2 ..................................................................................41

Unit 11 Terms about Computers 電腦術語 ......................................................44

Unit 12 Occupations 1 職業 1 ..........................................................................47

Unit 13 Occupations 2 職業 2 ..........................................................................51

Unit 14 Job Interview 面試 ................................................................................55

Unit 15 Business 1 談論工作 1 ..........................................................................58

Unit 16 Business 2 談論工作 2 ..........................................................................62

Unit 17 Sports 運動 ............................................................................................65

Unit 18 Hobbies 1 嗜好 1 ..................................................................................69

Unit 19 Hobbies 2 嗜好 2 ..................................................................................73

Unit 20 Free Time Activities 休閒娛樂 ..............................................................76

Unit 21 Nature and Weather 大自然與氣候......................................................80

Unit 22 Holidays 假期 ........................................................................................83

Unit 23 Places 地方............................................................................................86

Unit 24 Landscapes 風景 ..................................................................................90

Unit 25 Animals in the Zoo 動物園裡的動物 ....................................................93

Unit 26 Farm Animals and Pets 農場的動物與寵物 ........................................96

Unit 27 Wild Life and Garden Life 野生動物與植物 ......................................100

Unit 28 Home Insects and Parts of Plants and Animals

008

Page 9: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Contents目錄

昆蟲與動植物 ......................................................................................103

Unit 29 The World世界 ....................................................................................106

Unit 30 Places to Go可去的地方......................................................................110

Unit 31 Natural Resources 天然資源..............................................................114

Unit 32 Environmental Problems 環境問題 ..................................................117

Unit 33 War 關於戰爭 ......................................................................................120

Unit 34 Social Issues 1 社會事件 1 ................................................................124

Unit 35 Social Issues 2 社會事件 2 ................................................................128

Unit 36 Social Issues 3 社會事件 3 ................................................................131

Unit 37 Traffic 交通 ..........................................................................................135

Unit 38 Pronouns 1 代名詞 1 ..........................................................................138

Unit 39 Pronouns 2 代名詞 2 ..........................................................................142

Unit 40 Pronouns 3 代名詞 3 ..........................................................................146

Unit 41 Determiners 1 限定詞 1 ......................................................................150

Unit 42 Determiners 2 限定詞 2 ......................................................................153

Unit 43 Determiners 3 限定詞 3 ......................................................................156

Unit 44 Verbs 動詞 ..........................................................................................160

Unit 45 Prepositions of Places 1 描述地點的介系詞 1 ..................................163

Unit 46 Prepositions of Places 2 描述地點的介系詞 2 ..................................166

Unit 47 Prepositions of Time 描述地點的介系詞 ............................................169

Unit 48 Conjunctions 連接詞 ..........................................................................172

Unit 49 Interjections 感歎詞 ............................................................................175

Unit 50 Adverbs 1 副詞 1 ................................................................................178

Unit 51 Adverbs 2 副詞 2 ................................................................................182

Unit 52 Other Adverbs and Prepositions 其他副詞與介系詞 ........................185

Unit 53 Daily Verbs 1 每日動詞 1 ....................................................................189

Unit 54 Daily Verbs 2 每日動詞 2 ....................................................................193

Unit 55 Daily Verbs 3 每日動詞 3 ....................................................................197

Unit 56 Daily Verbs 4 每日動詞 4 ....................................................................201

Unit 57 Daily Verbs 5 每日動詞 5 ....................................................................205

索引 ......................................................................................................208

009

Page 10: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look below at the family tree of the Bax's.

Read the sentences below to get a better understanding of theterms.

1. Lisa is Sue's mother.

2. Robert is Sue's father.

3. Sue is Scott's sister.

02

01

010 1000

Family Tree族譜Family Tree

UNIT

1

Lisa Bax Robert Bax

John BaxDora Bax Amy SmithDavid Smith

Grant BaxMay Bax Larry Smith Sue Bax Scott Bax

4. Scott is Sue’s brother.

5. John is Grant’s son.

6. Dora is Grant’s daughter.

Page 11: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

7. John is Robert's grandson.

8. Robert is John's grandfather.

9. Dora is Lisa's granddaughter.

10. Lisa is Dora's grandmother.

Read the Bax family tree on the left and fill in the blanks below.

1. is Amy's father.

2. is Amy's grandfather.

3. is Dora's mother.

4. is Dora's grandmother.

5. is Dora's brother.

6. is John's sister.

7. is John's uncle.

8. is John's aunt.

9. is Larry's nephew.

10. is Larry's niece.

11. is Larry's son.

12. is Larry's daughter.

03

011

UNIT

1Family Tree族譜

1. mother [1m√D_] n. (=mom, mommy)母親

2. father [1fAD_] n. (=dad, daddy)父親

3. sister [1sIst_] n. 姐姐或妹妹4. brother [1br√D_] n. 哥哥或弟弟5. son [s√n] n. 兒子6. daughter [1dOt_] n. 女兒7. grandson [1gr{nd%s√n] n. 孫子或外孫8. grandfather [1gr{nd%fAD_] n. (=grandpa)祖父或外祖父

9. granddaughter [1gr{n%dOt_] n. 孫女或外孫女10. grandmother [1gr{nd%m√D_] n. (=grandma)祖母或外祖母

11. uncle [1√µk¬] n. 舅舅或伯叔父12. aunt [{nt] n. 嬸嬸、姑姑或舅媽13. nephew [1nEfju] n. 姪兒或外甥14. niece [nis] n. 姪女或外甥女

1. Larry

2. Robert

3. May

4. Lisa

5. John

6. Dora

7. Scott (or Larry)

8. Sue

9. John

10. Dora

11. David

12. Amy

11. Grant is David’s uncle.

12. May is David’s aunt.

13. David is Grant’s nephew.

14. Amy is Grant’s niece.

Page 12: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the family tree again then fill in theblanks below.

1. Lisa is Grant, Sue and Scott's .

2. Robert is Dora, John, David and Amy's .

3. May is David and Amy's .

4. Sue is Lisa and Robert's .

5. Scott is Dora, John, David and Amy's .

6. Amy is May, Grant and Scott's .

7. David is Robert and Lisa's .

8. Sue is Grant and Scott's .

9. Lisa is Dora, John, David and Amy's .

10. Amy is Lisa and Robert's .

11. David is Amy's .

12. Robert is Sue, Grant and Scott's .

13. David is Larry and Sue's .

14. John is Larry, Sue and Scott's .

Read the family tree and fill in T for True , F for False .

1. Robert is Amy's grandpa. In other words, Amy is Robert's

grandson.

2. Larry is David's father. David's sister is Dora.

3. Scott is Grant's brother. Dora is Grant's daughter. Thus,

Dora is Scott's niece.

4. John is May's son. So, May is John's grandmother.

5. May is David's aunt. David is Amy's brother. So, May is

Amy's aunt, too.

6. Larry is Amy's daddy. Amy is David's sister. Thus, Larry is

David's daddy.

7. John is Sue's nephew. Dora is John's sister. Therefore,

Dora is Sue's nephew.

05

04

012 1000

UNIT

1 Family Tree族譜

1. mother

(or mom or mommy)

2. grandfather

(or grandpa)

3. aunt

4. daughter

5. uncle

6. niece

7. grandson

8. sister

9. grandmother

(or grandma)

10. granddaughter

11. brother

12. father

(or dad or daddy)

13. son

14. nephew

1. F

2. F

3. T

4. F

5. T

6. T

7. F

Page 13: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Mr. and Mrs. Bax have three daughters: Alice, Mandy and Ann.All of them are married and have their own family. Below aretheir family trees.

01

013

UNIT

2Family Relationships血緣關係Family Relationships

UNIT

2

Paul Tina

Ray Alice

MollyJerry Peter

■ The Robinson family

Susanna WillieBarbara

■ The Knox family

Tommy Mandy

Page 14: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the sentences below to get a better understanding of theterms.

1. Paul is Tina's husband.

2. Tina is Paul's wife.

3. Paul and Tina are a couple.

4. Jerry, Peter and Molly are Paul's children.

5. Jerry is Paul's child.

6. Paul is Jerry's parent.

7. Paul and Tina are Jerry's parents.

8. Ray is Jerry's grandparent.

9. Ray and Alice are Jerry's grandparents.

02

014 1000

UNIT

2 Family Relationships血緣關係

■ The Nelson family

Rose Andrew George Karen

Dan Ann

RuthKenny Wilson

Page 15: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

10. The Knox family ,the Nelson family and the Robinson family are all relatives.

11. Kenny, Wilson are Molly's cousins.

12. Ray, Alice, Paul, Tina, Jerry, Peter and Molly are the Robinson family.

Read the family trees and fill in the blanksbelow.

1. is Tommy's wife.

2. is Susanna's husband.

3. and Mandy are a couple.

4. is Barbara's parent.

5. and are Willie's parents.

6. is Willie's cousin.

7. is Mandy's child.

8. and are Tommy's children.

9. is Ruth's grandparent.

10. and are Ruth's grandparents.

11. , , , and

are the Knox family.

12. The family and the family are

the Knox family's relatives.

03

015

UNIT

2Family Relationships血緣關係

1. Mandy

2. Willie

3. Tommy

4. Tommy

(or Mandy)

5. Tommy, Mandy

6. Paul

(or Rose or Karen)

7. Willie (or Barbara)

8. Barbara, Willie

9. Dan (or Ann)

10. Dan, Ann

11. Tommy, Mandy,

Barbara, Susanna,

Willie

12. Robinson

Nelson

1. husband [1h√zb@nd] n. 丈夫2. wife [waIf] n. 太太3. couple [1k√p¬] n. 夫婦4. children [1tSIldr@n] n. 小孩 (指 2個以上)

5. child [1tSaIld] n. 小孩 (指一個)

6. parent [1pEr@nt] n. 父親或母親7. parents [1pEr@nts] n. 雙親8. grandparent [1gr{nd%pEr@nt] n. 祖母或祖父9. grandparents [1gr{nd%pEr@nts] n. 祖父母10. relative [1rEl@tIv] n. 親戚11. cousin [1k√z§] n. 表或堂兄弟姐妹12. family [1f{m@lI] n. 家庭或家人

Page 16: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the family tree again then fill in the blanks below.

1. Kenny, Wilson and Ruth are Peter's .

2. Dan is Ann's .

3. Mandy is Tommy's .

4. Karen and Rose are Dan's .

5. Rose is Dan's .

6. Ann is Kenny's

7. Ann and Dan are Kenny's .

8. The Knox family is Nelson's

9. Dan and Ann are a .

10. Dan, Ann, Rose, Andrew, George, Karen, Kenny, Wilson and Ruth

are the Nelson .

11. Andrew and Rose are Wilson's .

12. Andrew is Wilson's .

Read the family trees and fill in T for True , F for False .

1. Tommy and Mandy are Barbara's parents. Barbara is

Willie's sister. So, Tommy and Mandy are also Willie's

parents.

2. Kenny is Rose's child. Kenny is Wilson's brother. Thus,

Wilson is Rose's child.

3. Ray and Alice are Jerry's grandparents. Jerry is Kenny's

cousin. So, Ray is Kenny's grandparent.

4. Barbara, Susanna, Willie, Dan and Ann are the Nelson

family.

5. George and Karen are Ruth's parents. Therefore,

George and Karen are a couple.

6. Wilson is Rose's son. Andrew is Rose's husband. Thus,

Wilson is Andrew's child.

05

04

016 1000

UNIT

2 Family Relationships血緣關係

1. cousins

2. husband

3. wife

4. children

5. child

6. grandparent

7. grandparents

8. relative

9. couple

10. family

11. parents

12. parent

1. T

2. T

3. F

4. F

5. T

6. T

Page 17: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

017

UNIT

3People in General一般稱謂

Look below at the Anderson's neighbors.

Read the sentences below to get a better understanding of theterms.

1. There are eleven people in the picture. There is one person in the house.

2. There are two girls. And, there is a boy. Thus, there are 3 kids in the picture.

3. There is a man and a woman. They are married. They have a baby.

4. There are two teenagers (= teens ). One is female. The other is male. They are youths.

5. There is an elder. The elder is looking at a lady.

6. There is a gentleman. He is the lady's boss. He is single.

02

01

People in GeneralUNIT

3

Elvis

Kelly

RickeyConnie

Elain Eric

Joline Gina Peter

Anderson

Diana

Page 18: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture and fill in the blanks below.

1. Anderson is a .

2. Elain is a .

3. Eric is a .

4. Peter is a .

5. Gina is a .

6. Diana is a .

7. Rickey is a .

8. Alice is a .

9. Kelly is a .

10. Joline is a .

Look at the picture then answer the questions below.

1. Who are the teenagers? .

2. Who are the kids? .

3. Who are the boys? .

4. Who are the girls? .

5. Who is an elder? .

6. Who are the men? .

7. Who are the women? .

04

03

018 1000

UNIT

3 People in General一般稱謂

1. people [1pip¬] n. 人 (指 2個以上)

2. person [1p^s§] n. 人 (指一個)

3. girl [g^l] n. 女孩4. boy [bOI] n. 男孩5. kid [kId] n. 小孩6. man [m{n] n. 男人7. woman [1w¨m@n] n. 女人8. married [1m{rId] adj. 結婚的9. baby [1bebI] n. 嬰兒10. teen [tin] n. 13-19歲少年

11. teenager [1tin%edZ_]n. 13-19歲少年

12. female [1fimel] adj. 女性的13. male [mel] adj. 男性的14. youth [juT] n. 年輕人15. elder [1Eld_] n. 年長者16. lady [1ledI] n. 女士17. gentleman [1dZEnt¬m@n] n. 男士18. single [1sIµg¬] adj. 單身的

1. teenager

(or youth or teen)

2. woman (or lady)

3. gentleman (or man)

4. boy (or kid)

5. girl (or kid)

6. teenager

(or youth or teen)

7. man (or gentleman)

8. baby

9. woman (or lady)

10. girl (or kid)

1. Anderson, Diana

2. Joline, Gina, Peter

3. Peter

4. Joline, Gina

5. Elvis

6. Ricky, Eric, Elvis

7. Kelly, Elain

Page 19: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

8. Who is the baby? .

9. Who are the youths? .

Look at the picture and fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. Joline and Gina are kids.

2. Peter is a baby.

3. Eric is married.

4. Kelly is single.

5. Elvis is an elder.

6. Diana is a youth.

7. Anderson is female.

8. Diana is female.

9. Elvis is talking to a person.

10. Diana is talking to three people.

05

019

UNIT

3People in General一般稱謂

1. T

2. F

3. F

4. F

5. T

6. T

7. F

8. T

9. F

10. F

8. Connie

9. Anderson, Simon, Diana

Page 20: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the titles below for ladies and gentlemen.

1. If Winnie is single, we can call her "Miss".

We also can call her "Ms." or "Madam".

We don't call her "Mrs." because "Mrs." is used for married ladies.

We don't call her "Dr." because we don't know if she is a doctor.

01

020 1000

Titles and Special Titles for People特定稱謂Titles and SpecialTitles for People

UNIT

4

For

Ladies■稱呼及使用情況 ■稱呼及使用情況

Ms.Single or married

ladies

MissSingle ladies

Mrs.Married ladies

MadamSingle or married

ladies

Dr.Single or married

female Doctors or

ladies with a Ph.D.

Page 21: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

2. If Peggy is a doctor, we can call her "Ms.", "Dr." or "Madam".

If she is married, we don't call her "Miss" because "Miss" is used for single ladies.

If she is single, we don't call her "Mrs." because "Mrs." is used for married ladies.

3. If Paul is married. John is single.

We can call Paul "Mr." or "Sir". We also can call John "Mr." or "Sir".

We don't call Paul (or John)"Dr." because we don't know if he is a doctor.

Read below chart to get a better understanding about names. 02

021

UNIT

4Titles and Special Titles for People特定稱謂

■稱呼及使用情況 ■稱呼及使用情況

SirSingle or married

gentlemen

Mr.Single or married

gentlemen

Dr.Single or married

male Doctors or

men with a Ph.D.

For

Gentlemen

西式順序

Name: Shu-ling Lai (淑玲賴)

First name: Shu-ling

Last name: Lai

Sir name = Family name = Last name

中式順序

Name: Lai , Shu-ling (賴淑玲)

First name: Shu-ling

Last name: Lai

Sir name = Family name = Last name

Page 22: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and answer the questions.

Miss Kelly has five friends. Her friends love different colors and live in different houses. Mr.

Chang lives in a blue house. Miss Lin lives in a green house. Mrs. Lee lives in a red house.

Dr. Huang lives in a brown house. And, Ms. Ru lives in a yellow house.

■ Use words: "is single", "is married" or "could besingle or married" to describe people in differenthouses.

" " " " " "

1. The person lives in the green house .

2. The person lives in the yellow house .

3. The person lives in the brown house .

4. The person lives in the blue house .

5. The person lives in the red house .

03

022 1000

UNIT

4 Titles and Special Titles for People特定稱謂

1. Miss [mIs] n. 小姐 (指未婚女士)

2. Ms. [mIz] n. 女士(未婚或已婚皆可用)

3. Mrs. [1mIsIz] n. 太太 (指已婚女士)

4. Dr. [1dAkt_] n. 醫師或具博士學位者5. Madam [1m{d@m] n. (= ma'am)女士 (敬稱;同 Ms.用法)

6. Mr. [1mIst_] n. 先生(未婚或已婚皆可用)

7. Sir [s^] n. 先生(未婚或已婚皆可用)

8. name [nem] n. 姓名9. first name [1f^st%nem] n. 名字10. last name [1l{st%nem] n. 姓氏11. sir name [1s^%nem] n. 姓氏12. family name [1f{m@lI%nem] n. 姓氏

1. is single

2. could be single

or married

3. could be single

or married

4. could be single

or married

5. is married

Page 23: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the blanks below.

Read the name list below and fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. We can call (F) Mr. Hyde.

2. Cullen is a sir name.

3. Holliday is a first name.

4. Bax is a family name.

5. Alan is a last name.

6. Kusel is a first name.

7. John is a sir name.

8. Richard is a last name.

9. Graham is a family name.

10. We can call (G) Mr. John.

05

04

023

UNIT

4Titles and Special Titles for People特定稱謂

Name:

Tang , Hee-yeng

1) Sir name:

2) First name:

3) Family name:

Name:

Tomoko Nakayama

4) Last name:

5) First name:

6) Sir name:

Name:

Anita Boggio

7) Family name:

8) First name:

9) Last name:

1. Tang

2. Hee-yeng

3. Tang

4. Nakayama

5. Tomoko

6. Nakayama

7. Boggio

8. Anita

9. Boggio

1. T

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. F

6. F

7. F

8. F

9. F

10. F

(A) Holliday , Adrian (C) Thomson , Graham (E) Paul Kusel (G) Kullman , John

(B) Stephen Bax (D) Richard Cullen (F) Hyde , Martin (H) Alan Cunningsworth

Page 24: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read below terms for the way that we address people in differentsituations.01

024 1000

People In Different Situations不同場合適用的稱呼

■ Situations情境 ■ Expressions表達

∂People sell things in stores and own the stores. We call

them owners.

∂People buy things in stores. We call them customers.

∂Customers pay money to the owners. Owners give

things to the customers.

∂Baseball can not be played alone. It is usually played

with many people.

∂Thus, a group of people can play baseball.

∂The people in the group to play the baseball that we

can call them "players".

∂The one to teach "players" to play baseball is a

"coach".

∂People come in groups to watch baseball, we can say

they are a crowd of people.

∂People that were born in Taiwan are called Taiwanese

or Chinese.

∂People that come from U.S.A. are called Americans.

∂To Taiwanese, Americans are foreigners. To

Americans, Taiwanese are foreigners.

In a store

In a baseball team

In Taiwan

People In DifferentSituations

UNIT

5

Page 25: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

025

UNIT

5People In Different Situations不同場合適用的稱呼

■ Situations情境 ■ Expressions表達

∂People who own a house are called masters or hosts

of the house.

∂People who come to visit a house are called guests or

visitors.

∂People who live next to a house are called neighbors

of the house.

∂People who steal things from a house are called

thieves.

∂People in a team (any kind of team or group) are called

members.

∂People working together in a team call each other

partners.

∂People who lead teams are called leaders.

∂If we compare people to the creatures in the universe,

there is another name that we can use: human.

∂People that you never know or meet before are

strangers to you.

In a house

In a team

Others

1. owner [1on_] n. 物主;所有者2. customer [1k√st@m_] n. 顧客;買者3. group [grup] n. 群體;團體4. player [1ple_] n. 選手;競賽者5. coach [kotS] n. 教練6. crowd [kra¨d] n. 群眾

7. Chinese [1tSaI1niz] n. 中國人8. American [@1mErIk@n] n. 美國人9. master [1m{st_] n. 主人;屋主10. host [host] n. 主人;屋主11. guest [gEst] n. 客人;賓客12. visitor [1vIzIt_] n. 拜訪者;客人

Page 26: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the blanks below with words.

1. Linda was born in China. So, she is .

2. Christina owns a house. So, she is a .

3. Vivian is Christina's good friend. She goes to Christina's house.

Thus, she is a to Christina.

4. Cullen's family lives in 44 Cromwell Road. Hancox's family lives in

42 Cromwell Road. Therefore, Mr. Cullen is Mrs. Hancox's

.

5. Maggie lost her money. In fact, Tim stole it. So, Tom is a

.

6. John and Paul work together in a team. They are .

7. Susan buys things from Annie's store. Thus, Susan is a

to Annie.

8. Tom is a to Lee's family because they've never

known this person.

9. William plays in the school's soccer team. He is a .

10. Jacky teaches William's soccer team. He is a .

11. There are more than seven hundred people that join the party. In

another word, there is a of people at the party.

12. Carol, Anderson, Alex, Gina, Tina, Brian, Iran and Sophia usually

dance together in a park on Fridays. In another word, there is a

of people that usually dance in the park every

Friday.

02

026 1000

UNIT

5 People In Different Situations不同場合適用的稱呼

13. neighbor [1neb_] n. 鄰居14. thief [Tif] n. 小偷15. member [1mEmb_] n. 成員;會員16. partner [1pArtn_] n. 伙伴;拍檔

17. leader [1lid_] n. 領導者18. human [1hjum@n] n. 人類19. stranger [1strendZ_] n. 陌生人

1. Chinese

2. master (or host)

3. guest (or visitor)

4. neighbor

5. thief

6. partners

7. customer

8. stranger

9. player

10. coach

11. crowd

12. group

Page 27: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match left terms to terms on the right.

1. owner ∂ ∂animal

2. players ∂ ∂customer

3. master ∂ ∂coach

4. American ∂ ∂Chinese

5. a group of people ∂ ∂a crowd of people

6. human ∂ ∂guest

Read the sentences below and fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. Your cousin comes to your house. You are a guest. And,

your cousin is a host.

2. You live next to Maria's house. Thus, you are Maria's

neighbor.

3. You go to visit your friend, Sue. You are Sue's stranger.

4. In your job, you cannot work alone. You should always

work with David. Thus, David is your partner.

5. John, Alice and you paid five hundred NT dollars to be in

a dancing club. You are a member of the dancing club.

04

03

027

UNIT

5People In Different Situations不同場合適用的稱呼

1.customer2.coach

3. guest

4. Chinese

5. a crowd of people

6. animal

1. F

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. T

Page 28: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and their stories.

A girl is selling matches at night. She meets a ghost ! But, she doesn't feel bad because it is

her grandmother. It is a very cold night. The girl finally died in the road. She is a good girl.

Her spirit or soul flies into the sky. In the sky, God and angels are there.

01

028 1000

Images and Special Titles形象與特殊頭銜Images and SpecialTitles

UNIT

6

1

3

2

H

B

A

F

Page 29: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

A girl meets three bad guys. The bad guys want the girl's money. Fortunately, a hero comes

to help the girl. Unfortunately, the three bad guys take the money. Fortunately, a giant stops

the three bad guys. Finally, the hero and giant bring the three bad guys to see the king and

queen. Then, they find the girl is a princess. The princess marries to the hero. The hero is a

prince now!

029

UNIT

6Images and Special Titles形象與特殊頭銜

3

1

2

G

J

D

J

G

EC I

Page 30: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read pictures on page 28, 29 and answer the questions below.

1. Who is (A) ?

2. Who is (B) ?

3. Who is (C) ?

4. Who is (D) ?

5. Who is (E) ?

6. Who is (F)?

7. Who is (G)?

8. Who is (H)?

9. Who is ( I )?

10. Who is (J)?

Match the words below.

1. princess ∂ ∂ bad guys

2. king ∂ ∂ God

3. hero ∂ ∂ queen

4. soul ∂ ∂ spirit

5. angel ∂ ∂ prince

03

02

030 1000

UNIT

6 Images and Special Titles形象與特殊頭銜

1. ghost [gost] n. 鬼;幽靈2. spirit [1spIrIt] n. 靈魂3. soul [sol] n. 靈魂4. God [gAd] n. 上帝5. angel [1endZ¬] n. 天使6. guy [gaI] n. 傢伙

7. hero [1hIro] n. 英雄8. giant [1dZaI@nt] n. 巨人9. king [kIµ] n. 國王10. queen [1kwin] n. 皇后11. princess [1prInsIs] n. 公主12. prince [prIns] n. 王子

1. a girl

2. an angel

3. a queen

4. a giant

5. a princess

6. the girl's grand-

mother

7. a bad guy

8. God

9. a king

10. a hero

1. prince

2. queen

3. bad guys

4. spirit

5. God

Page 31: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Think about the words below. Does it mean Male, Female orBoth? What do you think?

Fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. King's wife is called a prince.

2. Queen's daughter is called a princess.

3. Prince is a king and queen's child.

4. Giant is usually big and tall.

5. Hero usually helps bad guys.

6. Thieves are bad guys.

7. In a church, we usually see pictures of God and angels.

8. "Snow White" is a ghost story.

9. In the world, everyone is able to see the soul.

05

04

031

UNIT

6Images and Special Titles形象與特殊頭銜

1. Male

2. Both

3. Female

4. Both

5. Female

6. Male

7. Both

8. Male

9. Both

10. Both

11. Both

12. Female

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. T

5. F

6. T

7. T

8. F

9. F

1. prince

( )

2. hero

( )

3. grandmother

( )

4. ghost

( )

5. princess

( )

9. giant

( )

6. guy

( )

10. angel

( )

7. soul

( )

11. spirit

( )

8. king

( )

12. queen

( )

Page 32: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and descriptions. 01

032 1000

Appearances外表

Jim, Owen and Oliver are brothers

in Wang's family.

Jim is chubby.

Owen is heavy.

Oliver is overweight.

All of them are fat.

Lillian, Jenny, Amy and Elaine are

sisters in Robinson's family.

Lillian is skinny.

Jenny is underweight.

Amy is slim.

Elaine is slender.

All of them are thin.

AppearancesUNIT

7

John is tall but ugly.

Peter is short but handsome. In another word,

he is nice - looking.

Anita is old but beautiful.

In another word, she is pretty and nice-looking.

Sherry is young but ugly.

John

Peter

Jim

Lillian Jenny

Anita Sherry

Owen Oliver

Amy Elaine

Page 33: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures on the left and fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. Jenny is heavy.

2. Anita is old.

3. Peter is nice -looking.

4. John and Sherry are ugly.

5. Jim is fat.

6. Elaine and Amy are thin.

7. John is very short.

8. Anita is pretty.

9. Jenny is not fat.

10. Owen is not heavy.

Write the opposite words in the blanksbelow.

1. fat /

2. handsome /

3. young /

4. tall /

5. ugly /

6. overweight /

03

02

033

UNIT

7Appearances外表

1. tall [tOl] adj. 高的2. ugly [1√glI] adj. 醜的3. short [SOrt] adj. 矮的4. handsome [1h{ns@m] adj. 帥的5. nice-looking [1naIs1l¨kIµ] adj. 好看的6. old [old] adj. 老的7. beautiful [1bjut@f@l] adj. 漂亮的8. pretty [1prItI] adj. 漂亮的9. young [j√µ] adj. 年輕的10. chubby [1tS√bI] adj. 圓胖的

11. heavy [1hEvI] adj. 笨重的12. overweight [1ov_%wet] adj. 過重的13. fat [f{t] adj. 胖的14. skinny [1skInI] adj. 瘦得皮包骨的15. underweight [1√nd_%wet]

adj. 重量不足的

16. slim [slIm] adj. 苗條的17. slender [1slEnd_] adj. 苗條的18. thin [TIn] adj. 瘦的

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. T

5. T

6. T

7. F

8. T

9. T

10. F

1. thin (or skinny or under-

weight or slim or slender)

2. ugly

3. old

4. short

5. handsome (or nice-look-

ing or beautiful or pretty)

6. underweight

(or slim or slender or thin)

Page 34: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Guess! Who is who?

■ Below is about Charlie's family.

Well, my sister is tall and pretty. And, my brother is really skinny and ugly. Besides, my

cousins are heavy. They are like my father. They like hamburgers. And, that's my mother she

is old but beautiful.

Uhm..., that's my girlfriend. She is slim and young!

04

034 1000

UNIT

7 Appearances外表

( 1. )

( 4. ) ( 5. )

( 2. ) ( 3. )

1. Charlie's mother

2. Charlie's brother

3. Charlie's father

4. Charlie's girlfriend

5. Charlie's cousin

6. Charlie's sister

( 6. )

Page 35: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and descriptions.

John and Peter break Mr. Brown's vase. John says sorry to Mr. Brown. But, Peter doesn't.

John is polite. Peter is impolite. (impolite = rude)

Ms. Green finds John and Peter stealing apples. When, Ms. Green asks John and Peter. John

says he did. But, Peter says he didn't. John is honest. Peter is dishonest. (honest = sincere

= frank)

01

035

UNIT

8Personality 1個性 1Personality 1

UNIT

8

Page 36: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Teacher Wang asks John and Peter to clean up the table. John does it right away. But, Peter

doesn't. John is diligent. Peter is lazy. (diligent = hard-working)

Poor Linda needs money for the hospital. Linda asks John and Peter for help. John gives all

his pocket money. But, Peter only gives 1 NT dollar. John is generous. Peter is stingy.

Mrs. Fay asks John and Peter to color a flower. John did the red one. Peter did the blue one.

From the picture, we can see John is careful. Peter is careless.

036 1000

UNIT

8 Personality 1個性 1

Page 37: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures on the left and fill in the blanks below.

1. is careful.

2. is stingy.

3. needs money.

4. is impolite.

5. is generous.

6. gives pictures for coloring.

7. is hard-working.

8. is frank.

9. is not sincere.

10. is not rude.

11. is not careful.

According to the pictures on the left, tick the words below todescribe Peter's personality. Peter is...03

02

1. John

2. Peter

3. Linda

4. Peter

5. John

6. Mrs. Fay

7. John

8. John

9. Peter

10. John

11. Peter

037

UNIT

8Personality 1個性 1

( ) honest

( ) not careful

( ) not diligent

( ) generous

( ) sincere

( ) impolite

( ) lazy

( ) not rude

( ) not stingy

not diligent

lazy

not careful

impolite

1. polite [p@1laIt] adj. 有禮貌的2. impolite [%Imp@1laIt] adj. 沒禮貌的3. rude [rud] adj. 粗魯、沒禮貌的4. honest [1AnIst] adj. 誠實的5. dishonest [dIs1AnIst] adj. 不誠實的6. sincere [sIn1sIr] adj. 正直、誠實的7. frank [fr{µk] adj. 坦白、誠實的8. diligent [1dIl@dZ@nt] adj. 勤勉努力的9. lazy [1lezI] adj. 懶惰的10. hard-working [%hArd1w^kIµ] adj. 工作勤奮的11. generous [1dZEn@r@s] adj. 慷慨的12. stingy [1stIndZI] adj. 小氣的13. careful [1kErf@l] adj. 細心的14. careless [1kErlIs] adj. 粗心的

Page 38: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Complete the chart below. (←→) means opposite words. (=)means words with the same meaning.

←→

Read the sentences below and fill in the blanks.

1. Lisa never tells the truth. Thus, Lisa is .

2. Joan always says "please" when she orders drinks. Joan is

.

3. David always works until mid-night. David is .

4. Lillian doesn't care about details. Lillian is .

5. Gina hates to do any housework and homework. Gina is

.

6. Tom never gives any money to help others. He is .

7. Judy buys a meal for the poor kids. Judy is .

8. May never makes mistakes on her homework. May is

.

9. Emily tells a lie to her classmates. She is .

10. Andy never says "thank you" when people help him. Andy is

.

05

04

038 1000

UNIT

8 Personality 1個性 1

honest ←→ 1.

2. ←→ generous

3. ←→ polite

frank ←→ 4.

5. ←→ lazy

6. = sincere

7. = hard-working

stingy ←→ 8.

rude = 9.

impolite ←→ 10.

careful ←→ 11.

diligent = 12. 1. dishonest

2. stingy

3. impolite (or rude)

4. dishonest

5. diligent (or hard-working)

6. frank (or honest)

7. diligent

8. generous

9. impolite

10. polite

11. careless

12. hard-working

1. dishonest

2. polite

3. diligent

(or hard-working)

4. careless

5. lazy

6. stingy

7. generous

8. careful

9. dishonest

10. impolite (or rude)

Page 39: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and read the descriptions.

Rita and Nancy study in the same class. Both Rita and Nancy are very good at studying. Both

of them are smart ( =wise = clever = genius = intelligent ). But, they are very different. Rita

was born in a rich family. Nancy was born in a poor family. Rita is rich. And, Nancy is poor.

However, Rita is selfish and sneaky ( = evil ) and proud. She doesn't play with poor people

and never helps others. Nancy is kind ( =nice = friendly = gentle ) and humble. Nancy

helps poor people but never lets people know that she helps. Rita thinks this is stupid ( = fool

= foolish = dumb = silly ) to do good things but not let nobody know. At school, Rita is active

( =energetic ). She likes dancing. But, Nancy is shy. She loves reading and isn't very good at

giving a speech in front of people.

■Check the pictures below and find out who is Rita and who is Nancy.

01

039

UNIT

9Personality 2個性 2Personality 2

UNIT

9

1. She is . 2. She is . 3. She is .

4. She is . 5. She is .

1. Rita

2. Nancy

3. Rita

4. Rita

5. Nancy

Page 40: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read page 39 and fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. Rita is shy.

2. Nancy is not silly.

3. Nancy is proud.

4. Rita is not smart.

5. Rita is gentle.

6. Nancy is poor.

7. Rita is rich.

8. Nancy is not active.

9. Rita is intelligent.

10. Rita is friendly.

11. Nancy is not rich.

02

1. F

2. T

3. F

4. F

5. F

6. T

7. T

8. T

9. T

10. F

11. T

040 1000

UNIT

9 Personality 2個性 2

1. smart [smArt] adj. 聰明的2. wise [waIz] adj. 有智慧聰明的3. clever [1klEv_] adj. 聰明的4. genius [1dZinj@s] adj. 有天份聰明的5. intelligent [In1tEl@dZ@nt] adj. 聰明的6. rich [rItS] adj. 富裕有錢的7. poor [p¨r] adj. 貧窮困苦的8. selfish [1sElfIS] adj. 自私的9. sneaky [1snikI] adj. 卑鄙的10. evil [iv¬] adj. 邪惡害人的11. proud [pra¨d] adj. 驕傲的12. kind [kaInd] adj. 仁慈的

13. nice [naIs] adj. 好心的14. friendly [1frEndlI] adj. 友善的15. gentle [1dZEnt¬] adj. 溫和善良的16. humble [1h√mb¬] adj. 謙虛的17. stupid [1stjupId] adj. 愚笨的18. fool [ful] adj. 愚蠢的19. foolish [1fulIS] adj. 愚蠢的20. dumb [d√m] adj. 愚笨的21. silly [1sIlI] adj. 愚笨的22. active [1{ktIv] adj. 活潑的23. energetic [%En_1dZEtIk] adj. 充滿活力的24. shy [SaI] adj. 害羞的

Page 41: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

How much do you remember about Rita and Nancy's characters.Use words in unit 9.

Complete below chart. (←→) means opposite words. (=) meanswords with the same meaning.

←→

04

03

041

UNIT

9Personality 2個性 2

■ I think Rita is...

■ I think Nancy is...

I think Rita is...

smart (or wise or clever or genius

or intelligent),rich, selfish, sneaky

(or evil), proud and active(or ener-

getic)

I think Nancy is...

smart (or wise or clever or genius

or intelligent),poor, kind(or nice or

friendly or gentle), humble and shy

1. wise (or genius or clever

or intelligent)

2. smart (or wise or clever or

genius or intelligent)

3. active (or energetic)

4. stupid (or fool or foolish or

dumb)

5. rich

6. foolish (or fool or dumb or

silly)

7. gentle (or nice or kind)

8. smart (or genius or intelli-

gent or wise or clever

9. kind (or nice or friendly or

gentle)

10. energetic

11. sneaky (or evil)

12. proud

smart = 1.

dumb ←→ 2.

shy ←→ 3.

silly = 4.

poor ←→ 5.

stupid = 6.

friendly = 7.

foolish ←→ 8.

evil ←→ 9.

active = 10.

kind ←→ 11.

humble ←→ 12.

Page 42: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the pictures below with the descriptions. 01

042 1000

Personality 3個性 3Personality 3

UNIT

10

çToby is cruel. He loves bloody things and never

feels sorry about them.

çFred is crazy ( = mad ). He does things he

wants, never cares about others.

çVernon is greedy. He always gets things more

than he needs.

çAmy is lovely (= cute ). Mickey Mouse is her

favorite.

çAndy is naughty. He is very curious about

everything. This is why he always breaks his

mom's vase.

çKim is childish (= childlike ). He likes to act

like a monkey so that people think he is funny.

But, in the class, he is very talkative. Therefore,

teacher wants him to keep quiet.

çMonica is a good nurse because she is patient,

considerate and responsible to the people in

need.

çJulia is a famous fashion designer in New York.

She is successful and fashionable (←→ tradi-

tional ) so that many people want to buy her

clothes.

çClark is a pilot. He is confident, independent

and a bit serious (←→ humorous ), therefore,

he can bring passengers home safely.

Page 43: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Circle below words that belong to negative characters. 02

043

UNIT

10Personality 3個性 3

confident / greedy / curious / cute / patient

naughty / traditional / crazy / successful / lovely

considerate / responsible / humorous / cruel / mad greedy/naughty

crazy/cruel/mad

1. cruel [1kru@l] adj. 殘忍的2. crazy [1krezI] adj. 瘋狂的3. mad [m{d] adj. 瘋狂的4. greedy [1gridI] adj. 貪心的5. lovely [1l√vlI] adj. 可愛的6. cute [kjut] adj. 可愛的7. naughty [1nOtI] adj. 頑皮的8. curious [1kjurI@s] adj. 好奇的9. childish [1tSaIld%laIk] adj. 幼稚的、傻氣的10. childlike [1tSaIldIS] adj. 幼稚的、傻氣的11. funny [1f√nI] adj. 滑稽可笑的、有趣的12. talkative [1tOk@tIv] adj. 愛說話的13. patient [1peS@nt] adj. 有耐心的14. considerate [k@n1sId@rIt] adj. 體貼的15. responsible [rI1spAns@b¬] adj. 有責任感的16. successful [s@k1sEsf@l] adj. 成功的17. fashionable [1f{S@n@b¬] adj. 流行的、時髦的18. traditional [tr@1dIS@n¬] adj. 傳統的19. confident [1kAnf@d@nt] adj. 有自信的20. independent [%IndI1pEnd@nt] adj. 獨立的21. serious [sIrI@s] adj. 嚴肅的、認真的22. humorous [1hjum@r@s] adj. 幽默的

Page 44: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three characters that you think is important to be ...

Read the descriptions below and fill in the letter.

1. ( ) You have no problem on waiting. You can wait for more than 10 minutes with no com-

plaints. So, you are...

2. ( ) You don't like to ask people to do things for you. You always do things by yourself.

Thus, you are...

3. ( ) You like talking. You just can't stop talking to people. So, you are...

4. ( ) You like new things. And, you like reading fashion magazines for the clothes you

bought. And, you are...

5. ( ) You like Hello Kitty. You want to be like a Hello Kitty so that people all like you very

much. So you are...

6. ( ) You like to have lots of things, money, food, toy, and...so on. Therefore, you are...

04

03

044 1000

UNIT

10 Personality 3個性 3

■ Your ideal girlfriend or boyfriend

■ Your son or daughter

■ Your father 1. patient, considerate ,responsible

2. successful, confident, independent,

cute, naughty and childlike(or childish)

3. responsible, successful and serious

a. cute b. traditional c. fashionable d. patient

e. greedy f. independent g. talkative h. humorous

1.d

2.f

3.g

4.c

5.a

6.e

Page 45: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the chart below to see how Julia, Tony, Anita, Elaine, Andyand Sherry feel today.

Read the chart above and fill in the blanks.

1. and are not fine today.

2. is ok today.

3. and are good today.

4. is very bad today.

5. is very good today.

Read the chart below to learn the mood figure. Higher scoremeans better mood.03

02

01

045

UNIT

11Moods and Feelings情緒與感受

Julia

Tony & Anita

Elaine

Andy

Sherry

horrible

= terrible

bad

fine

good

wonderful

= marvelous

= terrific

= fantastic

Moods and FeelingsUNIT

11

1. Andy, Sherry

2. Elaine

3. Tony, Anita

4. Sherry

5. Julia

happy angry jealous nervous lonely afraid sorry homesick envy unhappy

= glad = sad

score 10 -8 -4 -2 6 -8 8 2 4 -10

Page 46: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read chart on page 45 and answer below questions.

1. John is jealous of her brother's new toys and feels sad today.

What is his mood score?

2. Alice is angry with her sister and feels lonely now.

What is her mood score?

3. Lillian was happy for a party but nervous as she was home later.

What is her mood score?

4. Jessica feels sorry for her dead dog and quite homesick now.

What is her mood score?

5. Web is glad to have a gift and a bit afraid of his school test tomorrow.

What is his mood score?

6. Sofia is sad about her final grade because she has failed.

What is her mood score?

7. Gina envies Tina's new car.

She wishes she could buy one soon.

What is her mood score?

04

046 1000

UNIT

11 Moods and Feelings情緒與感受

1.–14

2.–2

3. 8

4. 10

5. 2

6.–10

7. 41. wonderful [1w√nd_f@l] adj. 極好的

2. marvelous [1mArv@l@s] adj. 極棒的

3. terrific [t@1rIfIk] adj. 極佳的

4. fantastic [f{n1t{stIk] adj. 太棒的

5. good [g¨d] adj. 好的

6. fine [faIn] adj. 健康的

7. bad [b{d] adj. 不好的

8. horrible [1hOr@b¬] adj. 糟透的

9. terrible [1tEr@b¬] adj. 極糟糕的

10. happy [1h{pI] adj. 快樂開心的

11. glad [gl{d] adj. 高興的

12. angry [1{µgrI] adj. 生氣的

13. jealous [1dZEl@s] adj. 忌妒的

14. nervous [1n^v@s] adj. 緊張的

15. lonely [1lonlI] adj. 寂寞的

16. afraid [@1fred] adj. 害怕的

17. sorry [1sArI] adj. 難過遺憾的

18. homesick [1hom%sIk] adj. 想家的

19. envy [1EnvI] adj. 羨慕

20. unhappy [√n1h{pI] adj. 悲慘不快樂的

21. sad [s{d] adj. 悲傷的

Page 47: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Use words on page 46 to answer the questions below.

1. You are from Tokyo. But, you live in Taipei now. You miss Tokyo

very much. So, you are .

2. Your little sister broke your favorite vase. You want to punish her

because you are really .

3. You are afraid of water. Today is your first day to learn swimming.

You are so .

4. You heard a terrible accident about Anderson's family. You feel very

when you meet them.

5. You have no friends in town for Christmas. You are very

.

6. You think you would see ghost in a dark place. So you are

of the night.

7. Today is the best day in your life. Thus, today is to

you.

8. You lost your credit cards and money today. Therefore, today is a very day.

Circle the words below describing negative moods.

Fill out the chart below using words with the opposite or samemeaning.07

06

05

047

UNIT

11Moods and Feelings情緒與感受

1. homesick

2. angry

3. nervous

4. sorry

5. lonely

6. afraid

7. wonderful

(or marvelous

or terrific or

fantastic)

8. horrible

(or terrible or

unhappy or sad

or bad)

glad / afraid / happy / jealous / terrific / wonderful

good / angry / marvelous / terrible / unhappy

fine / horrible / nervous / sad / bad / envy afraid/jealous

angry/terrible

unhappy/sad

horrible/bad

nervous

glad ←→ 1.

terrible ←→ 2.

good ←→ 3.

fantastic = 4.

unhappy ←→ 5.

horrible = 6. 1. sad (or unhappy or sorry)

2. wonderful or marvelous or

terrific or fantastic)

3. bad

4. wonderful (or marvelous or

terrific)

5. happy (or glad)

6. terrible

Page 48: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the text below and answer the questions.

How about you? How's your day today?

■ Fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. Today is marvelous for Molly.

2. Susan is quite homesick when she met Lisa's

boyfriend in the party.

3. Lisa was very glad this morning because she lost her

car.

4. Peter was fine in the hospital.

5. Peter's parents felt terrible when they knew Peter was

in the hospital.

6. It was terrific that Peter had a car accident.

7. Lisa was happy this afternoon.

08

048 1000

UNIT

11 Moods and Feelings情緒與感受

1. T

2. F

3. F

4. T

5. T

6. F

7. T

I had a very good day because I passed my final exam!!

Today is Sunday. Molly has a family party. Molly heard that her cousin, Peter, had a car

accident on the way to the party. Peter's parents were very worried and went to the hospi-

tal immediately. Luckily, Peter was ok. Peter's sister, Lisa, came to the party in the after-

noon. She was very late because her car was stolen. She cried badly that morning.

Fortunately, a policeman found her car. Now, she is not so bad. Besides, she brought her

boyfriend to the party. Susan, Molly's little sister would like to have a boyfriend very much.

When she met Lisa's boyfriend at the party, she felt bad. She wishes Lisa's boyfriend could

be hers. Molly is very happy because there are many good things that happened to her

today. She passed her History exam. She will have a new office tomorrow. And, her

boyfriend tells her to marry him this evening!

Page 49: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the chart below and fill in the sum.

Read the chart below and fill in the number of zero. 02

01

049

UNIT

12Cardinal Numbers基數Cardinal Numbers

UNIT

12

A B C A + B + C =Sum

0 zero 10 ten ( e.g. 0 + 10 = 10) ( ten )

1 one 11 eleven ( 1. ) ( 2. )

2 two 12 twelve 20 twenty ( 3. ) ( 4. )

3 three 13 thirteen 30 thirty ( 5. ) ( 6. )

4 four 14 fourteen 40 forty ( 7. ) ( 8. )

5 five 15 fifteen 50 fifty ( 9. ) ( 10. )

6 six 16 sixteen 60 sixty ( 11. ) ( 12. )

7 seven 17 seventeen 70 seventy ( 13. ) ( 14. )

8 eight 18 eighteen 80 eighty ( 15. ) ( 16. )

9 nine 19 nineteen 90 ninety ( 17. ) ( 18. )

阿拉伯數

Arabic 10 100 1000 10,000 100,000 1000,000 1000,000,000

numerals

英文寫法 one one tenone

ten hundred million billionEnglish hundred thousand thousand

thousand

零的數目

number ( 19. ) ( 20. ) ( 21. ) ( 22. ) ( 23. ) ( 24. ) ( 25. )

of zero

中文拾 佰 千 萬 拾萬 百萬 十億

Chinese

1. 12

2. twelve

3. 34

4. thirty-four

5. 46

6. forty-six

7. 58

8. fifty-eight

9. 70

10. seventy

11. 82

12. eighty-two

13. 94

14. ninety-four

15. 106

16. one hundred

and six

17. 118

18. one hundred

and eighteen

19. 1

20. 2

21. 3

22. 4

23. 5

24. 6

25. 9

Page 50: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

■ Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks.

1. Teenagers (= teens) are young people between the age of thirteen and

nineteen.

Sandra is 10 years old. Monica is 17 years old. Joan is 21 years old.

Who is a teenager?

2. Word number 13 is thir + teen. Word number 30 is thir + ty.

Word number 14 is + teen. Word number 40 is + ty.

Word number 15 is + teen. Word number 50 is + ty.

Word number 18 is + teen. Word number 80 is + ty.

3. A thousand has 3 zeros. A million has 6 zeros. A billion has 9 zeros.

Forty -five thousand has zeros following number 45.

Three hundred and forty - nine thousand has zeros following

number 349.

Seventy - three million has zeros following number 73.

Six hundred and eighty - one million has zeros following

number 681.

Twenty billion has zeros following number 20.

Nine hundred and twelve billion has zeros following number

912.

4. Write the number below in their Arabic form.

看下列描述寫下阿拉伯數字並計算出答案

050 1000

UNIT

12 Cardinal Numbers基數

1. Monica

2. four ; for /

fif ; fif /

eigh ; eigh

3. 3 / 3 / 6 /

6 / 9 / 9

4. 90000 + 300 +

32 = 90332

700000000 +

90000 + 836 =

700090836

1000000000 +

400000 + 20 =

1000400020

Ninety thousand,

three hundred and

thirty two

Seven hundred mil-

lion, ninety thou-

sand, eight hundred

and thirty six

One billion, four

hundred thousand

and twenty

Three thousand,

four hundred and

eighty one

3000

400

+ 81

3481

Answer: 3481

Page 51: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Circle the misspelled words below.

Spell out below words. 04

03

051

UNIT

12Cardinal Numbers基數

tewlve / thirty / tow / fiveteen / sixteen

four / seven / ninty / threeteen / twenty / fourty

thirty - eightty / seventy- ninet / sixty - one / zore

tewlve / tow /

fiveteen / ninty /

threeteen / fourty /

thirty-eightty /

seventy-ninet /

zore

30 : thirty

40 : forty

14 : fourteen

96 : ninety-six

51 : fifty-one

23 : twenty-three

48 : forty-eight

359 : three hundred and

fifty-nine

554 : five hundred and fifty-

four

811 : eight hundred and

eleven

267 : two hundred and sixty-

seven

8852 : eight thousand, eight

hundred and fifty-two

9733 : nine thousand, seven

hundred and thirty-

three

348500 : three hundred,

forty-eight thou-

sand and five hun-

dred

7600068 : seven million, six

hundred thousand

and sixty-eight

13

thirteen

30 40 14

96 51 23 48

359 554 811 267

8852 9733 348500 7600068

Page 52: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

052 1000

UNIT

12 Cardinal Numbers基數

65875000 8900590 64270000 500039600

3154000572 7000000001 壹仟陸佰貳拾伍萬 參億陸仟肆佰伍拾貳

柒佰萬 肆拾肆億捌佰萬 玖拾捌萬兩仟 參仟伍佰陸拾柒

65875000 : sixty-five million, eight hundred and seventy-five thousand

8900590 : eight million, nine hundred thousand, five hundred and ninety

64270000 : sixty-four million, two hundred and seventy thousand

500039600 : five hundred million, thirty-nine thousand and six hundred

3154000572 : three billion, one hundred fifty-four million, five hundred and seventy-two

7000000001 : seven billion and one

壹仟陸佰貳拾伍萬: sixteen million, two hundred and fifty thousand

參億陸仟肆佰伍拾貳: three hundred million, six thousand, four hundred and fifty-two

柒佰萬: seven million

肆拾肆億捌佰萬: four billion, four hundred and eight million

玖拾捌萬兩仟: nine hundred and eighty-two thousand

參仟伍佰陸拾柒: three thousand, five hundred and sixty-seven

Page 53: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the calendar below and answer the questions.

1. This is a calendar of July. How many days are there in July?

2. There are seven days in a week. How many weeks are there in July?

3. Monday to Friday are called weekdays. How many weekdays

are there in July?

4. Saturday and Sunday are called the weekend. How many

weekends are there in July?

5. Date: July 3 is called July third. How about July 25? We call it

.

6. The first day of the week is Sunday. What are the dates of

Sunday in July? .

7. Cardinal Number nine in Ordinal Number is the ninth.

Cardinal Number twelve in Ordinal Number is the

. Cardinal Number fourteen in Ordinal

Number is the . Cardinal Number thirty in

Ordinal Number is the .

8. The first letter of "written days" is a capital letter e.g. Monday.

Thus, the written day of "saturday" is wrong. It should be

.

01

053

UNIT

13Ordinal Numbers and Dates序數與日期Ordinal Numbers

and Dates

UNIT

13

July

Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

1 2 3 4 5first second third fourth fifth

6 7 8 9 10 11 12sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth eleventh twelfth

13 14 15 16 17 18 19thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth

20 21 22 23 24 25 26twentieth twenty-first twenty-second twenty-third twenty-fourth twenty-fifth twenty-sixth

27 28 29 30 31twenty-seventh twenty-eighth twenty-ninth thirtieth thirty-first

1. thirty-one

2. four

3. twenty-three

4. four

5. July twenty-fifth /

The twenty-fifth of July

6. sixth, thirteenth,

twentieth and

twenty-seventh

7. twelfth / fourteenth /

thirtieth

8. Saturday

Page 54: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the chart below using the sequence of the days and ordinal numbers. 02

054 1000

UNIT

13 Ordinal Numbers and Dates序數與日期

1. Sunday [1s√nde] n. 星期日

2. Monday [1m√nde] n. 星期一

3. Tuesday [1tjuzde] n. 星期二

4. Wednesday [1wEnzde] n. 星期三

5. Thursday [1T^zde] n. 星期四

6. Friday [1fraI%de] n. 星期五

7. Saturday [1s{t_de] n. 星期六

8. calendar [1k{l@nd_] n. 日曆

9. day [de] n. 日、天

10. week [wik] n. 星期

11. weekend [1wik1End] n. 週末

12. weekdays [1wik%dez] n. 平日

13. first [f^st] n. 第一

14. second [1sEk@nd] n. 第二

15. third [T^d] n. 第三

16. fourth [forT] n. 第四

17. fifth [fIfT] n. 第五

18. sixth [sIksT] n. 第六

19. seventh [1sEv§T] n. 第七

20. eighth [etT] n. 第八

21. ninth [naIT] n. 第九

22. tenth [tEnT] n. 第十

23. eleventh [I1lEv§T] n. 第十一

24. twelfth [twElfT] n. 第十二

25. thirteenth [1T^tinT] n. 第十三

26. fourteenth [1for1tinT] n. 第十四

27. fifteenth [1fif1tinT] n. 第十五

28. sixteenth [1sIks1tinT] n. 第十六

29. seventeenth [%sEv§1tinT] n. 第十七

30. eighteenth [1e1tinT] n. 第十八

31. nineteenth [1naIn1tinT] n. 第十九

32. twentieth [1twEntIIT] n. 第二十

33. twenty - first [%twEntI1f^st]n. 第二十一

34. twenty-second [%twEntI1sEk@nd]n. 第二十二

35. twenty-third [%twEntI1T^d]n. 第二十三

36. thirtieth [1T^tIIT] n. 第三十

Friday → Saturday → Sunday

1. → Monday → 2.

3. → Wednesday → 4.

5. → Thursday → 6.

7. → Friday → 8.

9. → Sunday → 10.

1. Sunday

2. Tuesday

3. Tuesday

4. Thursday

5. Wednesday

6. Friday

7. Thursday

8. Saturday

9. Saturday

10. Monday

Page 55: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the calendar below and answer the questions.

1. How many days are there in August?

2. How many weeks are there in August?

3. Write out dates of the weekends in August.

4. Fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth are the

of the week.

5. Every Wednesday, Lisa has swimming class. Please list the dates

that she goes to swim in August.

6. Twenty-second Aug. is Lisa's birthday. Five days after her birthday

is her mother's birthday. What date is her mother's birthday?

7. Write out the date of the third weekend.

03

055

UNIT

13Ordinal Numbers and Dates序數與日期

twenty-eighth → twenty-ninth → thirtieth

1. → second → 2.

3. → sixteenth → 4.

5. → twentieth → 6.

7. → fourth → 8.

9. → twelfth → 10.

1. first

2. third

3. fifteenth

4. seventeenth

5. nineteenth

6. twenty-first

7. third

8. fifth

9. eleventh

10. thirteenth

August

Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

1. thirty-one

2. four

3. second, third,

ninth, tenth, six-

teenth, seven-

teenth, twenty-

third, twenty-

fourth, thirtieth

and thirty-first

4. weekdays

5. sixth, thirteenth,

twentieth and

twenty-seventh

6. twenty-seventh

Aug.

7. sixteenth and

seventeenth

Page 56: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Correct the misspelled words below.

1. calander →

2. weakdays →

3. weekand →

4. wednesday →

5. Thusday →

6. Manday →

7. forteenth →

8. twentith →

9. twelveth →

10. twenty-threeth →

11. thirty-forth →

12. ninteenth →

04

056 1000

UNIT

13 Ordinal Numbers and Dates序數與日期

1.calander →calendar

2.weakdays →weekdays

3.weekand →weekend

4. wednesday→Wednesday

5. Thusday →Thursday

6. Manday→Monday

7.forteenth →fourteenth

8.twentith →twentieth

9.twelveth →twelfth

10.twenty-threeth →twenty-third

11.thirty-forth →thirty-fourth

12.ninteenth →nineteenth

Page 57: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Use the words below to complete the chart.

13. How many seasons are there in a year?

14. What is the last season of the year in Taiwan?

15. How many months are there in a year?

16. What is the first month of the year?

17. How is it when temperature goes around 29-39 degrees C. in

Taiwan?

18. How is the temperature of September in Taiwan?

19. How is the weather in fall in Taiwan?

20. What are the months of spring in Taiwan?

21. How is the weather in January in Taiwan?

01

057

UNIT

14Months and Seasons月份與季節Months and Seasons

UNIT

14

Temperature

hot ( =N. heat ) / cool / cold ( = freezing ) / warm /

7 - 16 degrees Centigrade ( = C.) / 29 - 39 degrees C. /

20 - 26 degrees C. / 18 - 22 degrees C.

Seasons Winter Winter Spring Spring

Months January February March April

Temperature (1. ) (2. ) (3. ) (4. )

Seasons Spring Summer Summer Summer

Months May June July August

Temperature (5. ) (6. ) (7. ) (8. )

1. 7-16 degrees C.

cold (or freezing)

2. 7-16 degrees C.

cold (or freezing)

3. 20-26 degrees C.

warm

4. 20-26 degrees C.

warm

5. 20-26 degrees C.

warm

6. 29-39 degrees C.

hot

7. 29-39 degrees C.

hot

8. 29-39 degrees C.

hot

9. 18-22 degrees C

cool.

10. 18-22 degrees C

cool.

11. 18-22 degrees C

cool.

12. 7-16 degrees C.

cold (or freezing)

13. four

14. winter

15. twelve

16. January

17. It is hot.

18. It is around 18-22

degrees C.

19. It is cool.

20. They are: March,

April and May.

21. It is cold

(or freezing).

Seasons Autumn Autumn Autumn Winter( = Fall ) (=Fall) (=Fall)

Months September October November December

Temperature (9. ) (10. ) (11. ) (12. )

Page 58: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

22. How is it when temperature goes around 7-16 degrees C.?

23. What's the difference between the words: "hot" and "heat"?

Make sentences for them.

.

Fill in the chart below using the sequence ofmonths and seasons.02

058 1000

UNIT

14 Months and Seasons月份與季節

22. It's cold (or freezing).

23. The weather is hot. I

don't like the heat.

1. temperature [1tEmpr@tS_] n. 溫度

2. hot [hAt] adj. 熱的

3. heat [hit] n. 高溫、熱

4. cool [kul] adj. / n. 涼爽的、涼爽

5. cold [kold] adj. / n. 冷的、冷

6. freezing [1frizIµ] adj. 嚴寒的

7. warm [wOrm] adj. / n. 溫暖的、溫暖

8. degrees [dI1gri] n. 度

9. Centigrade ( = C. ) [1sEnt@%gred] n. 攝氏

10. season [1siz§] n. 季節

11. winter [1wInt_] n. 冬季

12. spring [sprIµ] n. 春季

13. summer [1s√m_] n. 夏季

14. autumn [Ot@m] n. 秋季

15. fall [fOl] n. 秋季

16. month [m√nT] n. 月

17. January [1dZ{nju%ErI] n. 一月

18. February [1fEbr¨%ErI] n. 二月

19. March [mArt?] n. 三月

20. April [1epr@l] n. 四月

21. May [me] n. 五月

22. June [dZun] n. 六月

23. July [dZu1laI] n. 七月

24. August [1Og@st] n. 八月

25. September [sEp1tEmb_] n. 九月

26. October [Ak1tob_] n. 十月

27. November [no1vEmb_] n. 十一月

28. December [dI1sEmb_] n. 十二月

1. April

2. June

3. December

4. February

5. Summer

6. Winter

7. September

8. November

9. March

10. May

11. Winter

12. Summer

13. January

14. March

15. Summer

16. Winter

Spring → Summer → Fall (or Autumn)

1. → May → 2.

3. → January → 4.

5. → Autumn → 6.

7. → October → 8.

9. → April → 10.

11. → Spring → 12.

13. → February → 14.

15. → Fall → 16.

Page 59: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the opposite words below.

1. cold /

2. warm /

3. spring /

4. freezing /

5. autumn /

6. winter /

Fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. November is after September.

2. April is before May.

3. There are four seasons in a year.

4. In Taiwan, it is cold in the fall.

5. In Taiwan, sometimes it is freezing in winter.

6. Summer comes after autumn.

7. December is the last season of the year.

8. In Taiwan, the temperature in winter is usually above 30

degrees C.

Match below words.

1. sea ∂ ∂ing

2. spr ∂ ∂perature

3. war ∂ ∂ezing

4. coo ∂ ∂m

5. fre ∂ ∂l

6. tem ∂ ∂son

7. M ∂ ∂ugust

8. N ∂ ∂une

9. A∂ ∂ecember

10. J ∂ ∂arch

11. S ∂ ∂ovember

12. D ∂ ∂eptember

05

04

03

059

UNIT

14Months and Seasons月份與季節

1. hot

2. cool

3. fall

4. hot

5. spring

6. summer

1. T

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. T

6. F

7. F

8. F

1. son

2. ing

3. m

4. l

5. ezing

6. perature

7. arch

8. ovember

9. ugust

10. une

11. eptember

12. ecember

Page 60: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and answer the questions.

1. Which one shows the month and date?

2. Which one is used for waking people up?

3. Which one is used for checking seconds in running?

4. Which one is worn on the wrist?

5. Which one is usually hung on the wall?

Look at the pictures below and fill in the blanks. 02

01

060 1000

Timepieces and Time of the Day時間Timepieces and Timeof the Day

UNIT

15

alarm clock clock watch stopwatch calendar

1. the calendar

2. the alarm clock

3. the stopwatch

4. the watch

5. the clock

dawn noonmorning

Page 61: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

1. is the time at the beginning of a morning, and the rise of the first sunlight of

the day.

2. People usually have breakfast in the .

3. When is usually the time for dinner? .

4. When is usually the time for bed? .

5. The very starting time of the afternoon is called .

The clock shows o'clock.

6. Right at the very end of the night, it's 12:00 o'clock at night and is called .

061

UNIT

15Timepieces and Time of the Day時間

afternoon evening

night midnight

1. Dawn

2. morning

3. evening

4. night

5. noon / twelve

6. midnight

Page 62: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Circle the times that you can see the sun.

Look at the pictures below and fill in the answers. 04

03

062 1000

UNIT

15 Timepieces and Time of the Day時間

midnight / watch / stopwatch / morning

afternoon / clock / noon / night / alarm clock

evening / second / dawn morning / afternoon

/ noon / dawnWhat are these?

1. This is a watch.

2. This is an

alarm clock.

3. This is a stop-

watch.

4. This is a clock.

2.

4.

1.

3.

1. alarm clock [@1lArm1klAk] n. 鬧鐘

2. clock [klAk] n. 時鐘

3. watch [wAtS] n. 手錶

4. stopwatch [stAp%wAtS] n. 碼錶

5. second [1sEk@nd] n. 秒

6. dawn [dOn] n. 黎明破曉

7. morning [1mOrnIµ] n. 上午

8. noon [nun] n. 正午

9. afternoon [1{ft_1nun] n. 下午

10. evening [1ivnIµ] n. 傍晚

11. night [naIt] n. 晚上

12. midnight [1mId%naIt] n. 午夜

Page 63: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Use the the words below to fill in the blanks.

Every morning, Jenny needs an 1. to wake her up

because she's always late for school. In the morning after the breakfast,

she puts her 2. on her wrist that she can check the time

anywhere. Today, it is very strange; the time on her watch is different

from the time on school's 3. . She checks again and

again. Finally, she finds the time on her watch was wrong. Now, it's

12:00 o'clock, also we also call it 4. . Jenny is really late

for school. Jenny's teacher asks Jenny to stand in the class all

5. . In the evening, when she walks home she feels really

tired. She wishes to go to sleep early. However, when she goes to bed,

it is 12:00 o'clock again but it's 6. . Jenny can never man-

age her time well!!

Match below words.

1. mor ∂ ∂wn

2. ala ∂ ∂ht

3. nig ∂ ∂ing

4. mid ∂ ∂night

5. da ∂ ∂rm

6. sec ∂ ∂pwatch

7. even ∂ ∂ch

8. wat ∂ ∂ning

9. sto ∂ ∂ond

10. noo ∂ ∂n

06

05

063

UNIT

15Timepieces and Time of the Day時間

afternoon / alarm clock / midnight / noon / watch / clock

1.alarm clock

2.watch

3.clock

4.noon

5.afternoon

6.midnight

1. ning

2. rm

3. ht

4. night

5. wn

6.ond7. ing

8. ch

9. pwatch

10. n

Page 64: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the chart below to understand how to describe time.

1 Century = 100 years

1 year = 365 days

1 day = 24 hours

1 hr = 60 minutes

1 min = 60 seconds

0124 hour clock a.m. & p.m. Time Expressions

1:00 1:00 a.m. One o'clock in the morning

2:00 2:00 a.m. Two o'clock in the morning

3:00 3:00 a.m. Three o'clock in the morning

4:00 4:00 a.m. Four o'clock in the morning

5:00 5:00 a.m. Five o'clock in the morning

6:00 6:00 a.m. Six o'clock in the morning

7:00 7:00 a.m. Seven o'clock in the morning

8:00 8:00 a.m. Eight o'clock in the morning

9:00 9:00 a.m. Nine o'clock in the morning

10:00 10:00 a.m. Ten o'clock in the morning

11:00 11:00 a.m. Eleven o'clock in the morning

12:00 12:00 a.m. Twelve o'clock at noon

13:00 1:00 p.m. One o'clock in the afternoon

14:00 2:00 p.m. Two o'clock in the afternoon

15:00 3:00 p.m. Three o'clock in the afternoon

16:00 4:00 p.m. Four o'clock in the afternoon

17:00 5:00 p.m. Five o'clock in the afternoon

18:00 6:00 p.m. Six o'clock in the evening

19:00 7:00 p.m. Seven o'clock in the evening

20:00 8:00 p.m. Eight o'clock in the evening

21:00 9:00 p.m. Nine o'clock at night

22:00 10:00 p.m. Ten o'clock at night

23:00 11:00 p.m. Eleven o'clock at night

24:00 12:00 p.m. Twelve o'clock at midnight

064 1000

Describing Time 1描述時間 1Describing Time 1

UNIT

16

Page 65: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the sentences below and fill in the blanks.

1. Tina's first class starts at 9:45 a.m., and her last class ends at

8:15 p.m. How long does she stay at school? hrs

and minutes.

2. 988 minutes = hrs and minutes

3. This year is 2005. What century is it?

4. 6884 seconds = hr, minutes and

seconds

02

065

UNIT

16Describing Time 1描述時間 1

1. ten / thirty

2. sixteen / twenty-eight

3. It is twenty-first century.

4. one / fifty-four / forty-four

1. a.m. [1e1Em] adv. (= before noon) 上午

2. p.m. [1pi1Em] adv. (= afternoon and night) 下午,晚上

3. time [taIm] n. 時間、時

4. o'clock [@1klAk] adv. 點鐘、點整

5. century [1sEntS¨rI] n. 世紀

6. hour [a¨r] n. 小時

7. minute [1mInIt] n. 分鐘

8. past [p{st] prep. (時間)過了、經過

9. quarter [1kwOrt_] n. (時間) = 15分鐘

10. half [h{f] n. (時間)半;30分鐘

∂ten past four

∂four ten

∂quarter past four

∂fifteen minutes past four

∂four fifteen

∂half past four

∂thirty minutes to five

∂four thirty

Page 66: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the clocks below and write the time under the clock.03

066 1000

UNIT

16 Describing Time 1描述時間 1

Answer: Answer: Answer:

Answer: Answer: Answer:

Answer: Answer: Answer:

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

1. ten to one = twelve fifty

2. quarter to seven = fifteen minutes to seven = six forty-five

3. half past seven = thirty minutes to eight = seven thirty

4. twenty to three = two forty

5. half past three = thirty minutes to four = three thirty

6. ten past one = one ten

7. twenty past four = four twenty

8. six

9. twelve

Page 67: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match below words.04

067

UNIT

16Describing Time 1描述時間 1

1. ha ∂ ∂ur

2. pa ∂ ∂clock

3. ho ∂ ∂me

4. ti ∂ ∂lf

5. o'∂ ∂st

6. p.m. ∂ ∂arter

7. qu ∂ ∂before noon

8. a.m. ∂ ∂ntury

9. ce ∂ ∂afternoon and night

10. mi ∂ ∂nutes 1. lf

2. st

3. ur

4. me

5. clock

6. afternoon and

night

7. arter

8. before noon

9. ntury

10. nutes

Answer: Answer: Answer:

10. ten

11. twelve

12. fifteen past eight = quarter past eight = eight fifteen

10. 11. 12.

Page 68: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the chart below and fill in the blanks.

1. This Friday is August fifteenth. Next Friday is August twenty-second. Last Monday is

August eleventh. What day is next Monday?

2. This week is from August twenty-fourth to August thirtieth, what about last week?

3. Circle the correct answer. Jessica's dog died three days ago. "Ago" is a word for describing

time that happens before now. For example, five minutes ago means five minutes before

now. Thus, three days ago means three days before (tomorrow / today).

And, two years ago means two years before (this year / last year).

01

068 1000

Describing Time 2描述時間 2

August

Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

yesterday today tomorrow

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

12 13 14yesterday today tomorrow

morning yesterday morning this morning tomorrow morning

afternoon yesterday afternoon this afternoon tomorrow afternoon

evening yesterday evening this evening tomorrow evening

night yesterday night tonight tomorrow night(= last night)

Describing Time 2UNIT

171. August eighteenth

2. from seventeenth to twenty-third August

3. today / this year

Page 69: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the description below to understand the terms better.

1. Now (=Adj. current) is 6 p.m. A mother asks her son to get up right now (=right away =

immediately = at once). This means she wants her son to get up when she said. Then,

her son gets up very soon. This means the son doesn't get up right away, but he gets up a

very short time after his mother asks.

2. The time before now is called the past. The time after now is called the future. If now is "

3:00 p.m.", " 2:59 p.m." is the past, and " 3:01 p.m." is the future. Another example: if today

is "11th August', "7th August' is the past, and "14th August' is the future.

3. Things that happen before the time we expected happened early. Things that happen after

the time we expected happened late.

Read the chart below and answer the questions.

1. Tomorrow is October fifteenth. What date is it today?

2. What day is October twenty-seventh?

3. What day is two days before October twelfth?

4. What date is yesterday?

5. What date is last Thursday?

03

02

069

UNIT

17Describing Time 2描述時間 2

1. yesterday [1jEst_de] adv. n. 昨天

2. today [t@1de] adv. n. 今天

3. tomorrow [t@1mOro] adv. n. 明天

4. last [l{st] adv. adj. 上次、最近的

5. tonight [t@1naIt] adv. n. 今晚

6. next [nEkst] adv. adj.下次、緊接在後

7. ago [@1go] adv. 在⋯以前

8. now [na¨] adv. n. 現在

9. current [1k^@nt] adj. 現在的、當前的

10. right now [1raIt1na¨] adv. 就是現在

11. right away [1raIt%@1we] adv. 立刻

12. immediately [I1midIItlI] adv. 立刻地

13. at once [{t1w√ns] adv. 馬上

14. soon [sun] adv. 不久、很快地

15. past [p{st] n. adj. 過去、過去的

16. future [fjutS_] n. adj. 未來、未來的

17. early [1^lI] adv. adj. 早的、提早

18. late [let] adv. adj. 遲的、遲到

October

Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.

today

1. October fourteenth

2. Tuesday

3. Saturday

4. October thirteenth

5. October eighth

Page 70: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

6. What date is the next Tuesday?

7. October tenth is how many days ago from today?

Identify the terms below as: past, now or future.

Read the article below and figure out the people's visitingsequence : who is the first visitor and who comes after... and soon.

At a Christmas party, we told everybody to come at 7:30 p.m. My uncle comes thirty minutes

late. His wife comes 30 minutes before the party starts. Right now, it's 9 o'clock. My sister

calls to say she will be home in 20 minutes. And, my brother has just come home. Then, I call

my father. He says he will leave immediately. But, from his office it takes 2 hrs. The one

comes next to my brother is my cousin Tina. She is here now and she says our grandparents

will come tomorrow.

05

04

070 1000

UNIT

17 Describing Time 2描述時間 2

6. October twentieth

7. four days

1. Three minutes ago.

( )

2. The current time. ( )

3. The next Friday. ( )

4. Yesterday morning.

( )

5. Pay money immediately.

( )

6. Got to school late this morning.

( )

7. Come to the party early

tomorrow night. ( )

8. Study in U.S.A. in past three

years. ( )

9. Soon, it's midnight now.

( )

10. Call the 911 at once.

( )

11. See you tonight. ( )

12. Call me right now. ( ) 1. past

2. now

3. future

4. past

5. now

6. past

7. future

8. past

9. now

10. now

11. future

12. now

aunt, uncle, btother, Tina, sister, father, grandparents

Page 71: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below to identify kinds of money.

1. How much money is on the traveler's check in picture A?

2. What is the bank name on the credit card in picture B?

3. How many notes (=bills) are there in picture C?

4. How many coins are there in picture C?

5. Among the coins in picture C, there are two kinds of money. One is a dollar and another

one is a cent. How many cents are there?

6. How much cash is there in picture C?

01

071

UNIT

18Money金錢Money

UNIT

18

Money

A

traveler's check

B

credit card

C

cash

1. five hundred U.S. dollars

2. Citibank

3. four

4. eight

5. four cents

6. two hundred, twenty-four dollars and four cents

notes(=bills)

coins

Page 72: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below about ways we use money. 02

072 1000

UNIT

18 Money金錢

Use money to buy things in shops

Money can buy things in shops. We need money to buy things. If you want to buy

something, you need to know how much it costs. Thus, you can ask "How much does it

cost?" or "How much is it?". This will tell you the price. Once you know the price , you can

pay for it, if you have enough money. For example, you have 100 dollars and the price is

60 dollars. You give the shop owner a 100 note. Then, the owner will give you 40 dollars

back. The 40 dollars is called “change”. In other words, you spend 60 dollars and get

40 dollars in change.

Money can pay the bills (=fee)

In life, you use money not only for buying things but also for paying bills. For example, you

pay bills for gas, water, electricity and in restaurants. In another words, the gas, water,

electricity companies and restaurants charge you money for using their services. If you

earn only a little money, you may not able to pay all the fees. Then, you may borrow

some money from your friends. You can also say your friends lend you some money.

1. money [1m√nI] n. 錢

2. traveler's check [1tr{vl_z1tSEk]n. 旅行支票

3. credit card [1krEdIt%kArd] n. 信用卡

4. cash [k{S] n. 現金

5. note [not] n. 紙幣

6. bill [bIl] n. 紙幣

7. coin [koIn] n. 硬幣

8. dollar [1dAl_] n. 元

9. cent [sEnt] n. 分(100 cents =1 dollar)

10. buy [baI] v. 買

11. cost [kOst] v. 花費

12. price [1praIs] n. 價格、價錢

13. pay [pe] v. 付錢

14. change [tSendZ] n. 找回的零錢

15. spend [spEnd] v. 花費

16. bill [bIl] n. 帳單

17. fee [fi] n. 費用

18. charge [tSArdZ] v. 對⋯索費

19. earn [^n] v. 賺錢

20. borrow [1bAro] v. 借、借入

21. lend [lEnd] v. 借、借給(出)

Page 73: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the situations below and fill in the blanks.

Read the 10 situations below and figure out when you have to"pay money" and when you "get money" !

1. You pay 839 credit card bills.

2. You charge the customer 400 dollars.

3. You earn 6300 dollars from winning a game.

4. The bank lends you 39000 dollars.

5. The restaurant charges you 20 dollars for service.

6. Your friend borrows 309 dollars from you.

7. You get 37 dollars change from the shop.

04

03

073

UNIT

18Money金錢

Your July bills

Water fee: 840 dollars and 5 cents

Gas fee: 553 dollars and 64 cents

Electricity fee: 1266 dollars

Credit cards bills: 24150 dollars

How much in total do you spend on bills?

You have only 25000 dollars in bank this

month. How much do you need to borrow

from your friend?

In a shop

Book: 29 dollars and 15 cents

Vase: 43 dollars and 99 cents

Cake: 58 dollars and 74 cents

Flowers: 39 dollars and 26 cents

You have 3000 cents in hand. You need to

buy something for your l i t t le sister's

birthday.

What could you buy?

How much change would you get?

Your monthly cost

Living cost: 15800 dollars

All bills: 6070 dollars

You earn 20000 dollars this month.

You need to pay the bank 5000 dollars in service charges this month.

You borrow some money from your brother.

Finally, you still have to save 8130 dollars in the bank.

How much does your brother lend you?

1. 26809.69 / 1809.69

2. book / 85 cents

3. 15000 dollars

1. pay money

2. get money

3. get money

4. get money

5. pay money

6. pay money

7. get money

Page 74: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

8. Your customer pays 800 dollars to you.

9. Your new watch costs you 7000 dollars.

10. James spends 500 dollars in your shop.

11. You lend 4000 dollars to Tom.

12. You buy a book that costs 300 dollars.

Circle the words that you think doesn't belong in the group.05

074 1000

UNIT

18 Money金錢

8. get money

9. pay money

10. get money

11 .pay money

12. pay money

coin bill

note cent

dollar lend

traveler's check

charge

credit card

money

cash

borrow

lend

pay

spend

money

change

dollar

charge

cent

bill

fee

price

earn

borrow

earn

spend

gain

1. lend

2. charge

3. borrow

4. charge

5. earn

6. spend1. 2. 3

4. 5. 6.

Page 75: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the terms below with the shape. Write numbers beside thepictures.

Look at the pictures above and answer the questions.

1. How many colors are there?

2. How many dots?

3. How many lines?

4. How many rectangles?

5. How many triangles?

6. How many curves?

7. How many circles?

02

01

075

Colors, Shapes and Lines顏色、形狀與線條Colors, Shapes and

Lines

UNIT

19

a. black circle b. dark blue dot c. brown line d. light blue rectangle

e. gray triangle f. green circle g. orange line h. pink curve

i. purple dot j. red rectangle k. white triangle l. yellow curve

1. Twelve

2. Two

3. Two

4. Two

5. Two

6. Two

7. Two

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

1. j 2. a 3. e 4. h

5. d 6. i 7. c 8. k

9. g 10. b 11. l 12. f

Page 76: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Follow the instructions below to draw a picture.03

076 1000

UNIT

19 Colors, Shapes and Lines顏色、形狀與線條

1. black [bl{k] adj. / n. 黑色(的)

2. blue [blu] adj. / n. 藍色(的)

3. brown [bra¨n] adj. / n. 咖啡色(的)

4. golden [1gold§] adj. / n. 金色(的)

5. gray [gre] adj. / n. 灰色(的)

6. green [grin] adj. / n. 綠色(的)

7. orange [1OrIndZ] adj. / n. 橘色(的)

8. pink [pIµk] adj. / n. 粉紅色(的)

9. purple [1p^p¬] adj. / n. 紫色(的)

10. red [rEd] adj. / n. 紅色(的)

11. white [hwaIt] adj. / n. 白色(的)

12. yellow [1jElo] adj. / n. 黃色(的)

13. light [laIt] adj. 淡的

14. dark [dArk] adj. 深的

15. color [1k√l_] n. 顏色

16. dot [dAt] n. 點

17. line [laIn] n. 線

18. rectangle [rEk1t{µg¬] n. 矩形

19. triangle [1traI%{µg¬] n. 三角形

20. curve [k^v] n. 曲線、弧線

21. circle [1s^k¬] n. 圈

You have: twelve dots, seven triangles, eleven curves, fifteen lines, eight circles,

three rectangles

畫出12個點、7個三角形、11條曲線、15條直線、8個圓圈、3個矩形

Page 77: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and guess what color it is.

1. What color are coffee beans?

2. What color is grass?

3. What color is the moon?

4. What color is the sky at night?

5. What color is snow?

6. What color is blood?

Write at least 2 things near you that match the colors below inthe box. 05

04

077

UNIT

19Colors, Shapes and Lines顏色、形狀與線條

1. brown

2. green

3. yellow

4. black

5. white

6. red

1. purple 2. pink 3. orange

4. gray 5. golden 6. blue

1. grapes, ties

2. skirts, flowers

3. orange juice, oranges

4. grandpa's hair, hats

5. watches, coins

6. the sky, jeans

Page 78: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the pictures below and fill in the blanks. 01

078 1000

Describing Things描述事物

1. elephant / dog / dog / ant / elephant / dog / ant

2. B / C / A3. D / E 4. boy / girl

Look at the dog and the elephant. The

is big. And, the is small.

Look at the dog and the ant. The is

big. And, the is small.

Look at the ant, the dog and the elephant.

The is big. The is small.

And, the is tiny.

Look at the Clothes A, B and C.

Clothes is a small size.

Clothes is a medium size.

Clothes is a large size.C A B

Look at the T-shirt of D Club and E Club.

The T-shirt's sleeve is long in Club.

The T-shirt's sleeve is short in

Club.

D E

Look at the boy and girl 's body

temperature.

The 's body temperature is low.

The 's body temperature is high.

Describing ThingsUNIT

20

Page 79: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

079

UNIT

20Describing Things描述事物

Fill in T for "True", F for "False".

1. Clothes for winter are thin, but clothes for summer are thick.

2. To a overweight person, walking through a broad alley is easier

than a narrow alley.

02

Look at the dictionary and notebook.

The is thin.

The is thick.

dictionary notebook

5. G / F

6. notebook / dictionary

1. big [bIg] adj. 大的

2. small [smOl] adj. 小的

3. tiny [taInI] adj. 極小的

4. medium [1midI@m] adj. 中等的

5. large [lArdZ] adj. 大的

6. long [lOµ] adj. 長的

7. short [SOrt] adj. 短的

8. low [lo] adj. 低的

9. high [haI] adj. 高的

10. broad [brOd] adj. 寬的、廣闊的

11. wide [waId] adj. 寬闊的

12. narrow [1n{ro] adj. 窄的

13. thin [TIn] adj. 薄的

14. thick [TIk] adj. 厚的

Look at the F street and G street.

Tom lives in a broad(= wide) street. Thus,

he lives in the street.

Tina lives in a narrow street. Therefore,

she lives in the street.

1. F

2. T

G street

F street

Page 80: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

3. Jenny is fat and 178 cm tall. Teresa is thin and 150 cm tall. Jenny

looks small. Teresa looks big.

4. Maggie tried a pair of large and medium size shoes. She decided

to buy the large one because the medium size is too big.

5. When a short woman wants to look tall, she needs high heel

shoes.

6. There is a kind of fashionable clothing which is called a mini-

skirt. Mini-skirts are long skirts.

Fill in the chart below using words with the opposite meaning orthe same meaning.

Write at least 2 things that can be described by the words below.04

03

080 1000

UNIT

20 Describing Things描述事物

3. F

4. F

5. T

6. F

1. high

2. narrow

3. big

4. wide

5. thick

6. short

low ←→ 1.

broad ←→ 2.

small ←→ 3.

broad = 4.

thin ←→ 5.

long ←→ 6.

1. clothes, shoes

2. gloves, books

3. hair, skirts

4. road, bridge

1. large / medium / small 2. thin / thick

3. long / short 4. narrow / broad

Page 81: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the chart below and circle the answers.

Read the chart above and fill in the blanks. 02

01

081

MeasurementsUNIT

21

1. level / height / distance / length

2. level / height / distance / length

3. weight

4. liquid / volume

Example A: 3 + 4 = 7 three plus four equals seven

Example B: 4 + 21 = 25 four plus twenty-one equals twenty-five

Example C: 39 - 5 = 34 thirty-nine minus five leaves thirty-four

Example D: 67 - 41 = 26 sixty-seven minus forty-one leaves twenty-six

1 kilometer = 1000 meters

1 meter = 100 centimeters

1 centimeter = 0.01 meters

1. The above terms are the units of:

level / weight / height / liquid / distance /

length / volume

1 kilogram = 1000 grams

1 gram = 0.001 kilograms

1 pound = 453.6 grams

3. The above terms are the units of:

level / weight / height / liquid / distance

/ length / volume

1 mile = 1760 yards

1 yard = 3 feet

1 foot = 12 inches

1 inch = 2.54 centimeters

2. The above terms are the units of:

level / weight / height / liquid / distance

/ length / volume

1 liter = 1000 cubic centimeters (cc.)

1 cubic centimeter (c.c.) = 0.001 liters

4. The above terms are the units of:

level / weight / height / liquid / distance

/ length / volume

Page 82: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the descriptions below with the related terms. 將下列敘述與其相關的詞連一連

1. Jack is 175 centimeters tall. ∂length

2. Lillian is 68 kilograms. ∂volume

3. The jar can hold 500 cc. water. ∂weight

4. My house is about 2 miles away from the school. ∂height

5. Have the sleeves 10 centimeters longer. ∂level

6. The building is about 8850 meters. ∂distance

03

082 1000

UNIT

21 Measurements度量

1. kilometer [1kIl@%mit_] n. 公里2. meter [1mit_] n. 公尺3. centimeter [1sEnt@%mit_] n. 公分4. mile [maIl] n. 英里 (=哩)

5. yard [jArd] n. 碼6. foot [fut] n. 英尺7. inch [IntS] n. 英吋8. level [lEv¬] n. 高度9. weight [wet] n. 重量10. height [haIt] n. 高度11. liquid [1lIkwId] n. 液體12. distance [1dIst@ns] n. 距離

13. length [lEµT] n. 長度14. volume [1vAlj@m] n. 容積15. kilogram [1kIl@%gr{m] n. 公斤16. gram [gr{m] n. 公克17. pound [pa¨nd] n. 磅18. liter [lit_] n. (=litre)公升

19. cubic centimeter [1kjubIk1sent@%mit_]

n. (=cc.)立方公分

20. plus [pl√s] v. 加21. equal [1ikw@l] v. 等於22. minus [1maIn@s] v. 減23. leave [liv] v. 剩餘

Practice

a. 3 kilograms plus 1322 grams equals grams.

b. 14 kilograms plus 3800 grams equals kilograms.

c. 5 pounds plus 558 grams equals grams.

d. 3 miles minus 889 yards leaves yards.

e. 24 feet minus 119 inches leaves inches.

f. 5 inches plus 25 meters equals centimeters.

g. 5 liters plus 885 cubic centimeters equals liters.

h. 3 liters minus 549 cubic centimeters leaves cubic cen-

timeters. a. 4322

b. 17.8

c. 2826

d. 4391

e. 169

f. 2512.7

g. 5.885

h. 2451

1. height

2. weight

3. volume

4. distance

5. length

6. level

Page 83: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the word lists below and cross out words that do notbelong to the group.

Read the questions below and fill in the blanks.

1. 23 yards = inches

2. 2.3 miles = feet

3. 3.25 feet = centimeters

4. 58400 cubic centimeters = liters

5. 8.48 kilograms = grams

6. 5 pounds = grams

7. 77 meters = centimeters

8. 5966 meters = kilometers

List at least two items that use the units of the measurementbelow. 06

05

04

083

UNIT

21Measurements度量

1. 828 inches

2. 12144 feet

3. 99.06 centimeters

4. 58.4 liters

5. 8480 grams

6. 2268 grams

7. 7700 centimeters

8. 5.966 kilometers

1. liters 2. grams

1. oil, milk

2. weight of rice,

weight of sugar

3. freeway, length of bridge

4. height of men,

height of mountains

3. kilometers 4. feet

1. foot / yard / kilometer / kilogram / height

2. minus / plus / volume / equals / leaves

3. inch / pound / gram / kilogram / weight

4. length / liter / level / distance / height

5. liquid / cubic centimeters / volume / yard / liter 1. kilogram

2. volume

3. inch

4. liter

5. yard

Page 84: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and check the correct description.01

084 1000

Quantity Phrases量詞Quantity Phrases

UNIT

22

( ) Five glasses of beer

( ) Five bottles of beer

( ) Two sets of cookies

( ) Two packs of cookies

( ) A pair of shoes

( ) A bouguet of shoes

( ) Twelve packages of

eggs

( ) One dozen of eggs( ) Three loafs of bread

( ) Three masses of bread

( ) Four packages of

paper

( ) Four pieces of paper

( ) A set of flowers

( ) A bouquet of flowers

( ) Two glasses of coffee

( ) Two cups of coffee

( ) A glass of wine.

( ) A cup of wine.

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

1. Five bottles of beer.

2. Two packs of cookies.

3. Apair of shoes.

4. One dozen of eggs.

5. Three loafs of bread.

6. Four pieces of paper.

7. Abouquet offlowers.

8. Two cups of coffee.

9. Aglass of wine.

Page 85: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the terms below.

1. A mass of ∂ ∂wine

2. Six pieces of ∂ ∂cloud

3. A cup of ∂ ∂tea

4. Twenty bottles of ∂ ∂furniture

5. Four pairs of ∂ ∂earrings

6. A set of ∂ ∂glass

7. Three packs of ∂ ∂cigarettes

Read the word lists below and cross out words that do notbelong to the group.03

02

085

UNIT

22Quantity Phrases量詞

1. a glass of [@1gl{s%@f] n. 一杯(玻璃杯)2. a bottle of [@1bAt¬%@f] n. 一瓶3. a set of [@1sEt%@f] n. 一組4. a pack of [@1p{k%@f] n. 一小包(內含相同物品的東西)5. a pair of [@1pEr%@f] n. 一對6. a bouquet of [@%bu1ke%@f] n. 一束(花)7. a package of [@1p{kIdZ%@f] n. 包裹、一包(內含不同物品的東西)8. a dozen of [@1d√z§%@f] n. 一打(=12個)

9. a loaf of [@1lof%@f] n. 一塊或一條10. a mass of [@1m{s%@f] n. 一大片(塊、群)

11. a piece of [@1pis%@f] n. 一張(片、塊)

12. a cup of [@1k√p%@f] n. 一杯(咖啡杯)

1. bottle / magazine / water / pineapple juice / oil

2. pens / eggs / a loaf of / dozen / beer

3. cup / liquid / milk / vegetable / Chinese tea

4. pants / wedding rings / bouquet / pair / running shoes

5. sugar / piece / loaf / cake / bread 1. magazine

2. a loaf of

3. vegetable

4. bouquet

5. sugar

1. clouds

2. glass

3. tea

4. wine

5. earrings

6. furniture

7. cigarettes

Page 86: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture below and use 7 sentences to describe whatyou see in the picture, see the example.

Emma went to a supermarket. She bought a lot of things today. She bought......

Example: She bought a set of cookware.

04

086 1000

UNIT

22 Quantity Phrases量詞

She bought three packs of chocolates.

She bought two packages of stationery.

She bought six bottles of Coke.

She bought a pair of sunglasses

She bought two loaves of bread.

She bought a piece of ham.

She bought four packages of parcels.

Page 87: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Check the pictures below and word lists. Find out what kinds offruits are missing.

Fruits at the fruit stand are:

strawberry / mango / watermel-

on / lemon / pineapple / tomato /

tangerine / pear / guava / grape /

banana / peach / apple / papaya

/ orange

What kinds of fruits are missing in

the pictures?

Read the charts below and answer the questions. 02

01

087

UNIT

23Fruits水果Fruits

UNIT

23

mango

pear

guava

peach

1. Match below fruits and their skin colors.

a. yellow ∂ ∂guava

b. red ∂ ∂banana

c. purple ∂ ∂tangerine

d. orange ∂ ∂tomato

e. green ∂ ∂grape

2. Check below fruits that haveblack seeds in.

( ) lemon ( ) papaya

( ) apple ( ) mango

( ) tangerine ( ) pear

( ) watermelon ( ) strawberry

( ) pineapple ( ) peach

1. a. banana

b. tomato

c. grape

d. tangerine

e. guava

2. apple

watermelon

papaya

pear

Page 88: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below about different juices and fill in theingredients into the right columns.03

088 1000

UNIT

23 Fruits水果

1. fruit [frut] n. 水果2. strawberry [1strObErI] n. 草莓3. mango [1m{µgo] n. 芒果4. watermelon [1wOt_%mEl@n] n. 西瓜5. lemon [lEm@n] n. 檸檬6. pineapple [1paIn%{p¬] n. 鳳梨7. tomato [t@1meto] n. 蕃茄8. tangerine [1t{ndZ@%rin] n. 橘子

9. pear [pEr] n. 西洋梨10. guava [1gwAv@] n. 芭樂11. grape [grep] n. 葡萄12. banana [b@1n{n@] n. 香蕉13. peach [pitS] n. 桃子14. apple [1{p¬] n. 蘋果15. papaya [p@1paI@] n. 木瓜16. orange [1OrIndZ] n. 柳橙

apple juice / water / sugar / grapes / orange juice / tomatoes / papayas / water-

melons / ice cubes / honey / bananas / lemons / pears / guavas / peaches / salt

Halulu Juice

This is a very healthy juice.

It is made of some red fruits.

This kind of fruit is round

and often used in making

spaghetti sauce. When you

blend the fruits you need

some liquid which has no

other special f lavors in.

Besides, it's also good to

add in some seasonings that

could make the juice a bit

salty.

Ingredients:

, ,

Munbaha Juice

This is a special juice for a

lady's beauty. It 's green,

round and very sour. You

could add some liquid to

make it sweet. Bees pro-

duce this kind of l iquid.

When you mix the juice with

the liquid you should also

add a cup of cool things.

These things can make your

juice seem like it was stored

in the refrigerator.

Ingredients:

, ,

Jerboma Juice

This is a kind of juice mixed

with three colors: purple,

yellow and green. The pur-

ple fruit is an ingredient of

red wine. The yellow fruit is

monkey's favorite. The

green one is green outside

but white and hard inside.

When you blend these

three, you should add some

liquid. This kind of liquid has

orange flavor.

Ingredients:

, ,

,

tomatoes, water, salt

lemons, honey, ice cubes

grapes, bananas, guavas, orange juice

Page 89: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below. List at least two kinds of fruits foreach question.回答下列問題;於每題裡,列出至少兩樣水果

What are your favorite fruits?

Anser: ,

What are the fruits that you have in summer?

Anser: ,

What are the fruits that you don't like?

Anser: ,

What are the fruits that you had this week?

Anser: ,

Circle the fruits below that have a different color.

Match the terms on the left to terms on the right.

1. pa ∂ ∂mato

2. ba ∂ ∂ge

3. to ∂ ∂paya

4. pine ∂ ∂apple

5. oran ∂ ∂nana

6. pea ∂ ∂berry

7. tan ∂ ∂ch

8. gra ∂ ∂va

9. gua ∂ ∂gerine

10. straw ∂ ∂pe

06

05

04

089

UNIT

23Fruits水果

1. banana / strawberry / pineapple / mango

2. apple / tomato / pear / strawberry

3. peach / guava / pear / lemon

4. orange / tangerine / grape / papaya 1. strawberry

2. pear

3. peach

4. grape

1.tangerine, guava

2. pear, mango

3. watermelon, banana

4. grape, guava

1. paya

2. nana

3. mato

4. apple

5. ge

6. ch

7. gerine

8. pe

9. va

10. berry

Page 90: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the word the list below and fill in the chart.

Match the words below.02

01

090 1000

Vegetables, Meat and Seafood蔬菜、肉類與海鮮Vegetables, Meat andSeafood

UNIT

24

shrimp / pumpkin / fish / potato / onion / hot dog / peanuts / pork

lettuce / corn / ham / chicken / carrot / beef / cabbage / beans / crab

, ,

,

, ,

, ,

, ,

1. fish / shrimp / crab

2. chicken / ham / hot dog / beef / pork

3. beans / pumpkin / carrot / onion / potato / corn / peanuts / cabbage / lettuceSeafood Stand Vegetable StandMeat Stand

1. crab ∂

2. pig ∂

3. raisin ∂

4. French fries ∂

∂ pork∂

∂ grapes∂

∂ potato∂

∂ seafood∂

∂ fruit

∂ vegetable

∂ fish

∂ meat

1. seafood, fish

2. pork, meat

3. grapes, fruit

4. potato, vegetable

Page 91: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read Bertha, Shier and Mo-Mo's shopping lists; answer thequestions below.

1. Who is a vegetarian?

2. Who didn't buy any fruit?

3. What kinds of fruits Shier has bought?

4. Who did not buy any seafood?

5. Who bought the same food?

What are they?

6. Who bought one kind of fruit?

7. Who bought five kinds of vegetables?

03

091

UNIT

24Vegetables, Meat and Seafood蔬菜、肉類與海鮮

1. shrimp [SrImp] n. 小蝦2. pumpkin [1p√mpkIn] n. 南瓜3. fish [fIS] n. 魚4. potato [p@1teto] n. 馬鈴薯5. onion [1√nj@n] n. 洋蔥6. hot dog [1hAt%dOg] n. 熱狗7. peanut [1pi%n√t] n. 花生8. pork [pork] n. 豬肉9. lettuce [1lEtIs] n. 萵苣10. corn [kOrn] n. 玉蜀黍

11. ham [h{m] n. 火腿12. chicken [1tSIkIn] n. 雞肉13. carrot [1k{r@t] n. 紅蘿蔔14. beef [bif] n. 牛肉15. cabbage [1k{bIdZ] n. 甘藍菜16. bean [bin] n. 豆子17. crab [kr{b] n. 蟹18. seafood [1si%fud] n. 海鮮19. meat [mit] n. 肉20. vegetable [1vEdZ@t@b¬] n. 蔬菜

1. Shier

2. Mo-Mo

3. watermelon and tangerine

4. Shier

5. Bertha and Mo-Mo

cabbage and fish

6. Bertha

7. Shier

Bertha's Shopping List

potato

cabbage

ham

carrot

fish

hot dog

mango

Shier's Shopping List

onion

pumpkin

lettuce

watermelon

peanuts

tangerine

beans

Mo-Mo's Shopping List

cabbage

chicken

beef

pork

shrimp

fish

corn

Page 92: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Cross out the words that do not belong to the same groups.劃掉字群中不同類的字

Answer the questions below.回答下列問題

1. What kind of vegetable do you like best?

2. What kind of vegetable don't you like?

3. Are you a vegetarian?

4. What kind of meat did you have today?

5. Did you eat any seafood this week?

If yes, on what day?

Match the words below with their initials.

1. l ∂ ∂egetable

2. s ∂ ∂am

3. c ∂ ∂ettuce

4. p ∂ ∂eanuts

5. b ∂ ∂eat

6. v ∂ ∂hrimp

7. m ∂ ∂abbage

8. h ∂ ∂eans

06

05

04

092 1000

UNIT

24 Vegetables, Meat and Seafood蔬菜、肉類與海鮮

1. Potato

2. Pumpkin

3. No, I am not.

4. Chicken

5. Yes, I did.

This Tuesday.

1. ettuce

2. hrimp

3. abbage

4. eanuts

5. eans

6. egetable

7. eat

8. am

1. peanuts / beef / beans / pumpkin

2. potato / hot dog / pork / chicken

3. grapes / crab / fish / shrimp

4. lettuce / vegetable / beans / meat

5. corn / cabbage / carrot / ham 1. beef

2. potato

3. grapes

4. meat

5. ham

Page 93: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the menu below for the Lazy Bone Restaurant. Then,answer the questions.

1. Johnny orders a set of meal C and meal D on Tuesday. How much does it cost in total?

2. Nina has only 100 dollars. She doesn't like any eggs. Which meal would she order?

3. Sofia is very thirsty. Which meal would she order?

4. Shawn doesn't like fresh vegetables. He orders meal C. Which

set would he take?

5. Vicky likes noodles very much. What meals can she choose?

Match the words below. 02

01

093

UNIT

25Deli熟食店Deli

UNIT

25

Meal A:

bread +cheese +an egg

toast +cheese +an egg

bun +cheese +an egg

cereal +cheese +an egg

$ 45 dollars / per set

Lazy Bone Restaurant Menu

Meal B:

burger (=hamburger) + soup

sandwich + soup

$ 120 dollars / per set

Meal C:

pizza + salad

steak +French fries

spaghetti + salad

$240 dollars / per set

Meal D:

instant noodles + tofu

rice + tofu

20 dumpling

$ 80 dollars / per set

p.s. Order meal B or meal C on every Monday and Wednesday get 15% off.

1. 320 dollars

2. Meal D

3. Meal B

4. Steak + French fries

5. Meal C and D

1. salad, potato

2. steak, hamburger

3. toast, bun

4. spaghetti, pasta1. vegetable ∂

2. meat ∂

3. bread ∂

4. instant noodles ∂

∂ steak∂

∂ spaghetti∂

∂ salad∂

∂ toast∂

∂ pasta

∂ bun

∂ hamburger

∂ potato

Page 94: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in T for "True"; F for "False".

1. Cereal is made of potato.

2. Steak is made of beef.

3. French fries is a traditional food of China.

4. Spaghetti and pizza are Italian traditional foods.

5. Tofu is made of beans.

6. Cheese is a kind of milk product.

7. Another word for hamburger is burger.

8. Dumpling is made of rice.

9. Bun is a kind of liquid.

10. Sandwich is made of cereal.

Read the interview below and fill in the blanks using the wordlist below.

Rachael: Hi, Mike. Very Welcome to our Sunday Star Show!

Mike: Yeah, thanks.

04

03

094 1000

UNIT

25 Deli熟食店

1. menu [1mEnju] n. 菜單2. bread [brEd] n. 麵包3. cheese [tSiz] n. 乳酪4. egg [Eg] n. 蛋5. toast [tost] n. 土司6. bun [b√n] n. 圓形麵包7. cereal [sIrI@l] n. 玉蜀黍薄片8. burger [1b^g_] n. 漢堡牛肉餅9. hamburger [1h{mb^g_] n. 漢堡10. soup [sup] n. 湯11. sandwich [1s{ndwItS] n. 三明治

12. pizza [1pits@] n. 義大利脆餅13. salad [1s{l@d] n. 沙拉14. steak [stek] n. 牛排15. French fries [1frEntS1fraIz] n. 薯條16. spaghetti [sp@1gEtI] n. 義大利麵條17. instant noodles [1Inst@nt1nud¬z]

n. 速食麵

18. tofu [1tofu] n. 豆腐19. rice [raIs] n. 米20. dumpling [1d√mplIµ] n. 水餃21. order [1Ord_] v. 訂購、叫(菜或飲料)

1. F

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. T

6. T

7. T

8. F

9. F

10. F

instant noodle / French fries / dumpling / rice / tofu / spaghetti

steak / cereal / hamburger / sandwich / soup

Page 95: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Rachael: As I know, you are a vegetarian; you don't eat 1. , right?

Mike: Oh, I'm sorry. I'm afraid the information is wrong. I like beef very much.

Rachael: Really, what a big surprise! So that, you eat 2. , right?

Mike: Yes, I like fast food very much. I usually add double cheese and egg.

Rachael: Wow, you can eat a lot!

Mike: Yes, I also like 3. very much. The potato flavor is wonderful.

Rachael: Yeah, I should try it next time. Do you like 4. ?

Mike: No, I don't like any hot liquids with my meal.

Rachael: Then, do you like 5. ?

Mike: Oh, I love Chinese food very much, especially those made of beans.

It's very healthy.

Rachael: Well, finally could you tell us what do you like about Italian food?

Mike: Oh, I hate noodles. So, I don't like 6. . But, I do like

Italian pizza. It's one of my favorites.

Rachael: All right, Mike, thank you very much for attending to our super-

star interview!!

Match the words below.

1. to ∂ ∂lad

2. dump ∂ ∂der

3. or ∂ ∂fu

4. sou ∂ ∂ling

5. sa ∂ ∂k

6. stea ∂ ∂p

7. sand ∂ ∂se

8. hambur ∂ ∂real

9. ce ∂ ∂wich

10. spa ∂ ∂ghetti

11. me ∂ ∂ger

12. chee ∂ ∂nu

06

095

UNIT

25Deli熟食店

1. steak

2. hamburger

3. French fries

4. soup

5. tofu

6. spaghetti

1.fu2.ling3. der

4. p

5. lad

6. k

7. wich

8. ger

9. real

10. ghetti

11. nu

12. se

Page 96: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the pictures below and fill in the blanks.讀下表並回答問題

Example: Lisa likes to have a glass of juice. What code does she choose from the chart? A02

1. Wendy likes tea with milk. What code does she choose?

How much is the milk tea?

2. Monica's aunt likes coffee with ice cubes. What code does she choose?

Uncle Jam likes a bottle of mineral water and beer. What code does he choose?

. He has $135 in his pocket. How much does he leave after buying the drinks?

3. Bonnie has a lot of drinks to buy because her six friends like soft

drinks of any kind. She likes soda better than coke. Her two

nephews like milkshakes. How much does she pay for the drinks?

01

096 1000

Beverages and Sweets飲料與甜點Beverages and Sweets

UNIT

26

1. C02 & D03 / 25

2. C01 & D02

/ D01 & B01 / 90

3. 195

Drinks Vendor

A01 $45 A02 $30 B01 $35 B02 $15 B03 $15

C01 $25 C02 $20 D01 $10 D02 $ 5 D03 $25

Page 97: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

097

UNIT

26Beverages and Sweets飲料與甜點

Read the word list below and fill in the chart.02popcorn / pie / ice-cream / doughnut / cookie

chocolate / candy / cake

1. cake

2. popcorn

3. doughnut

4. ice-cream

5. candy

6. pie

7. chocolate

8. cookie

Dessert Bar

1. drink [drIµk] n. 飲料

2. juice [dZus] n. 果汁

3. tea [ti] n. 茶

4. coffee [1kOfI] n. 咖啡

5. ice cube [aIs%kjub] n. 冰塊

6. mineral water [1mIn@r@l1wOt_]n. 礦泉水

7. beer [bIr] n. 啤酒

8. soft drink [1sOft1drIµk]n.清涼不含酒精飲料

9. soda [1sod@] n. 蘇打汽水

10. coke [kok] n. 可樂

11. milkshake [1mIlk1Sek] n. 奶昔

12. popcorn [1pAp%kOrn] n. 爆玉米花

13. pie [paI] n. 派、餡餅

14. ice-cream [1aIs1krim] n. 冰淇淋

15. doughnut [1do%n√t] n. 甜甜圈

16. cookie [1k¨kI] n. 甜餅乾

17. chocolate [1tSAk@lIt] n. 巧克力

18. candy [1k{ndI] n. 糖果

19. cake [kek] n. 蛋糕

20. dessert [dI1z^t] n. 點心

1. 2. 3. 4.

5. 6. 7. 8.

Page 98: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the dialogue below and fill in the blanks.

Thomas: Hi, Dr. Young. Welcome to the Healthy Show today! Could you tell us what kind of

drinks can help me sleep?

Dr. Young: Actually, many drinks could help. For example: 1. . All milk prod-

ucts can help.

Thomas: Yeah... so what shouldn't we drink before going to bed?

Dr. Young: Well, that is any drink with caffeine. Such as: 2. and 3. .

Also, too much 4. is no good because alcohol can make our

stomach very uncomfortable at night.

Thomas: Yes, then, what kinds of drinks are good for our health?

Dr. Young: First, 5. is very good. It's better to drink fruit

beverage at breakfast. But, don't drink too much because it

usually contains a lot of sugar. Sugar can make people fat.

Thomas: This is new to me! How about drinks for people who work in the

air-conditioned environment?

Dr. Young: 6. is important to these people. I suggest

them to drink more mineral water in the office.

Thomas: Yes. Thank you very much for the great information. I'll see you

next Friday!! Bye!

Read the questions below and choose the correct answers.

1. ( ) What do we traditionally eat for the Moon Festival? a) ice-cream b) pop-

corn c) moon cake d) candy.

2. ( ) What do people usually eat on their birthday? a) doughnut b) cake c)

moon cake d) chocolate

3. ( ) What is the typical snack that people eat in movie theaters? a) popcorn

b) pie c) cake d)candy

4. ( ) What is the traditional gift on Valentines Day? a) ice-cream b) doughnut c)

popcorn d) chocolate

04

03

098 1000

UNIT

26 Beverages and Sweets飲料與甜點

1. milkshake

2. tea

3. coffee

4. beer

5. juice

6.Water

juice / tea / water / coffee / milkshake / coke / soda / beer1. c

2. b

3. a

4. d

Page 99: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the word lists below and cross out words that do notbelong to the group.

Match the letters below. 06

05

099

UNIT

26Beverages and Sweets飲料與甜點

1. miner ∂ ∂ee

2. coff ∂ ∂ce

3. mi ∂ ∂al water

4. so ∂ ∂da

5. jui ∂ ∂lk

6. can ∂ ∂late

7. pop ∂ ∂ssert

8. choco ∂ ∂corn

9. dough ∂ ∂dy

10. de ∂ ∂nut 1. al water

2. ee

3. lk

4. da

5. ce

6. dy

7. corn

8. late

9. nut

10. ssert

1. Drinks without caffeine are:

tea / soda / ice coffee / milkshake / mineral water

2. Hot drinks are: beer / milkshake / tea / coffee / coke

3. Soft drinks are: ice tea / beer / juice / coke / soda

4. Drinks without alcohol are: mineral water / beer / soft drink / milkshake / juice

5. At fast food restaurants, you can order:

juice / beer / coffee / milkshake / tea

6. At a hotel bar they usually don't serve:

milkshake / tea / mineral water / coffee / beer

1. soda / milkshake / mineral water

2. tea / coffee

3. coke / soda

4. mineral water / soft drink / milkshake / juice

5. juice / coffee / milkshake / tea

6. milkshake

Page 100: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Check labels of the seasonings in Annie's cupboard. Fill out thelabels with word list below.01

100 1000

Seasonings and Tastes of Foods調味料與食物的口味Seasonings andTastes of Foods

UNIT

27

cream / ketchup / sugar / jam / honey / oil / salt

pepper / soy sauce / butter / vinegar / flour

1. ketchup

4. butter

2. honey

5. jam

3. pepper

6. soy sauce

sugarsaltoilcream

flour

vinegar1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

Page 101: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Refer to above seasonings and answer the questions below.

1. What kinds of seasonings are spicy ?

2. What kinds of seasonings are sour ?

3. What kinds of seasonings are sweet ?

Match the terms below. 03

02

101

UNIT

27Seasonings and Tastes of Foods調味料與食物的口味

1. The opposite taste of bitter is...∂ ∂drink

2. When you are hungry, you would think of... ∂ ∂yucky

3. When you ate too much, you'll feel... ∂ ∂eating

4. When you are very thirsty, you need to ... ∂ ∂sweet

5. When foods are very delicious,

you could say the foods are... ∂ ∂yummy

6. The opposite word of yummy is...∂ ∂very full1. sweet

2. eating

3. very full

4. drink

5. yummy

6. yucky

1. pepper

2. ketchup and

vinegar

3. sugar, honey,

jam, ketchup

1. cream [krim] n. 奶油

2. ketchup [1kEtS@p] n. 蕃茄醬

3. sugar [1Sug_] n. 糖

4. jam [dZ{m] n. 果醬

5. honey [1h√nI] n. 蜂蜜

6. oil [OIl] n. 食用油

7. salt [sOlt] n. 鹽

8. pepper [1pEp_] n. 胡椒粉

9. soy sauce [1sOI1sOs] n. 醬油

10. butter [1b√t_] n. 牛油

11. vinegar [1vInIg_] n. 醋

12. flour [fla¨r] n. 麵粉

13. spicy [hAt] adj. 辣的

14. sour [1sa¨r] adj. 酸的

15. sweet [swit] adj. 甜的

16. bitter [1bIt_] adj. 苦的

17. drink [drIµk] v. 喝

18. hungry [1h√µgrI] adj. 餓的

19. yucky [1j√kI] adj. 難吃的、噁心的

20. eat [it] v. 吃

21. thirsty [1T^stI] adj. 口渴的

22. delicious [dI1lIS@s] adj. 美味好吃的

23. yummy [1j√mI] adj. 好吃的、美味的

24. full [f¨l] adj. 吃飽的

Page 102: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

102 1000

UNIT

27 Seasonings and Tastes of Foods調味料與食物的口味

Read the descriptions below and fill in T for "True"; F for "False".

1. Jimmy says the chicken soup is yucky. This means he loves that

soup.

2. Teresa doesn't like black coffee. So, she usually adds milk and

sugar in her coffee.

3. Ketchup is made of potato.

4. Bread is made of flour.

5. Soy sauce and butter are milk products.

6. Jam and pepper are sweet seasonings.

7. Lemon is sour.

Write at least two kinds of foods that contains the seasonings inthe box below.

Read the descriptions below about David Wang's feelings offoods. Then, guess which recipe he would take, check the answer.

David Wang has good appetite when he is hungry. Chicken is his favorite. He loves any dish

with chicken. But, only chicken with sour things he dislikes. Besides, he likes anything with

salt but 'no soy sauce' he said. This is because he isn't Chinese and isn't used to the taste of

soy sauce. Moreover, David likes any kinds of desserts. In another words, he likes sweet

things very much. Sometimes, he puts jam in his soup and honey in his spaghetti. He says

that is 'Yummy!'. Anyway, recently, David Wang is getting fat. He is trying to eat low-fat foods.

Thus, he starts eating foods without cream and butter. Hope his strategy is helpful!!

06

05

04

1. cookies / cake

2. honey cake

/ honey chicken

3. French fries

/ fried chicken

4. soup / hamburger

5. sweet and sour soup

/ sweet and sour fish

1. F

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. F

6. F

7. T

Cream Honey Oil Salt Vinegar

Page 103: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart.

Match the letters below to complete words.08

07

103

UNIT

27Seasonings and Tastes of Foods調味料與食物的口味

D.

A.

chicken

honey

pepper

cream

ketchup

( )

B.

beef

jam

flour

butter

vinegar

( )

C.

chicken

salt

honey

lemon

soy sauce

( )

D.

pork

spaghetti

sugar

salt

oil

( )

1.gar2. mmy

3. tter

4. sauce

5. tter

6. tchup

7. pper

full / sweet / delicious / eat / spicy

cream / French fries / honey / soy sauce

1. drink 2. yummy, yucky 3. flour, butter 4. pepper, salt

1. eat

2. delicious

3. cream

4. soy sauce

5. French fries

6. full

7. sweat, spicy

8. honey

5. ketchup 6. hungry 7. bitter, sour 8. jam, sugar

1. vine∂ ∂tter

2. yu ∂ ∂sauce

3. bi ∂ ∂ gar

4. soy ∂ ∂ mmy

5. bu ∂ ∂pper

6. ke ∂ ∂ tchup

7. pe ∂ ∂ tter

Page 104: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

104 1000

Ways of Cooking and Types of Meals食物烹調方法與肉品種類

Match the pictures and descriptions. Fill in the letters.

1. Cut a carrot.

2. Bathe a shrimp in water.

3. Pick a leaf of the cabbage.

4. Drop some oil into the pan.

5. Roll the pancake.

6. Burn the steak on the fire.

7. Fry chicken.

8. Steam your food with low heat.

9. Break an egg.

10. Mix the vegetables with salt.

11. Bake a cake.

12. Shake the milk powder with hot water.

01

Ways of Cooking andTypes of Meals

UNIT

28

Ways of Cooking

1. L

2. J

3. C

4. I

5. B

6. E

7. D

8. F

9. K

10. H

11. G

12. A

A. B. C. D.

E. F. G. H.

I. J. K. L.

Page 105: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the descriptions below and words.02

105

UNIT

28Ways of Cooking and Types of Meals食物烹調方法與肉品種類

1. way [we] n. 方式、方法

2. cook [kVk] v. 煮

3. cut [k√t] v. 切

4. bathe [beD] v. 浸泡

5. pick [pIk] v. 拔

6. drop [drAp] v. 滴

7. roll [rol] v. 捲

8. burn [b^n] v. 燒

9. fry [fraI] v. 炸、炒

10. steam [stim] v. 蒸

11. break [brEk] v. 打破

12. mix [mIks] v. 混合、攪

13. bake [bek] v. 烤

14. shake [Sek] v. 搖

15. powder [1pa¨d_] n. 粉末

16. meal [mil] n. 餐

17. brunch [br√ntS] n. 早午餐

18. lunch [l√ntS] n. 午餐

19. supper [1s√p_] n. 晚餐

20. breakfast [1brEkf@st] n. 早餐

21. dinner [1dIn_] n. 晚餐

22. fast-food [1f{st1fud] n. 速食

23. snack [sn{k] n. 點心

24. diet [1daI@t] n. 特殊飲食

1. The first meal of the day (in the morning) is... ∂ ∂brunch

2. The last meal of the day (in the evening) is... ∂ ∂lunch

3. Another word which is the same as dinner is... ∂ ∂supper

4. Having breakfast and lunch together is... ∂ ∂breakfast

5. Having light foods or desserts

in between the three meals is... ∂ ∂dinner

6. Special meals for people with disease

or wanting to lose weight are... ∂ ∂fast-food

7. Meals for eating quickly e.g. hamburgers, sandwiches are... ∂ ∂snack

8. The meal between breakfast and dinner is... ∂ ∂diets

1. breakfast

2. dinner

3. supper

4. brunch

5. snack

6. diets

7. fast-food

8. lunch

Page 106: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Cross out the words that do not belong to the same groups.

Read the pictures below and circle the words which describe theactions.

Circle the correct answers.05

04

03

106 1000

UNIT

28 Ways of Cooking and Types of Meals食物烹調方法與肉品種類

Today's Recipe: Fry tomatoes and eggs

Ingredients: two eggs / two tomatoes / spring onions / garlic

Seasoning: salt / black paper / soy sauce / oil / sugar

Step 1: (Pick / Roll / Break / Shake) two eggs into a bowl. And, beat it up well.

Step 2: (Steam / Cut / Bathe / Drop) spring onions and garlic into very small pieces.

Step 3: (Fry / Roll / Mix / Bathe) tomatoes in the very hot water, then peal the tomatoes' skin.

Step 4: (Break / Mix / Cut / Drop) the tomatoes into very small pieces.

Step 5: (Fry / Bathe / Drop / Break) some oil in the pan. Then, fry spring

onions and garlic together.

Step 6: (Mix / Pick / Cut / Shake) the spring onion, garlic and tomatoes in

the pan for 10 minutes.

Step 7: Pour eggs into the pan and (cut / shake / cook / pick) for 5 minutes

with the tomatoes.

Step 8: (Drop / Roll / Cut / Mix) the food with a teaspoon of salt, sugar, soy

sauce and some black pepper.

Step1: Break

Step2: Cut

Step3: Bathe

Step4: Cut

Step5: Drop

Step6: Mix

Step7: cook

Step8: Mix

1. bathe

2. steam

3. roll

4. burn

drop / mix / bathe fry / steam / cut roll / shake / bake pick / break / burn

1. cut / break / powder

2. roll / steam / bake

3. shake / drop / mix

4. meal / fry / burn 1. powder

2. roll

3. drop

4. meal

1. 2. 3. 4.

Page 107: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the word list below and fill in the chart.01

107

UNIT

29The Body Parts身體部位

foot / wrist / back / hand / shoulder / knee / arm / neck

face / hair / finger / ankle / waist / leg / hip / chin / breast / chest

A. hair

B. neck

C. arm

D. wrist

E. waist

F. knee

G. ankle

H. chin

I. face

J. chest

K. breast

L. finger

M. hand

N. leg

O. foot

P. shoulder

Q. back

R. hip

The Body PartsUNIT

29

Head

Body

A.

I.H.

J.

C.

B.

E.

D.

F.

G.

M.

K.

N.

O.

L.

Q.

P.

R.

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

K.

L.

M.

N.

O.

P.

Q.

R.

Page 108: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

108 1000

UNIT

29 The Body Parts身體部位

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answer.

1. Which body parts can't you see from the front? Shoulder / Back / Hair / Wrist

2. Which body parts can't you see from the back?

Hand / Neck / Face / Breast

3. Which body parts are in pairs? Hand / Chin / Wrist / Ankle

4. Which body part is connecting the head and body?

Chin / Waist / Ankle / Neck

5. Which body parts are not movable? Feet / Face / Finger / Arm

Cross out the words that do not belong to the same groups.劃掉字群中不同類的字03

02

1. foot [f¨t] n. 足

2. wrist [rIst] n. 手腕

3. back [b{k] n. 背

4. hand [h{nd] n. 手

5. shoulder [1Sod_] n. 肩膀

6. knee [ni] n. 膝

7. arm [Arm] n. 手臂

8. neck [nEk] n. 脖子

9. face [fes] n. 臉

10. hair [hEr] n. 頭髮

11. finger [1fIµg_] n. 手指

12. ankle [1{µk¬] n. 腳踝

13. waist [west] n. 腰

14. leg [lEg] n. 腿

15. hip [hIp] n. 臀部

16. chin [tSIn] n. 下巴

17. breast [brEst] n. 乳房

18. chest [tSEst] n. 胸

19. head [hEd] n. 頭

20. body [1bAdI] n. 身體

1. Chin / Head / Ankle / Hair / Face

2. Finger / Chest / Thumb / Wrist / Hand

3. Ankle / Wrist / Knee / Hip / Shoulder

4. Hair / Chest / Breast / Back / Waist 1. Ankle

2. Chest

3. Hip

4. Hair

1. Back

2. Face, Breast

3.Hands, Wrist,

Ankle

4. Neck

5. Face

Page 109: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

109

UNIT

29The Body Parts身體部位

Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks.

1. is at the top of the head.

2. touch the ground when you walk.

3. Fingers belong to the .

4. connect your hands and arms.

5. connect your feet and legs.

6. touches the surface of the chair when you sit down.

7. connects your head and body.

8. You use shampoo to wash your .

9. When you chew, you move your .

Match the words below.

Choose the correct spelling for words that end in -st.

1. a) wrast b) weaist c) waist d) wiast

2. a) braest b) breaste c) breest d) breast

3. a) wrist b) wirst c) wirist d) wirist

4. a) chast b) chest c) cheast d) chaest

06

05

04

1. Hair

2. Feet

3. hands

4. Wrists

5. Ankles

6. Hip

7. Neck

8. hair

9. chin

1. hi ∂ ∂der

2. chi ∂ ∂ee

3. kn ∂ ∂n

4. shoul ∂ ∂m

5. han ∂ ∂p

6. ar ∂ ∂ce

7. fin ∂ ∂t

8. ne ∂ ∂d

9. foo ∂ ∂ger

10. le ∂ ∂g

11. fa ∂ ∂ck

1. p

2. n

3. ee

4. der

5. d

6. m

7. ger

8. ck

9. t

10.g

11. ce

1. c

2. d

3. a

4. b

Page 110: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

110 1000

The Face and Five Sences 臉部跟五官

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.

Read the chart below of the five senses. Then circle the correctanswer.

1. What do you do with your eyes? To (see / sight) the world.

2. John can see very well. His eye (sight / seeing) is very good.

3. What do you do with your hands? To (feel / touch / taste) things.

4. Which toast is fresher? The one with soft (touch / smell / feel) is fresher.

5. What do you do with your nose? To (taste / smell / smelling) foods.

02

01

The Face and FiveSences

UNIT

30

The Face

mouth / ear / eye / nose eyelid / eyebrow / eyelashes lip / tongue / teeth

The Eye The mouth

B.C.

A.

E.

F.

G.

D.

I.

H.

J.

1. A) eye B) mouth C) nose D) ear

2. E) eyebrow F) eyelid G) eyelashes

3. H) teeth I) tongue J) lip

The feeling parts

eye

nose

mouth

ear

hand

The functions

see

smell

taste

hear

feel

The five senses

sight

smell

taste

hearing

touch

1. see

2. sight

3. feel(or touch)

4. touch

5. smell

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

Page 111: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

6. I don’t like fish because the (smelling / tooth / smell) is very bad.

7. What do you do with your ear? To (hearing / hear / feel) sounds.

8. Your (hearing / hear) has problems because you can’t hear what I said.

9. What do you do with your mouth? To drink, eat and (taste / tasting) foods.

10. I don’t like sour (tasting / taste). So, I don’t like vinegar.

Cross out the words that do not belong to the same groups.劃掉字群中不同類的字

Circle the correct answers.

1. Teeth are in our (ears / mouth / tongue / eyes).

2. (Ears / nose / lips / eyelids) are in pairs.

3. Tongue can (feel / taste / hear / see) foods.

4. (Eyebrow / Lips / Eyelashes / Teeth) grow on our eyelids.

5. Our (teeth / eyebrow / eyelids / nose) is between our eyes and mouth.

04

03

111

UNIT

30The Face and Five Sences臉部跟五官

1. mouth / ear / nose / hearing / eyes

2. see / eyes / smell / hear / feel

3. sight / smell / hearing/ hand / touch

4. tongue / teeth / lips / nose / mouth

5. teeth / eyebrow / eyelashes / eyes / eyelids 1. hearing

2. eyes

3. hand

4. nose

5. teeth

1. mouth [ma¨T] n. 嘴巴

2. ear [Ir] n. 耳朵

3. eye [aI] n. 眼睛

4. nose [noz] n. 鼻子

5. eyelid [1aI%lId] n. 眼瞼

6. eyebrow [1aI%bra¨] n. 眉毛

7. eyelash [1aI%l{S] n. 眼睫毛

8. lip [lIp] n. 嘴唇

9. tongue [t√µ] n. 舌頭

10. tooth [tuT] n. 牙齒

11. see [si] v. 看

12. smell [smEl] v. 聞

13. taste [test] v. 嚐

14. hear [hIr] v. 聽

15. feel [fil] v. n. 摸、觸覺

16. sense [sEns] n. 感覺、感官

17. sight [saIt] n. 視覺

18. smell [smEl] n. 嗅覺

19. taste [test] n. 味覺

20. hearing [1hIrIµ] n. 聽覺

21. touch [t√tS] v. n. 摸、觸覺

6. smell

7. hear

8. hearing

9. taste

10. taste

1. mouth

2. ears, lips, eyelids

3. taste

4. eyelashes

5. nose

Page 112: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

6. The dentist checks your (tongue / sight / taste / teeth).

7. When a person gets a high body temperature, you can (taste / feel /hear

/ smell) it with your hands.

Read the descriptions below and give your own answers.

Example: What kind of smell do you like? I like the smell of flowers.

1. What kind of taste do you like?

2. What kind of sound do you dislike?

3. What kind of feel do you like?

4. What kind of smell do you dislike?

Read the dialogues and fill in the blanks with thewords below.06

05

112 1000

UNIT

30 The Face and Five Sences 臉部跟五官

A: Did you Gina's boyfriend?

B: No, how does he look like?

A: He short but handsome!

sight / hear / see / feels / looks

A: Did you that?

B: What?

A: The shaking.

B: Oh, no...It's an earthquake.

smell / hear / see / feel / taste

A: Did you taste anything wrong in the food?

B: No, what does it like?

A: It sour.

B: Oh, yuck...

smell / sound / taste / tastes / hears

6. teeth

7. feel

1. I like things that have sweet taste.

2. I dislike the noise of cars.

3. I like the soft touch of cotton.

4. I dislike the smell of smoke.

1. see ; looks

2. taste; tastes

3. feel

Page 113: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture and fill in the blanks with the words below.

Match the descriptions below and fill in the correct answers.

1. Your head is painful. Therefore, you have a ...

2. You feel pain in your stomach. Thus, you have a ...

3. There is a pain in your teeth. Therefore, you are having a ...

4. Your body temperature is higher than normal. You have got a...

5. You have got pain in your throat. In other words, you have a ...

6. The opposite word of strong is ...

7. A similar word to strong is...

8. A similar word to ill is ...

9. Flu and cold have similar symptoms which are...

02

01

113

Inside the Body and Symptoms of Illness

身體器官與症狀Inside the Body andSymptoms of Illness

UNIT

31

a. sore throat

b. toothache

c. headache

d. cough and dizziness

e. weak

f. energetic

g. stomachache

h. fever

i. sick

throat / skin / heart / bone / stomach

B.

A.

E.D.

C.

A. heart B. stomach C. bone

D. skin E. throat

1. c 2. g 3. b 4. h 5. a

6. e 7. f 8. i 9. d

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Page 114: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and answer the questions below . 03

114 1000

UNIT

31 Inside the Body and Symptoms of Illness身體器官與疾病的症狀

1. sore throat

2. stomachache

3. cough

4. toothache

1. throat [Trot] n. 喉嚨2. skin [skIn] n. 皮膚3. heart [hArt] n. 心臟4. bone [bon] n. 骨頭5. stomach [1st√m@k] n. 胃6. sore throat [1sor1Trot] n. 喉嚨痛7. pain [pen] n. 痛8. toothache [1tuT%ek] n. 牙齒痛9. headache [1hEd%ek] n. 頭痛10. cough [kOf] n. 咳嗽11. dizziness [1dIz@nIs] n. 頭暈

12. weak [wik] adj. 虛弱的13. strong [strOµ] adj. 強壯的14. energetic [%En_1dZEtIk] adj. 有精力的15. stomachache [1st√m@k%ek] n. 胃痛16. ill [Il] adj. 生病的17. fever [1fiv_] n. 發燒18. flu [flu] n. 流行性感冒19. cold [kold] n. 傷風、感冒20. symptom [1sImpt@m] n. 症狀21. sick [sIk] n. 有病的

A: What's the matter?

B: I have a .

A: What's the matter?

B: I have a .

A: What's the matter?

B: I have a .

A: What's the matter?

B: I have a .

Page 115: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

115

UNIT

31Inside the Body and Symptoms of Illness

身體器官與疾病的症狀Cross out the words that do not belong to the same group.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answer.

1. The throat is inside of our (ear / eyes / nose / mouth).

2. When we are sick, we become very (strong / energetic / weak / pain).

3. Flu does not have the symptoms of a (toothache / fever / cough / sore

throat).

4. A lot of people do sun bathing for making their (bone / heart / skin / throat)

brown.

5. When we have a (stomachache / toothache / fever / dizzy), we should see

a dentist.

Read the descriptions below and answer the questions.

1. What would you do when you have a headache?

2. What would you do when you have a fever?

3. What would you do when you have a toothache?

4. What would you do when you catch a cold?

5. What would you do when you have a stomachache?

06

05

04

1. mouth

2. weak

3. toothache

4. skin

5. toothache

1. I would take an aspirin.

2.I would see a doctor.

3.I would see a dentist.

4.I would take a hot shower.

5.I would take some medicine.

1. headache / toothache / throat / pain / stomachache

2. heart / symptom / stomach / bone / throat

3. strong / skin / weak / energetic / ill

4. fever / toothache / flu / cold / cough

5. dizziness / cough / fever / sore throat / energetic 1. throat

2. symptom

3. skin

4. toothache

5. energetic

Page 116: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the word list below and fill in the chart.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Mr. Chung is a deaf man. He is not able to (see / hear / taste / smell).

2. Miss Chen is a blind lady. She is not able to (feel / see / hear / smell).

3. Ms Lee is (tired / pale / dead / healthy). You cannot see her anymore in

the world.

4. Mr. Wang has a good recovery from cancer. He is very (blind / healthy /

tired / pale) now.

5. Mrs. Huang has flu now. She needs to take (care / medicine / wound /

cancer) everyday after meals.

02

01

116 1000

Health Conditions and Facial Expressions健康狀況與面部表情Health Conditions andFacial Expressions

UNIT

32

comfortable / care / recovery / deaf / cancer / medicine

dead / wound / pale / tired / blind / healthy

1. Disability 2. Disease 3. Treatments

4. Bad Conditions 5. Very Bad Conditions 6. Good Conditions

1. deaf, blind

4. wound, pale,

2. cancer

5. dead

3. medicine, care

6. healthy, comfortable, recovery

1. hear

2. see

3. dead

4. healthy

5. medicine

Page 117: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.03

117

UNIT

32Health Conditions and Facial Expressions健康狀況與面部表情

smiling / crying / blowing / laughing / licking / shouting

A: What is she doing?

B: She is .

A: What is he doing?

B: He is out the

lollipops.

A: What is she doing?

B: She is at the

funny hat.

A: What is he doing?

B: He is out the

birthday candles.

1.crying

2.licking

3.blowing

4.laughing

1.

2.

3.

4.

Page 118: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Cross out words that do not belong to the same group.04

118 1000

UNIT

32 Health Conditions and Facial Expressions健康狀況與面部表情

1. comfortable [1k√mf_t@b¬] adj. 舒適的2. care [kEr] n. 照顧3. recovery [rI1k√v@rI] n. 復原4. deaf [dEf] adj. 耳聾的5. cancer [1k{ns_] n. 癌症6. medicine [1mEd@s§] n. 藥物7. dead [dEd] adj. 死亡的8. wound [wund] n. 傷口9. pale [pel] adj. 蒼白的10. tired [taIrd] adj. 累的11. blind [blaInd] adj. 瞎的

12. healthy [1hElTI] adj. 健康的13. disease [dI1ziz] n. 疾病14. condition [k@n1dIS@n] n. 狀況15. treatment [1tritm@nt] n. 治療16. smile [smaIl] v. 笑17. cry [kraI] v. 哭18. blow [blo] v. 吹19. laugh [l{f] v. 大笑20. lick [lIk] v. 舔21. shout [Sa¨t] v. 大聲叫

1.laugh

2.shout

3.blind

4.dead

5.earsA: What is she doing?

B: She is at

the boy.

A: What is he doing?

B: He is to a

pretty girl.

5.

6.

1. ill / medicine / laugh / sick / flu

2. shout / doctor / medicine / treatment / care

3. smile / cry / blind / blow / laugh

4. comfortable / dead / health / strong / energetic

5. blind / eyes / ears / eye-sight / see

5. shouting

6. smiling

Page 119: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the story; fill in T "for True", F "for False".

Johnny is a kind person. He helps a lot of people around his neighborhood. There is an old

couple living next to his house. The old lady is deaf and the old man cannot see anything.

Johnny helps them in their house every Sunday. He usually cleans up the house. Then, he

cooks a nice lunch for them. After that, he walks with them in the park and makes them happy.

Besides, Johnny helps many sick people. On every Friday, he drives to a hospital to bring

medicine for the sick people at home. Some of the sick people have taken medicine for years.

Most of them look pale and tired. Because of Johnny's help, sick people in the neighborhood

can get a better treatment. Moreover, because of Johnny's kind help, there is a sick person

who has recovered from cancer. This is the happiest thing in Johnny's life.

1. Johnny helps deaf and blind people.

2. The old lady's ears are in a bad condition.

3. Johnny walks with healthy people in the park every Sunday.

4. Johnny is pale and tired from helping the sick people.

5. Most sick people in Johnny's help are dead.

6. Johnny makes the old couple laugh in the park.

7. Johnny makes his own house comfortable every Sunday.

Answer the questions below.

1. What would you do, if you are tired?

2. Who do you see if you want to get some medicine?

3. Which month of a year makes you feel the most comfortable?

4. What exercise do you do to keep healthy?

5. Where do you go when you want to cry?

06

05

119

UNIT

32Health Conditions and Facial Expressions健康狀況與面部表情

1.I will take a shower.

2.Adoctor.

3.March.

4.Jogging.

5.My bedroom.

1.T

2.T

3.F

4.F

5.F

6.T

7.F

Page 120: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

120 1000

The Body Movements 1肢體動作 1

Look at the pictures and fill in the words below. 01

The BodyMovements 1

UNIT

33

tear / throw / wave / rub / feed / catch / brush / hit / knock

clap / beat / lift / pull / close / open / push / carry / hold

1. push

2. pull

3. close

4. open

5. throw

6. catch

7. carry

8. hold

9. lift

10. rub

11. clap

12. tear

13. feed

14. beat

15. hit

16. wave

17. brush

18. knock

6.5.4.3.2.1.

12.11.10.9.8.7.

18.17.16.15.14.13.

Page 121: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The movement you should do with two hands is ... (lift / clap / knock / throw / push).

2. The opposite movement of close is ... (wave / tear / open / brush / hit).

3. The opposite movement of throw is... (rub / hold / carry / pull / catch).

4. Pull is the opposite movement of ... (feed / brush / push / open / catch).

5. The movement when we give food to pets is ... (tear / beat / feed / brush / knock).

6. The movement when we are cleaning is ... (brush / knock / lift / carry / open).

7. The movements when we play baseball are... (feed / throw / hit / catch / pull).

8. The movement when we move something up is... (push / pull / lift / hold / wave).

9. The movement when we move something forward is... (carry / beat / push / pull / tear)

Refer to words above, what movements can you do with thebelow things? List three answers in the boxes.03

02

121

UNIT

33The Body Movements 1肢體動作 1

1. tear [tEr] v. 撕2. throw [Tro] v. 丟3. wave [wev] v. 揮4. rub [r√b] v. 摩擦5. feed [fid] v. 餵6. catch [k{tS] v. 接住7. brush [br√S] v. 刷8. hit [hIt] v. 打9. knock [nAk] v. 敲

10. clap [kl{p] v. 拍手11. beat [bit] v. 敲打12. lift [lIft] v. 舉起13. pull [pul] v. 拉14. close [kloz] v. 關15. open [1op@n] v. 開16. push [p¨S] v. 推17. carry [1k{rI] v. 提18. hold [hold] v. 握

1.clap 2.open 3.catch 4.push 5.feed

6.brush 7.throw, hit , catch 8.lift 9.push

A car

A dog

A baseball

A book Acar : pull, push, brush

Adog : feed, hit, lift

Abaseball : catch, throw, hit

Abook : hold, tear, open

Page 122: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three things for each question below.

1. What are things that you can throw and catch?

2. What are things that you can open and close?

3. What are things that you can push and pull?

4. What are things that you can knock on?

5. What are things that you can hold?

Read the story; fill in the blanks using the words below.

Today was not my day. This morning I went out for exercise in a park. There was a baseball

that 1. my back. I was very angry and 2. the baseball in hands.

When I was ready to shout back, I saw a pretty lady 3. to me. She was Jenny,

oh... my favorite one. Then, I nicely 4. the ball back and she 5. it

right in her hands.

When I arrived home and 6. the door, I found the windows were open, too.

Then, I met a thief at my house. He 7. my arms with a big stick. Then, I

8. a chair up and beated down on his back. He fell down and 9..

me down too. At that time, I 10. him away immediately and stood up again.

Soon, he stood up and jumped out of the window. After that, I checked the house and found

my dog's leg was bleeding. I 11. a cloth and tied its leg up. Then, I

12. it some foods and took it to the hospital. Today was the unluckiest day I've

ever had in my life.

05

04

122 1000

UNIT

33 The Body Movements 1肢體動作 1

1. baseballs, basketballs, Frisbees

2. doors, books, windows

3. desks, chairs, cars

4. doors, windows, tables

5. pens, spoons telephones

1.hit 2.held 3.waving 4.threw 5. caught 6.opened

7.knocked 8.lifted 9.pulled 10. pushed 11. tore 12. fed

lifted / waving / pushed / fed / opened / knocked / tore

held / caught / pulled / threw / hit

Page 123: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture and answer the questions.

1. Who is hopping ?

2. What does John kick ?

3. Who is running ?

4. What is jumping ?

5. Who is resting ?

6. Who is lying on the grass?

7. Who is sitting under the tree?

8. Who is standing under the tree?

9. Who has just fallen down?

10. Who is bowing to Lisa?

11. Who is walking with Peter?

01

123

The Body Movements 2肢體動作 2The Body

Movements 2

UNIT

34

Ada

John

Mr. and Mrs.

Aberdeen

NancyGina Lisa

TomJohn's father

Peter and Camille

a teacher and students

1. Ada

2. Adog

3. Mr. and Mrs. Aberdeen

4. Arabbit and a frog

5. John's father

6. Nancy

7. Students

8. Ateacher

9. Gina

10. Tom

11. Camille

Page 124: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Which movements should you do with one leg only?

(run / sit / hop / walk / kick)

2. Which movement is the opposite one of "stand"?

(bow / fall / rest / hop / sit)

3. Which movement is what people do when they were sleeping?

(lie / bow / fall / stand / kick)

4. Which movement cannot move forward?

(walk / run / rest / hop / jump)

5. Which movements could hurt a person?

(bow / fall / kick / sit / lay)

Refer to the words above. List three answers for each question.

1. What can you do to a sofa?

, ,

2. What should a sick person do?

, ,

3. What can your little boy do?

, ,

03

02

124 1000

UNIT

34 The Body Movements 2肢體動作 2

1. hop [hAp] v. 單腳跳2. kick [kIk] v. 踢3. run [r√n] v. 跑4. jump [dZ√mp] v. 雙腳跳5. rest [rEst] v. 休息6. lie [laI] v. 躺

7. sit [sIt] v. 坐8. stand [st{nd] v. 站9. fall [fOl] v.. 跌、跌倒10. bow [ba¨] v. 鞠躬11. walk [wOk] v. 走路、散步

1. rest in, lie on, sit in

2. rest, lie, sit

3. bow, run, jump

1. hop, kick

2. sit

3. lie

4. rest

5. fall, kick

Page 125: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below and descriptions.

1. on the chair when you are too short to see.

2. on the bed because Mom isn't home tonight.

3. the door open when your hands are busy.

4. to home when your ankle hurts.

5. your arm when it is in pain.

6. to the Japanese when you say good-bye.

7. to school when you are very late.

8. into the river and you will die very quick.

Answer the questions below.回答下列問題

1. How many minutes do you walk a day?

2. Do you kick things when you are angry?

3. Where do you sit on when you are tired at home?

4. Who do you bow to in your life?

Match the letters below. 06

05

04

125

UNIT

34The Body Movements 2肢體動作 2

1. About thirty minutes

2. Yes, I do

3. Sofa

4. Teachers

1. Stand

2. Jump

3. Kick

4. Hop

5. Rest

6. Bow

7. Run

8. Fall

1. wal ∂ ∂mp

2. ho ∂ ∂d

3. ki ∂ ∂k

4. li ∂ ∂ck

5. stan ∂ ∂e

6. ju ∂ ∂t

7. ru ∂ ∂l

8. fal ∂ ∂p

9. bo ∂ ∂w

10. res ∂ ∂n

1. k

2. p

3. ck

4. e

5. d

6. mp

7. n

8. l

9. w

10. t

Run / Fall / Jump / Stand / Bow / Kick / Hop / Rest

Page 126: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

What do they wear? Look at the pictures and use the wordsbelow to answer.01

126 1000

Kinds of Clothes衣服種類Kinds of Clothes

UNIT

35

1.

She wears a .

2.

He wears .

3.

He wears .

4.

She wears a .

5.

She wears a .

6.

They wear .

7.

He wears a .

pajamas / raincoat / suit / swimsuit / dress / uniforms / underwear

1. raincoat

2. underwear

3. pajamas

4. dress

5. swimsuit

6. uniforms

7. suit

Page 127: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Check the picture below and circle the missing items in theword list below.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. What do people wear when it rains?

(suits / swimsuits / raincoats / vests / jackets)

2. What do people wear when they sleep?

(skirts / trousers / pajamas / uniforms)

03

02

127

UNIT

35Kinds of Clothes衣服種類

coat / jacket / jeans / pants / shorts / skirt / trousers / blouse / shirt / sweater / vest

vest

blouse

jeans

jacket

1. pajamas [p@1dZ{m@s] n. 睡衣2. raincoat [1ren%kot] n. 雨衣3. suit [sut] n. 西裝4. swimsuit [1swImsut] n. 泳衣5. dress [drEs] n. 洋裝6. uniform [1jun@%fOrm] n. 制服7. underwear [1√nd_%wEr] n. 內衣褲8. wear [wEr] v. 穿9. coat [kot] n. 大衣、外套10. jacket [1dZ{kIt] n. 夾克

11. jeans [dZinz] n. 牛仔褲12. pants [p{nts] n. 長褲13. shorts [SOrts] n. 短褲14. skirt [sk^t] n. 裙子15. trousers [1tra¨z_z] n. 休閒褲16. blouse [bla¨z] n. 女用襯衫17. shirt [S^t] n. 襯衫18. sweater [1swEt_] n. 毛衣19. vest [vEst] n. 背心

1. raincoats

2. pajamas

Page 128: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

3. The same kinds of clothes students wear in school are...(uniforms /

jeans / shorts / pants /sweaters)

4. What do people wear when they swim?

(raincoats / uniforms / swimsuits / vests / shirts)

5. People mostly don't wear (skirts / shorts / pants / sweaters / blouses) in

the summer.

Read the interviews below of four people about what they thinkof wearing skirt and their favorite clothes in their free time. Then,answer the following questions with T for "True ; F for "False .

1. Julia wears blouses everyday.

2. Lydia feels that wearing skirts and blouses are comfortable at work.

3. Thomason likes skirts.

4. Robinson's favorite clothes are pajamas and shorts.

5. Thomason has meetings everyday.

04

128 1000

UNIT

35 Kinds of Clothes衣服種類

LydiaI love wearing skirts

especially in Summer

because it makes

me feel cool and

comfortable. My

favorite clothes at

work are skirts and

blouses because

they make me look

professional.

ThomasonOh, skirts! I would

like to try if I have a

chance... I think it

must be good for

men. But, my

favorite clothes are

pajamas and shorts.

Because I work at

home most of time.

RobinsonSkirts!? I think I won't

try it because they're

... lady's clothes. I

like to be a gentle-

man. My favorite

clothes are suits and

swimsuits because I

have meetings

everyday and I love

swimming.

JuliaUhm... I hate skirts. I

don't wear skirts

after I graduated

from high school. I

think jeans make me

feel more comfort-

able because I do a

lot of exercises each

day. So, don't ask

me to wear skirts at

work.

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. F

3. uniforms

4. swimsuits

5. sweaters

Page 129: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks.01

129

UNIT

36Accessories飾品

1. A. umbrella B. tie C. wallet

D. socks E. shoes

2. F. hat G. earrings H. necklace

I. gloves J. handkerchief K. purse

3. L. cap M. mask N. pocket

O. bag P. sneakers

4. Q. scarf R. comb S. slippers

T. contact lens U. ring

AccessoriesUNIT

36

1. 2. 3.

belt / shoes / tie / wallet / umbrella / socks / earrings / gloves

handkerchief / hat / necklace / purse / cap / mask / pocket

bag / sneakers / contact lens / ring / scarf / slippers / comb

4.

A.

D.

E.

F.

G.

J.

K.

H.

I.

L.

M.

O.

N.

P.

B.

C.

U.

S.

T.

R.

Q.

Page 130: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Things that we wear or bring on rainy days are... (ties / sneakers / umbrellas / raincoats /

combs).

2. Things that we wear on our ears are... (necklaces / belts / scarves / caps / earrings).

3. Things that we wear around our necks are... (contact lens / purses / scarves / ties / neck-

laces).

4. Things that we wear on our hands and fingers are...(hat / shoes / gloves / rings / masks).

5. Things that we wear on our feet are... (slippers / sneakers / shoes / socks / scarves).

6. Things that can be put in purses are... (combs / earrings / handkerchiefs / pockets / rings).

7. Things that we usually put money in are... (contact lens / wallets / purses / masks / belts).

8. Things that we put on our heads are... (caps / gloves / hats / socks / masks / sneakers).

02

130 1000

UNIT

36 Accessories飾品

1. umbrellas, raincoats

2. earrings

3. scarves, ties, necklaces

4. gloves, rings

5. slippers, sneakers, shoes, socks

6. combs, earrings, handkerchiefs, rings

7. wallets, purses

8. caps, hats

1. belt [bElt] n. 腰帶2. shoe(s) [Su(z)] n. 鞋子3. tie [taI] n. 領帶4. wallet [1wAlIt] n. 皮夾5. umbrella [√m1brEl@] n. 雨傘6. sock(s) [sAk(s)] n. 襪子7. earring(s) [1Ir,rIµ(z)] n. 耳環8. glove(s) [gl√v(z)] n. 手套9. handkerchief [1h{µk_%tSIf] n. 手帕10. hat [h{t] n. 帽子11. necklace [1nEklIs] n. 項鍊12. purse [p^s] n. 皮包

13. cap [k{p] n. 鴨舌帽14. mask [m{sk] n. 口罩15. pocket [1pAkIt] n. 口袋16. bag [b{g] n. 袋、提袋17. sneaker(s) [1snik_(z)] n. 運動鞋18. contact lens [1kAnt{kt%lEnz]

n. 隱形眼鏡

19. ring [rIµ] n. 戒子20. scarf [skArf] n. 圍巾21. slipper(s) [1slIp_(z)] n. 拖鞋22. comb [kom] n. 梳子

Page 131: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

131

UNIT

36Accessories飾品

Classify the items below in the chart.

List at least three items for each answer below.

1. What kinds of clothing accessories do you wear today?

2. What kinds of clothing accessories do you wear everyday?

3. What kinds of clothing accessories don't you have?

4. What kinds of clothing accessories are gifts from friends?

04

03ties / handkerchiefs / socks / slippers / earrings / gloves / necklaces

hats / shoes / combs / scarves / sneakers / belts / rings

2. Clothes Hanger1. Wardrobe

4. Dressing table3. Shoe Rack

1. socks, gloves, handkerchiefs, hats

2. belts, ties, scarves

3. shoes, sneakers, slippers

4. earrings, necklaces, rings, combs

1. shoes, earrings, necklaces

2. shoes, socks, earrings

3. contact lens, handkerchiefs, caps

4. necklaces, rings, wallets

Page 132: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

132 1000

Around the House房屋

living room / hall / dining room / garage / frontyard / bathroom / attic

bedroom / basement / kitchen / gate / roof / fence / study / backyard

Around the HouseUNIT

37

1. Outside of the house

2. Inside of the house

1. A. garage B. front yard C. gate D. backyard E. roof F. fence

2. G. attic H. living room I. dining room J. basement K. bathroom

L. study M. hall N. kitchen

D.

E.

F.

K.

M.

L.

N.

A.

B.

C.

G.

I.

H.

J.

Page 133: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The place for parking cars is the ... (attic / gate / roof / garage / kitchen).

2. The place for taking showers is the... (hall / dining room / bedroom / bathroom / study).

3. The place for having meals is the...(living room / roof / basement / dining room / bathroom).

4. The place for cooking meals is the... (dinning room / kitchen / garage / hall / attic).

5. The top of the house is the...(garage / hall / fence / roof / front yard).

6. The top room of the house is the .... (backyard / basement / attic / hall / roof).

7. The room that is underground is the ...(attic / fence / dining room / basement / kitchen).

8. The room for sleeping is the...(bathroom / bedroom / kitchen / basement / roof).

9. The area for walking from one room to another is the... (roof / fence / hall / backyard /

garage).

10. The room for watching TV is the... (bathroom / kitchen / dining room / living room / hall).

11. The room for reading books is the...(kitchen / study / hall / bathroom / gate).

12. The place inside the house is the...(basement / front yard / backyard / fence / roof).

13. The place outside the house is the...(living room / kitchen / attic / study / dining room /

fence).

02

133

UNIT

37Around the House房屋

1. living room [1lIvIµ%rum] n. 客廳2. hall [hOl] n. 走廊3. dining room [1daInIµ%rum] n. 飯廳4. garage [g@1rAZ] n. 車庫5. front yard [1fr√nt%jArd] n. 前院6. bathroom [1b{T%rum] n. 浴室7. bedroom [1bEd%rum] n. 房間8. basement [1besm@nt] n. 地下室9. kitchen [1kItSIn] n. 廚房

10. gate [get] n. 大門11. roof [ruf] n. 屋頂12. fence [fEnz] n. 籬笆13. study [1st√dI] n. 書房14. backyard [1b{kjArd] n. 後院15. attic [1{tIk] n. 閣樓16. outside [1a¨t1saId] n. 外部17. house [ha¨s] n. 房子18. inside [1In1saId] n. 內部

1. garage 2. bathroom 3. dinning room 4. kitchen 5. roof 6. attic 7. basement

8. bedroom 9. hall 10. living room 11. study 12. basement 13. fence

Page 134: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three actions you usually do in the rooms below.

Cross out words that do not belong to the same group.04

03

134 1000

UNIT

37 Around the House房屋

1. garage

2. attic

3. gate

4. bedroom

5. fence

1. garage / bathroom / bedroom / dining room / living room

2. outside / front yard / backyard / fence / attic

3. basement / attic / study / gate / kitchen

4. gate / roof / bedroom / fence / front yard

5. inside / attic / fence / dining room / study

2. I usually ......

...... in the bathroom.

1. I usually ......

...... in the living room.

3. I usually ......

...... in the kitchen.

4. I usually ......

...... in the bedroom.

1. watch TV / chat with family and friends / take a short break

2. take a shower / brush my teeth / wash my face

3. cook meals / wash dishes / store dry foods

4.sleep / listen to the music / read books

Page 135: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture and fill in the blanks with the words below.01

135

UNIT

38Around the Apartment公寓

balcony / ceiling / stair / wall / window / exit / entrance

The second floor

(= the upstairs)

Outside of an apartment

The first floor

(= the downstairs)

The second floor

(= the upstairs)

Inside of an apartment

The first floor

(= the downstairs)

A.

C. D.

B.

H.I.

A. balcony B. window C. entrance D. exit

G. ceiling H. walls I. stairs

Around the ApartmentUNIT

38

G.

Page 136: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

136 1000

UNIT

38 Around the Apartment公寓

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The place where people usually hang clocks is on the ...

(window / front door / ceiling / wall / stair).

2. The place where people usually hang lights is on the ...

(fence / ceiling / window / floor / gate).

3. Entrance means access to the... (outside / upstairs / inside / down-

stairs / balcony) of the apartment.

4. Exit means access to the ...( upstairs / downstairs / balcony / out-

side / inside) of the apartment.

5. Lillian walks from the third floor to the second floor.

She walks (balcony / upstairs / downstairs / inside / outside).

6. Anderson runs from the sixth floor to the eighth floor.

He runs (gate / back door / upstairs / downstairs / ceiling).

Cross out the words, which does not belong to the group. 03

02

1. balcony [1b{lk@nI] n. 陽台2. ceiling [1silIµ] n. 天花板3. stair [stEr] n. 樓梯4. wall [wOl] n. 牆壁5. window [1wIndo] n. 窗6. exit [1EksIt] n. 逃生出口

7. entrance [1Entr@ns] n. 入口8. floor [flor] n. 地板、樓層9. upstairs [1√p1stErz] n. 樓上10. downstairs [1da¨n1stErz] n. 樓下11. apartment [@1pArtm@nt] n. 公寓

1. wall

2. ceiling

3. inside

4. outside

5. downstairs

6. upstairs

1. entrance / gate / front door / front yard / backyard

2. entrance / ceiling / front door / backdoor / exit

3. ceiling / roof / attic / basement / upstairs

4. fence / wall / downstairs / floor / ceiling

5. front yard / balcony / kitchen / garage / backyard

6. apartment / house / upstairs / downstairs / balcony

7. garage / front yard / house / apartment / backyard 1. backyard

2. ceiling

3. basement

4. downstairs

5. kitchen

6. balcony

7. apartment

Page 137: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three things you put or hang on the places below.

Match the words below.

1. downstairs ∂ ∂floor

2. exit ∂ ∂entrance

3. ceiling ∂ ∂upstairs

4. apartment ∂ ∂inside

5. basement ∂ ∂front yard

6. outside ∂ ∂house

7. backyard ∂ ∂attic

05

04

137

UNIT

38Around the Apartment公寓

1.upstairs2.entrance3.floor4.house5.attic6.inside7.front yard

2. I hang ......

...... in the bathroom.

1. I put ......

...... in the living room.

3. I hang ......

...... in the kitchen.

4. I put ......

...... in the bedroom.

1. flower pots / hangers / a shoes rack

2. clocks / frames / calendars

3. lights / fans / droplights

4. carpets / trash cans / wardrobes

Page 138: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

138 1000

Furniture傢具Furniture

UNIT

39

Furniture in the living room

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

G.

H.

I.

J.

Furniture in the bedroom

A

H

E

G

JF

B

C

D

O

F.

I

L

K.

L.

M.

N.

O.

Q.

R.

S.

P.

KR

N

P

M

S

Q

A. chair B. bookcase C. armchair D. sofa E. coffee table F. light

G. desk H. stool I. drawer J. curtain K. candle L. mat M. blanket

N. carpet O. hanger P. pillow Q. sheet R. dresser S. bed

candle / mat / blanket / armchair / bookcase / stool / bed / drawer / pcurtain

sofa / coffee table / light / carpet / hanger / pillow / sheet / dresser / desk / chair

Page 139: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Kinds of furniture that people usually sleep on are ...

(stools / pillows / beds / closets / hangers).

2. A kind of furniture that usually goes as a set with desks is ...

(mats / blankets / pillows / chairs / stools).

3. Kinds of furniture that people usually sit on are...

(sofas / sheets / chairs / armchairs / stools).

4. Kinds of furniture that people usually store clothes in are...

(dressers / drawers / lamps / closets / bookcases).

5. The kinds of furniture people usually put books in (on) are...

(desks / pillows / bookcases / tables / drawers).

6. Things that can give light are...

(lamps / curtains / candles / hangers / lights).

7. Things that people usually use make beds are...

(mats / sheets / pillows / carpets / blankets).

02

139

UNIT

39Furniture家具

1. candle [1k{nd¬] n. 蠟燭2. mat [m{t] n. 腳踏墊3. blanket [1bl{µkIt] n. 毯子4. armchair [1Arm%tSEr] n. 扶手椅5. bookcase [1buk%kes] n. 書架6. stool [stul] n. 凳子7. bed [bEd] n. 床8. drawer [1drO_] n. 抽屜9. curtain [1k^t§] n. 窗簾10. sofa [1sofA] n. 沙發椅

11. coffee table [1kOfI1teb¬] n. 大茶几12. light [laIt] n. 燈13. carpet [1kArpIt] n. 地毯14. hanger [1h{µ_] n. 衣架15. pillow [1pIlo] n. 枕頭16. sheet [Sit] n. 床單17. dresser [1drEs_] n. 五斗櫃18. desk [dEsk] n. 書桌19. chair [tSEr] n. 椅子20. furniture [1f^nItS_] n. 傢具

1. stools, pillows, beds

2. chairs

3. sofas, chairs,

armchairs, stool

4. dressers, closets,

drawers

5. desks, bookcases,

tables, drawers

6. lamps, candles, lights

7. sheets, pillows,

blankets

Page 140: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three items for each question below.

Cross out the words which do not belong to the group.04

03

140 1000

UNIT

39 Furniture家具

3. What kinds of furniture do you have in

your living room?

4. What kinds of things do you put in your

drawers?

5. What kinds of things do you have on your

bed?

6. What do you usually sit on in your living

room?

1. What kinds of things do you usually put

on a coffee table?

2. What kinds of furniture do you have in

your bedroom?

1. hanger

2. pillow

3. sofa

4. candle

5. desk

1. mat / hanger / carpet / sheet / curtain

2. bookcase / closet / drawer / pillow / dresser

3. sofa / pillow / bed / sheet / blanket

4. furniture / candle / desk / chair / coffee table

5. armchair / desk / chair / stool / sofa

1. newspaper, food, glasses

2. beds, closets, dressers

3. a set of sofas, an armchair, a coffee table

4. books, money, pens

5. pillows, sheets, blankets

6. sofas, chairs, stools

Page 141: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Compare pictures B and A. What is missing in picture B? Circlethe missing item from the word lists below. 01

141

Things in the Kitchen and Bathroom廚房與浴室用具Things in the Kitchen

and Bathroom

UNIT

40towel

toothbrush

shelf

basket

teapot

oven

pot / towel / teapot / wok / bathtub / basket / mirror / freezer

microwave / toothbrush / soap / oven / refrigerator / stove / pan

washing machine / faucet / bucket / shelf / sink / toilet / toothpaste

A.

B.

Page 142: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The thing that we put on the toothbrush is ... (soap / faucet / towel / pot / toothpaste).

2. The thing that we use for drying hands is a ... (soap / oven / towel / freezer / basket).

3. The thing that we usually see in the bathroom is a ...(microwave / toilet / refrigerator /

teapot / freezer).

4. The thing that we use for washing laundry is a ...(faucet / toothpaste / washing machine /

wok / pan).

5. Things that can hold water are ...(basket / bathtub / shelf / faucet / oven).

6. The thing that can give fire is a ... (wok / pan / pot / stove / bucket).

7. The thing that can bake cakes is an ...(oven / freezer / pot / refrigerator / teapot).

8. The thing that we use to clean hands is...(towel / faucet / washing machine / soap / toilet).

9. The thing that can keep foods cool is a ...(towel / bathtub / refrigerator / sink / stove).

10. The thing that can reheat food is a ...(microwave / pan / pot / wok / bucket).

11. The thing that can store things on is...(towel / mirror / soap / shelf / stove).

02

142 1000

UNIT

40 Things in the Kitchen and Bathroom廚房與浴室用具

1. pot [pAt] n. 鍋子

2. towel [1ta¨@l] n. 毛巾

3. teapot [1ti%pAt] n. 茶壺

4. wok [wAk] n. 中華炒鍋

5. bathtub [1b{T%t√b] n. 浴缸

6. basket [1b{skIt] n. 籃子

7. mirror [1mIr_] n. 鏡子

8. freezer [1friz_] n. 冰庫

9. microwave [1maIkro%wev] n. 微波爐

10. toothbrush [1tuT%br√S] n. 牙刷

11. soap [sop] n. 香皂

12. oven [1√v@n] n. 烤箱

13. refrigerator [rI1frIdZ@%ret_] n. 冰箱

14. stove [stov] n. 火爐

15. washing machine [1wASIµ m@1Sin]n. 洗衣機

16. faucet [1fOsIt] n. 水龍頭

17. bucket [1b√kIt] n. 水桶

18. shelf [SElf] n. 架子

19. sink [sIµk] n. 洗臉槽

20. toilet [1tOIlIt] n. 馬桶

21. toothpaste [1tuT%pest] n. 牙膏

22. pan [p{n] n. 平底鍋

1. toothpaste

2. towel

3. toilet

4. washing machine

5. bathtub

6. stove

7. oven

8. soap

9. refrigerator

10. microwave

11. shelf

Page 143: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart.

List at least three things for the questions below.

1. What kinds of things do you usually put in a basket?

, ,

2. What kinds of things do you usually put in your freezer?

, ,

3. What kinds of things do you usually take from your refrigerator?

, ,

4. What kinds of things do you usually put in a bucket?

, ,

5. What kinds of things do you usually put on the bathroom shelf?

, ,

04

03

143

UNIT

40Things in the Kitchen and Bathroom廚房與浴室用具

1. toothpaste

2. cups

3. laundry / basket

4. soap

5. refrigerator

6. toilet

7. pan / pot

8. sink / mirror

9. oven

10. stove

microwave / wok / toothbrush / fire / faucet

bathtub / towel / teapot / freezer / washing machine

1. toothbrush 2. teapot 3. washing machine

4. towel 5. freezer 6. bathtub 7. wok 8. faucet

9. microwave 10. fire

1. fruit, vegetables, trash

2. fresh meat, ice-cream, ice cube

3. drinks, eggs, fruits

4. water, toys, clothes

5. magazine, clothes, towels

Page 144: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

144 1000

A. bowl B. chopsticks C. cup D. plate E. fork F. glass

G. knife H. napkin I. saucer J. spoon K. straw

1. fork [fOrk] n. 叉子

2. glass [gl{s] n. 玻璃杯

3. knife [naIf] n. 餐刀

4. napkin [1n{pkIn] n. 餐巾

5. cup [k√p] n. 杯子

6. plate [plet] n. 盤子

7. dish [dIS] n. 盤子

8. saucer [1sOs_] n. 小碟子

9. spoon [spun] n. 湯匙

10. straw [strO] n. 吸管

11. bowl [bol] n. 碗

12. key [ki] n. 鑰匙

13. lock [lAk] n. 鎖頭

14. chopsticks [1tSAp%stIks] n. 筷子

15. tableware [ 1tebl%wEr] n. 餐具

fork / glass / knife / napkin / plate (= dish) / saucer

cup / spoon / straw / bowl / key / lock / chopsticks

The Tableware andHouseware

UNIT

41

The Tableware

D.

E.

I F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

H K

F

C

D

AJ

B

E

G

K.

C.

B.

A.

Page 145: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Things that we pour liquid into are ... (cups / straws / glasses /

knifes).

2. Things that can be used for preserving foods are... (plates / bowls /

locks / dishes / saucers).

3. Things that people usually use for picking up foods are...(spoons /

keys/ forks / chopsticks / bowls).

4. Things that we usually can see on doors are... (glasses / locks /

curtains / plates).

5. The specialty of Chinese tableware is...(spoon / straw / saucer /

fork / chopsticks).

6. Things that people use for unlocking locks are...(straws / keys /

forks / knives).

7. Things that usually go with cups are...(bowls / teapots / chopsticks

/ saucers / plates).

Answer the questions below.

1. What kinds of tableware do you use for your breakfast?

2. What kinds of tableware don't you use everyday?

3. What kinds of tableware do you use everyday?

4. What kinds of tableware do you usually use for eating steaks?

5. How many keys do you have?

6. How many locks do you set at your front door?

03

02

145

UNIT

41The Tableware and Houseware餐具與家庭五金用品

1. cups, glasses

2. plates, bowls,

dishes, saucers

3. spoons, forks,

chopsticks

4. locks

5. chopsticks

6. keys

7. teapots, saucers

1. glasses, straws, plates

2. knives, napkins

3. chopsticks, forks, bowls

4. forks, knives, napkins

5. four

6. three

Page 146: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below.

1. bowls ∂ ∂knives∂ ∂teapots

2. saucers ∂ ∂rice∂ ∂plates

3. forks ∂ ∂cups∂ ∂doors

4. keys ∂ ∂locks∂ ∂chopsticks

Answer the questions below.

Fill in the blanks below. 06

05

04

146 1000

UNIT

41 The Tableware and Houseware餐具與家庭五金用品

straws / knives / bowls / glasses / chopsticks / napkin / lock

Mr. Brown: Do you use and forks at home?

Miss Chen: No, I'm Chinese. I use .

Mr. Brown: So, you must use for rice.

Miss Chen: No, I use plates for rice.

Mr. Brown: Do you use cups for tea?

Miss Chen: Sorry, I never like tea, I drink juice.

Mr. Brown: Oh, then you use for the juice?

Miss Chen: Yes, and sometimes I use .

Mr. Brown: At home!? Well, it sounds cute!

Miss Chen: Yeah, it's just for fun and you can use it to drink soup, too!

1. rice, chopsticks

2. cups, teapots

3. knives, plates

4. locks, doors

1. knives

2. chopsticks

3. bowls

4. glasses

5. straws

1. sauc _ _

2. _ nife

3. nap _ _ _

4. _ _ _ _ sticks

5. sp _ _ n

6. bo _ l

7. st _ a _

8. lo _ k

1. saucer

2. knife

3. napkin

4. chopsticks

5. spoon

6. bowl

7. straw

8. lock

Page 147: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.

Match below pictures to above descriptions. Fill the alphabetsinto the above brackets. 02

01

147

housework / clean / fix / sweeping / wash / decorate / design

build / repair / pipes / bricks / hammer / needle

HouseworkUNIT

421. housework (G) 2. wash / clean (F) 3. sweeping / repair / pipe (B) 4. fix (D)

5. hammer / bricks (A) 6. build (E) 7. designed (H) 8. needle / decorate (C)

1. Although today is

Sunday, I have a

lot of

to do.

Picture( )

2. First, I should

the

clothes and

my

bedroom.

Picture( )

3. I wil l start with

the bed-

room floor. Then,

the

leaking

in the bathroom.

Picture( )

4. After that, I will

my

dog's little house.

It has been bro-

ken for quite a

long time.

Picture( )

5. To do tha t , I ' l l

go bo r row a

, and

some .

Picture( )

6. I also need to

another

little house for the

doggies.

Picture( )

7. Look, this is what

I for the

dogs' new house.

Picture( )

8. Finally, I'll find a

to make

flags. And

the dog's house

with flags.

Picture( )

A B C D

E F G H

Page 148: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

What can you do with the below actions? List at least threethings for each question.

Answer the questions below.

1. When did you last clean your room?

2. When did you last wash the dishes?

3. When did you last decorate your house?

4. When did you last sweep your bedroom floor?

5. When did you last repair your car?

04

03

148 1000

UNIT

42 Housework家事

1. housework [1ha¨s%w^k] n. 家事2. clean [klin] v. 清潔、清理3. fix [fIks] v. 修理、固定4. sweep [swip] v. 清掃(地)5. wash [wAS] v. 洗6. decorate [1dEk@%ret] v. 裝飾7. design [dI1zaIn] v. 設計

8. build [bIld] v. 建造、建立9. repair [rI1pEr] v. 修補、修理10. pipe [paIp] n. 管子、輸送管11. brick [brIk] n. 磚塊12. hammer [1h{m_] n. 鐵鎚13. needle [1nid¬] n. 針

1. cars, windows, dishes

2. bedroom, kitchen, living room

3. windows, ceiling, living room1. I usually wash ......

, ,

2. I usually clean the ......

, ,

3. I usually decoratethe ......

, ,

1. last Sunday

2. yesterday

3. three months ago

4. this morning

5. a year ago

Page 149: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Washing clothes, sweeping floor and cleaning living room, are all...

(tableware / house ware / housework / hammers / needles).

2. The red ... (pipes / bricks / hammers / needles / woks) are good material

for making fences.

3. We put toys, gifts and candies on the Christmas tree. In other words,

we ...(clean / fix / build / decorate / wash) the Christmas tree.

4. We use...(hammers / pipes / teapots / needles / bricks) to repair dam-

aged clothing.

5. Plumbers can fix...(hammers / slippers / pipes / needles / pots) easily.

Cross out words that do not belong to the group.

Match the letters below.

1. re ∂ ∂pe

2. pi ∂ ∂ck

3. bui ∂ ∂pair

4. nee ∂ ∂dle

5. bri ∂ ∂ld

6. house ∂ ∂mer

7. fi ∂ ∂p

8. swee ∂ ∂x

9. de ∂ ∂work

10. ham ∂ ∂sign

07

06

05

149

UNIT

42Housework家事

1. housework

2. design

3. wash

4. coffee table

5. sweep

1. fix / housework / repair / hammers / needles

2. wash / clean / sweep / housework / design

3. wash / build / repair / bricks / roof

4. faucets / pipes / coffee table / sinks / plumbers

5. design / sweep / blouse / suit / dress

1. housework

2. bricks

3. decorate

4. needles

5. pipes

1. pair

2. pe

3. ld

4. dle

5. ck

6. work

7. x

8. p

9. sign

10. mer

Page 150: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.01

150 1000

Household Appliances 家庭用品

cassette / flashlight / telephone / alarm / radio / cell phone / video tape

tape recorder / computer / television / heater / video player / hair hair dryer

photo / fan / air conditioner/ screen / cable / camera / speaker / Walkman

HouseholdAppliances

UNIT

43

Shop A Shop B

Shop C Shop D

C.

D.

L

I

J

D

B

A

G

K

C

E

F

A.

B.

F.

G.

E.

I.

J.

H.

L.

L.

K.

H

M

N.

O.

P.

Q.

R.

S.

T.

U.

QO

PN

TU

R

S

A. cassette B. Walkman C. radio D. alarm E. telephone F. cell phone G. tape recorder

H. camera I. videoplayer J. video tape K. photo L. flashlight M. television N. air conditioner

O. fan P. hair dryerQ. heater R. computer S. screen T. speakers U. cable

Page 151: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

151

UNIT

43Household Appliances 家庭用品

Refer to the shops: A,B,C and D on page 150. Check the shoppinglist below and find out which shops these people should visit.

Refer to above shopping lists. Answer the questions below withT for True" , F for "False .

1. Franklin goes to shop B and C.

2. Pearl and Clark both go to shop A and D.

3. Katherine doesn't need anything from shop A.

4. Clark doesn't need to visit shop A.

5. Franklin and Clark both should go to shop B.

03

02

1. cassette [k@1sEt]n. (=audio tape)錄音帶

2. flashlight [1fl{S%laIt] n. 閃光燈

3. telephone [1tEl@%fon] n. 電話

4. alarm [@1lArm] n. 鬧鐘

5. radio [1redI%o] n. 收音機

6. cell phone [1sEl1fon] n. 手機

7. video tape [1vIdI%o1tep] n. 錄影帶

8. tape recorder [1tep%rI1kOrd_] n.錄音機

9. computer [k@m1pjut_] n. 電腦

10. television [1tEl@%vIZ@n] n. (=TV)電

11. heater [hit_] n. 暖氣機

12. video player [1vIdI%o1ple_] n. 錄影機

13. hair dryer [1hEr1draI_] n. 吹風機

14. photo [1foto] n. 照片

14. fan [f{n] n. 電扇

16. air conditioner [1Er %k@ndIS@n_]n. 冷氣機

17. screen [skrin] n. 螢幕

18. cable [1keb¬] n. 電纜

19. camera [1k{m@r@] n. 照相機

20. speaker [1spik_] n. 擴音機

21. Walkman [1wOkm@n] n. 隨身聽

Katherine

running shoes

blue skirt

computer cable

video tape

papaya

teapot, pen

Shops: ( )

Clark

wallet

camera

TV

shrimp

steak

cap, alarm

Shops: ( )

Pearl

curtain

fan, hair dryer

video tape

cabbage

hammer

pipe

Shops: ( )

Franklin

cell phone

computer screen

umbrella, suit

pajamas

trousers

walkman

Shops: ( )

1. B, D 2. A, B 3. B, C 4. A, D

1. F

2. F

3. T

4. F

5. F

Page 152: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. A small machine that people can listen to the radio and easy to

carry is a ...(video player / television / alarm / walkman / cassette).

2. Household appliances that can bring cool wind is an ... (fan / tape

recorder / heater / air conditioner / speaker).

3. A small machine that is usually used to wake people up is ...(a

walkman / a hair dryer / an alarm / a flashlight / a fan).

4. Machines that can make sounds are ......(radio / cassette / walk-

man / phone / alarm).

5. Machines that can be used in communications are ... (photo /

cable / cell phone / phone / heater).

Cross out the words which do not belong to the group.

Match the words below.

1. flash ∂ ∂ter

2. came ∂ ∂een

3. scr ∂ ∂light

4. hea ∂ ∂ra

5. spea ∂ ∂ker

6. recor ∂ ∂ble

7. vi ∂ ∂der

8. ca ∂ ∂deo

06

05

04

152 1000

UNIT

43 Household Appliances 家庭用品

1. light

2. ra

3. een

4. ter

5. ker

6. der

7. deo

8. ble

1. speaker / cable / hair dryer / screen / computer

2. photo / speaker / radio / tape recorder / walkman

3. hair dryer / fan / heater / stove / air conditioner

4. summer / air conditioner / sweater / fan / ice cube

5. winter / shorts / heater / coat / jacket 1. hair dryer

2. photo

3. stove

4. sweater

5. shorts

1. walkman

2. fan, air conditioner

3. an alarm

4. radio, walkman,

phone, alarm

5. cell phone, phone

Page 153: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Refer to the word list below. Circle the names of buildings youcan't find in the picture.01

153

UNIT

44Buildings大樓Buildings

UNIT

44

The Koven City Map

bank / church / culture center / factory / fire station / hospital / hotel / court

museum / post office / police station / restaurant / temple / tower / castle

1. factory 2. hotel 3. museum 4. tower 5.castle

醫院

教堂

郵局

消防局

餐廳

銀行文化中心

警察局

法院

Page 154: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Uncle Chou works in a shop which sells Chinese food.

In other words, he works in a ... (castle / club / temple / restaurant).

2. My nephew's job is making high-heeled shoes.

He works in a...(hospital / hotel / factory / museum).

3. Teresa wants to exchange her money into US dollars.

So, she needs to go to a...(church / bank / culture center / court).

4. Tomoko saw a neighbor kill a man on the road.

She is a witness in the...(factory / court / castle / bank).

5. Tanya is a Christian.

She goes to the ...(temple / fire station / bank / church) every Sunday.

6. Julia wants to mail her wedding photos to Sophia.

Thus, Julia needs to go to the ...(fire station / post office / police station / factory).

7. If your house catches fires, you should make a call to the ...(restaurant / police station /

post office / fire station).

8. In the olden days, the King and Queen lived in a ...(temple / court / castle / church).

Match the words below.

1. Tower ∂ ∂British ∂ ∂fries

2. Museum ∂ ∂Rome ∂ ∂chopsticks

3. Temple ∂ ∂French∂ ∂English

4. Church ∂ ∂Chinese∂ ∂Italy

03

02

154 1000

UNIT

44 Buildings大樓

1. bank [b{µk] n. 銀行

2. church [tS^tS] n. 教堂

3. culture center [1k√ltS_1sEnt_]n. 文化中心

4. factory [1f{kt@rI] n. 工廠

5. fire station [1faIr1steS@n] n. 消防隊

6. hospital [1hAspIt¬] n. 醫院

7. hotel [ho1tEl] n. 飯店

8. museum [mju1zI@m] n. 博物館

9. post office [1post %OfIs] n. 郵局

10. police station [p@1lis1steS@n] n. 警察局11. restaurant [1rEst@r@nt] n. 餐廳

12. temple [1tEmp¬] n. 廟

13. tower [1ta¨_] n. 高塔、塔樓

14. castle [1k{s¬] n. 城堡

15. court [kort] n. 法院

1. restaurant

2. factory

3. bank

4. court

5. church

6. post office

7. fire station

8. castle

1. French, fries

2. British, English

3. Chinese, chopsticks

4. Rome, Italy

Page 155: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List three things that you can do at the places below.

Answer the questions below.

1. When did you last go to a restaurant?

2. In what country can you see temples (give three countries)?

3. When did you last go to a bank?

4. How long does it take you to go to a local court by bus?

Fill in the blanks below. 06

05

04

155

UNIT

44Buildings大樓

1. Yesterday 2. China, Thailand, India 3. Last Friday 4. About an hour

1. eat, drink, chat with friends

2. have a health check, see a doctor, get a treatment

3. mail letters, buy stamps, post parcels

4. exchange money, open an account, borrow money

2. In a hospital, I can...1. At a restaurant, I can...

3. At a post office, I can... 4. In a bank, I can...

1. police sta _ _ _ _

2. mu _ e _ m

3. ca _ _ le

4. c _ u r_

5. f _ _ tory

6. _ _ urch

7. res _ _ _ _ ant

8. hos _ i _ al

9. t _ m _ le

10. b _ nk

1. police station

2. museum

3. castle

4. court

5. factory

6. church

7. restaurant

8. hospital

9. temple

10. bank

Page 156: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.01

156 1000

Stores商店

A. department store B. movie theater C. supermarket D. bookstore

E. bakery F. nightclub G. convenience store H. fast food restaurant

I. flower shop J. drugstore K. mall L. buffet M. stationery store

bakery / bookstore / buffet / cafeteria / convenience store / mall

department store / drugstore / flower shop / market / stationery store

supermarket / fast food restaurant / nightclub / movie theater

StoresUNIT

45

The Serangoon Village Map

A.

B.

C.

D.

E

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

K.

L.

M.

C

F

BM

K

I

D

A

G

J

H

L

Page 157: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (Bakeries / Drugstores / Cafeterias / Flower shops) are places where we can buy roses.

2. People can buy medicine from the ...(stationery stores / drugstores / malls / nightclubs).

3. People can buy pens, paper and pencils from ...(buffets / bakeries / drugstores / stationery

stores).

4. People usually order birthday cakes from...(nightclubs / bakeries / bookstores / flower

shops).

5. People can eat food in...(fast food restaurants / bookstores / cafeterias / convenience

stores).

02

157

UNIT

45Stores商店

1. Flower shops

2. drugstores

3. stationery stores

4. bakeries

5. fast food restaurants, cafeterias

1. bakery [1bek@rI] n. 麵包店

2. bookstore [1b¨k%stor] n. 書店

3. buffet [bu1fe] n. 吃到飽自助餐廳

4. cafeteria [%k{f@1tIrI@] n. 自助餐廳

5. convenience store [k@n1vinj@ns1stor] n. 便利商店

6. department store [dI1pArtm@nt1stor] n. 百貨公司

7. drugstore [1dr√g%stor] n. 西藥房

8. flower shop [1fla¨_ 1SAp] n. 花店

9. market [1mArkIt] n. 市場

10. mall [mOl] n. 大型購物中心

11. stationery store [1steS@n, ErI1stor] n. 文具店

12. supermarket [1sup_,mArkIt] n. 超級市場

13. fast-food restaurant [1f{st1fud1rEst@r@nt] n. 速食店

14. nightclub [1naIt,kl√b] n. 夜店

15. movie theater [1muvI ,TI@t_] n. 電影院

Page 158: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three answers for each question.

1. What could you do at a nightclub?

2. What could you buy at a department store?

3. What could you eat at a cafeteria?

4. What could you order from a fast food restaurant?

Classify the words below into the chart.04

03

158 1000

UNIT

45 Stores商店

1. I drink wine / drink beer / dance.

2. I buy shoes / clothes / cosmetics.

3. I eat fish / salad / soup.

4. I order French fries / hamburgers / Coffee.

cafeteria / stationery store / supermarket / movie theater / department store / bakery

1. convenience store / mall /

2. buffet /

3. nightclub /

4. fast food restaurant /

5. bookstore /

6. market /

1. department store

2. cafeteria

3. movie theater

4. bakery

5. stationery store

6. supermarket

Page 159: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks.

Jeannie was pretty busy today. First, she had a big hamburger in a 1. this

morning. Then, she went to a 2. . She ordered a dozen of roses from a

3. . Then, she went to a 4. for some medicine. After that, she

visited a friend at a 5. . She had a lunch in the restaurant where an unlimited

amount of food is served. After the meeting, she went to a 6. for a newspaper

and a 7. for a birthday cake. She had a very nice dinner at home with her hus-

band. Today is her husband's birthday. She planned to treat her husband to a special wine

and a movie after the meal. After the dinner, they went to the 8. for a midnight

movie. Then, they went to a 9. to drink the special wine and dance. This was

a wonderful but tiring day for Jeannie.

Match the letters below.

1. super ∂ ∂shop

2. movie ∂ ∂store

3. flower ∂ ∂theater

4. drug ∂ ∂ry

5. bake ∂ ∂market

6. m ∂ ∂all

7. nig ∂ ∂ookstore

8. s ∂ ∂htclub

9. depar ∂ ∂tationery store

10. b ∂ ∂tment store

06

05

159

UNIT

45Stores商店

flower shop / fast food restaurant / nightclub / mall / bakery / drugstore

convenience store / buffet / movie theater

1. fast food restaurant

2. mall

3. flower shop

4. drugstore

5. buffet

6. convenience store

7. bakery

8. movie theater

9. nightclub

1. market

2. theater

3. shop

4. store

5. ry

6. all

7. htclub

8. tationery store

9. tment store

10. ookstore

Page 160: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

160 1000

Directions方位

1. " Put the TV over , and the

radio ." Peter asked the mov-

ing workers.

here / there

2. Look at the picture. Lauren is the

one standing in the . The one

on his left hand is his younger

sister, and his right hand is

his aunt.

side / middle

3. Peter drives from his home to the

church. He should first go

down the street. Then, he should turn

. And then, turn at

the first .

right / left / straight / corner

DirectionsUNIT

46

Page 161: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

161

UNIT

46Directions方位

4. Peter’s house is right at the

of his four friends’ houses. As you can

see, Jenny lives to the .

Otis lives to the .

Brian lives to the .

Kate lives to the .

north / south / east / west / center

5. Look at these toy cars racing. Both

of them start from the . After

five minutes, the red one is up to the

of the mountain. But, the

green one is still at the of the

mountain.

top / bottom / ground

6. Lauren's car is brokes down on his

way home. His brother Neo comes to

help. Lauren tries to pull the car at the

. Neo is right at the .

Although they try to push it ,

the car stil l looks like it is moving

.

back / front / backward / forward

1. there / here

2. middle / side / side

3. straight / right / left / corner

4. center / east / west / south / north

5. ground / top / bottom

6. front / back / forward / backward

Jenny

Kate

Brian

Otis Peter

LaurenNeo

Page 162: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and draw the pictures. 02

162 1000

UNIT

46 Directions方位

1. here [hIr] n./adv. 這裡2. there [DEr] n./adv. 那裡3. side [saId] n./adj. 旁邊(的)4. middle [1mId¬] n./adj. 中間(的)5. right [raIt] n./adv. 右邊6. left [lEft] n./adv. 左邊7. straight [stret] n./adv. 直線、挺直8. corner [1kOrn_] n./adj. 街角、在角落的9. north [nOrT] n./adv. (在)北方10. south [sa¨T] n./adv. (在)南方

11. east [ist] n./adv. (在)東方12. west [wEst] n./adv. (在)西方13. center [1sEnt_] n./adj. 中心(的)14. top [tAp] n./adj. 頂上(的)15. bottom [1bAt@m] n./adj. 底部(的)16. ground [gra¨nd] n. 地面17. back [b{k] n./adj. 背面、後面的18. front [fr√nt] n./adj. 正面、前面的19. backward [1b{kw_d] adv./adj.向後的20. forward [1fOrw_d] adv./adj. 向前的

EX:

Three flowers are in the center. There is

a star to the north. Four apples to the

east. A car to the south. And, a triangle to

the west.

1. There is a bottle. On the top of the bot-

tle there is a circle. At the bottom of the

bottle there is a rectangle.

1.有一個瓶子,瓶子的上方有一個圓圈,瓶子的正下方有一個長方形。

Page 163: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

163

UNIT

46Directions方位

2. There is a house. There is a car in its

front. There is a big dog in the back.

3. There is a ball moving toward to a

tree. There is a dog moving backwards

from the tree.

4. A man drops a pen and a book on the

floor. "The pen is here. The book is

there." the man said.

5. There are three cars. The biggest one

drives straight. The middle size one

drives to right. And, the smallest one

drives to the left.

Page 164: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart. 03

164 1000

UNIT

46 Directions方位

6. There is a corner right at the middle of

the street. On the two sides of the street,

there are a lot of trees.

7. There is a man upside down. His

head and hands touch on the ground.

1. north / east / center /

2. back / backward /

3. left / corner / straight /

4. here /

5. ground / bottom /

6. side /

top / right / there / west / front / south / forward / middle

2.有一個房子,房子前面有輛汽車,房子後面有隻大狗。

3.一顆球正滾向一棵樹。一隻狗正向那棵樹走遠。

4.有一個人把一支筆丟在這裡(靠近自己),書丟在那裡(較遠處)。

5.有三輛車,最大的往前直開,第二大的朝右行駛,最小的向左行駛。

6.馬路中央有個轉角,路的兩旁有很多樹。

7.有個人倒立著,他的頭跟手都碰著地板。

1. west / south 2. front / forward 3. right 4. there 5. top 6. middle

Page 165: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

165

Locations and Home Addresses 地點與住家地址

Read the colleges' addresses below and find out the locations ofthe James College, Smith College and Kings College. Writedown the colleges' names on the map.

01

Locations and HomeAddresses

UNIT

47

The schools' addresses :

James College: No. 44, Chungshan North Road, Section 2, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Smith College: Room 128, Third Floor, No. 8, Alley 4, Lane 12, Jenai Rd., Taipei, Taiwan

Kings College: No. 66, Cung-Chang Street, Panchiao City, Taipei County Taiwan, R.O.C.

Invented City Map

Chungshan North Road, sec.2

Chung-Chang Street

Wan

Th

o S

tree

t

Jen

ai R

d.

Ai-Yu's house

A. James College

B. Smith College

C. Kings College

C.

B.

A.

Page 166: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

166 1000

UNIT

47 Locations and Home Addresses 地點與住家地址

Read the map above and answer the questions below.

1. Which college is the nearest one to Ai-Yu's house?

2. Which college is at the corner of Chung-Chang Street and Wan Tho Street?

3. Which college is next to the church?

4. Which college is to the east?

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. R.O.C. means...(Taipei / Taiwan / China / Republic of China).

2. Yvoon's house number is 44. Next door to her house on the right is number 42. What num-

ber is next door to her house on the left? (46 / 48 / 40 / 39).

3. Yolanda lives right upstairs from Albert's house. Albert lives on the 35th floors. Which floor

does Yolanda live on? (34th / 36th / 38th / 40th).

4. Harley's address is No.39, room 3, second floor, Fu-der Rd.

Taipei. Frank lives in No. 39, room 5, second floor, Fu-der Rd.

Taipei. Harley and Frank live... (at the same address / on the

same floor / in the same room).

5. Arrange the names below by their sizes from big to small. (street,

road, lane, alley/ street, road, alley, lane / road , street, lane, alley

/ road, street, alley, lane).

6. Section is a word to describe a ...(lane / county / road / floor)

03

021. Republic of China

2. 46

3. 36th

4. on the same floor

5. road, street,

lane, alley

6.road

1. address (=add.) [@1drEs] n. 地址

2. number (=no.) [1n√mb_] n. 號

3. road (=rd.) [rod] n. 路

4. section (=sec.) [1sEkS@n] n. 段

5. Taipei [1taI1pe] n. 台北

6. Taiwan [1taI1wan] n. 台灣

7. Republic of China (=R.O.C.)

[rI1p√blIk%@f 1tSaIn@] n. 中華民國

8. room [rum] n. 室

9. floor [flor] n. (=fl.)樓

10. alley [1{lI] n. 弄

11. lane [len] n. 巷

12. street [strit] n. 街

13. city [1sItI] n. 市

14. county [1ka¨ntI] n. 縣

1. James College 2. Kings College 3. James College 4. Smith College

Page 167: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Refer to website: www.post.gov.tw for the Chinese road nametranslation. Then, answer below questions.

1. What's your English home address?

2. What's your office or school address in English?

3. What's your best friend's home address in English?

Rearrange the sequences of the addresses below into theEnglish address writing styles. 05

04

167

UNIT

47Locations and Home Addresses 地點與住家地址

1. Santou Second Rd. / Taiwan/ No. 338 / R.O.C. / Kaohsiung

2. Tainan / No. 6 / Taiwan / 49-3 / Nanmen Rd.

3. R.O.C. / No. 1 / Taichung / Chungching Rd.

4. Room 4 / Lane 30 / Taipei / Alley12 / R.O.C. / 1st Floor / Chungshau East Rd. / No.99 /

Sec. 5 / Taiwan

1. 3rd Floor, No.4, Lane 178, Renyi St., Snchung City, Taipei, Taiwan #241 R.O.C.

2. 9th Floor, No.230, Chunghsiao East Road, Da-Ann, Taipei, Taiwan #160 R.O.C.

3. No.21, Lane 97, ShenKan Rd., Shin Kan Village, Changhwa Hsian, Taiwan, R.O.C.

1. No.338, Santou Second Rd., Kaohsiung, Taiwan, R.O.C.

2. 49-3, No.6, Nanmen Rd., Tainan, Taiwan.

3. No.1, Chungching Rd., Taichung, R.O.C.

4. Room 4, 1st

Floor, No.99, Alley 12, Lane 30, Chungshau East Rd., Sec. 5, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Page 168: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.01

168 1000

Kinds of the Transportation交通工具Kinds of theTransportation

UNIT

48

A. B. C.

airplane / ambulance / bicycle / boat / bus / car / helicopter / jeep

motorcycle / scooter / ship / tank / taxi / train / truck

D. E. F.

G. H. I.

J. K. L.

Page 169: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The kind of transportation that takes sick people to hospital is an

...(jeep / tank / ambulance / truck).

2. The kind of transportation that can easily climb hills is a ...(taxi / jeep

/ boat / scooter).

3. The kind of transportation that can take more than 20 people at one

time is a ...(taxi / tank / scooter/ bus).

4. The kind of transportation that is used in war is a ...(scooter / truck /

tank / ambulance).

5. The kind of transportation that kids can ride on is a ...(scooter / car /

helicopter / airplane).

02

169

UNIT

48Kinds of the Transportation交通工具

M. N. O.

1. airplane (=plane) [1Er%plen] n. 飛機2. ambulance [1{mbj@l@ns] n. 救護車3. bicycle (=bike) [1baIsIk¬] n. 腳踏車4. boat [bot] n. 小船5. bus [b√s] n. 公車6. car [kAr] n. 汽車7. helicopter [1hElIkApt_] n. 直升機8. jeep [dZip] n. 吉普車

9. motorcycle [1mot_%saIk¬] n. 摩托車10. scooter [1skut_] n. 踏板車11. ship [SIp] n. 大船12. tank [t{nk] n. 坦克車13. taxi [1t{ksI] n. 計程車14. train [tren] n. 火車15. truck [tr√k] n. 卡車

A. boat

B. helicopter

C. scooter

D. bus

E. ambulance

F. motorcycle

G. ship

H. bicycle

I. tank

J. train

K. car

L. truck

M. jeep

N. airplane

O. taxi

1. ambulance

2. jeep

3. bus

4. tank

5. scooter

Page 170: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions using the words below.

Answer the questions below.

1. What kinds of transportation do you use?

2. What kinds of public transportation do you usually take?

3. What kinds of transportation do you dream about taking?

4. What kinds of transportation do you hate taking?

5. What kinds of transportation do you dream to have one day in the future?

04

03

170 1000

UNIT

48 Kinds of the Transportation交通工具

1. Methods of transportation in the air are...

2. Methods of transportation with four wheels are...

3. Methods of transportation in the sea are...

4. Methods of transportation with two wheels are...

5. Methods of transportation that have more than four wheels are...

6. Methods of public transportation are...

7. Methods of transportation that are used for taking cargos are...

8. Methods of transportation that are sold in shops are...

scooter / motorcycle / jeep / truck / train / taxi / bus / boat

bike / helicopter / car / tank / ship / ambulance / plane

1. helicopter, plane 2. car, jeep, taxi, bus, ambulance, truck 3. boat, ship

4. scooter, motorcycle, bike 5. train, tank 6. bus, train, taxi, plane

7. truck, ship, plane, helicopter, boat 8. motorcycle, bike, car, scooter, jeep

1. a motorcycle, a car, a bike

2. bus and MRT

3. helicopter and spaceship

4. ambulance

5. jeep and helicopter

Page 171: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the article below and guess what kind of transportationshe is talking about?

Match thw letters below.

1. tan ∂ ∂p

2. tax ∂ ∂k

3. trai ∂ ∂i

4. shi ∂ ∂t

5. boa ∂ ∂n

6. heli ∂ ∂ter

7. motor ∂ ∂plane

8. air ∂ ∂lance

9. ambu ∂ ∂cycle

10. scoo ∂ ∂copter

06

05

171

UNIT

48Kinds of the Transportation交通工具

I hate to take that kind of transportation. You need to go and buy the ticket before you get

in. It takes a lot of time to buy the tickets. Besides, it is sometimes crowded and often has

delays. Anyway, people don't have too many choices, as it's the only transportation that

can travel a long distance. Though if you buy the ticket earlier, you may get a ticket with a

seat, if not, you will have to stand for the whole journey. It's indeed a

very tiring thing...

Question: The lady dislikes taking the .

train

1. k

2. i

3. n

4. p

5. t

6. copter

7. cycle

8. plane

9. lance

10. ter

Page 172: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.01

172 1000

Transportation Systems運輸系統TransportationSystems

UNIT

49

A. B. C.

airline terminal / airport / bridge / highway / overpass / underpass / tunnel

bus stop / sidewalk / parking lot / subway / train station / platform / railroad

D. E. F.

G. H. I.

J. K. L.

Page 173: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The road for people to walk on is the...(highway / tunnel / sidewalk /

parking lot).

2. The path for getting over rivers is the...(platform / railroad / under-

pass / bridge).

3. The place for waiting buses is the...(bus stop / parking lot / platform

/ railroad).

4. The path that gets through mountains is a ...(sidewalk / underpass /

overpass / tunnel).

5. The place to wait for the train and MRT is the...(bus stop / sidewalk

/ platform / parking lot).

02

173

UNIT

49Transportation Systems運輸系統

M. N.

A. airport

B. airline terminal

C. highway

D. bridge

E. parking lot

F. bus stop

G. sidewalk

H. overpass

I. underpass

J. train station

K. railroad

L. platform

M. subway

N. tunnel

1. airline terminal [1Er%laIn1t^m@n¬]n.航廈

2. airport [1Er%port] n. 機場

3. bridge [brIdZ] n. 橋

4. highway [1haI%we] n. 高速公路

5. overpass [%ov_1p{s] n. 天橋

6. underpass [1√nd_%p{s] n. 地下道

7. tunnel [1t√n¬] n. 隧道

8. bus stop [1b√s1stAp] n. 公車站

9. sidewalk [1saId%wOk] n. 人行道

10. parking lot [1pArkIµ1lAt] n. 停車場

11. subway (=MRT) [1s√b%we] n. 地鐵

12. train station [1tren 1steS@n] n. 火車站

13. platform [1pl{t%fOrm] n. 月台

14. railroad [1rel%rod] n. (=railway)鐵軌

15. airline [1Er%laIn] n. 航空公司

1. sidewalk

2. bridge

3. bus stop

4. tunnel

5. platform

Page 174: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart.

Answer the questions below.

1. Where do people usually park their cars in your country?

2. Where do you check in your airline ticket in the airport?

3. How many highways do you have in your country?

4. List a name of an airline that you know about.

5. How many international airports do you have in your country?

04

03

174 1000

UNIT

49 Transportation Systems運輸系統

1. train station / railway / platform

2. airplane / airport

3. bus stop

4. parking lot

5. underpass / overpass

train station / bus stop / parking lot / airport / underpass

overpass / railway / platform / airplane

1. parking lot or garages

2. airline terminal

3. three

4. China airline

5. three1. train / MRT /

2. airline terminal / helicopter /

3. bus / sidewalk /

4. highway / car /

5. bridge / tunnel /

Page 175: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the interviews below about "How do they get to their com-pany?" Circle the transportation that they take or stop by. 05

175

UNIT

49Transportation Systems運輸系統

Nancy

Well, I work in the airport. I

take public transportation.

Of course, it's not the MRT

or train because these

transportations cannot go

on the highway. Early

every morning, I need to

stand at a place and wait

for 10 minutes for the

transportation. It's quite all

r ight for me to wait

because it's the quickest

way to the airport.

Anna

I take public transportation

that is underground. I usu-

ally walk 15 minutes from

home to the station. It's

quite safe for me to walk

because there is a special

road for people to walk

only.

Lucy

I usually drive to my office.

Every morning I walk to a

parking lot to get my car.

Then, I drive through

mountains into a town.

After I park my car in the

town, I walk for 10 minutes

to my off ice because I

should get through many

big roads. For safety rea-

sons, I walk on the paths

from one side to another of

the road. The path goes

above the ground.

MRT / bus stop / parking

lot / train station / platform /

bus

train station / MRT / taxi /

bus / bus stop / sidewalk

subway / overpass / under-

pass / airport / tunnel / rail-

road

1. bus stop, bus

2. MRT, sidewalk

3. tunnel, overpass

1. 2. 3.

Page 176: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill the answers in the blanks. 01

176 1000

Traffic Condition交通狀況

traffic jam / car accident / flat tire / slow / fast / ticket / seat

passengers / wheel / car engine / horn / gas / fly

land / drive / ride / sail / arrive / cross / speed / turn

1.

On the way to home, Tina saw a

. Jeff got a .

Lydia met a .

Tina Jeff

Lydia

Compare the speed of Car A and Car B.

Car A is . Car B is

.

2.

Car A Car B

3.

In the picture, I see five ,

four and two .

Morris puts his hands on the .

Tom holds the . Lisa is pour-

ing into the tank. Gina

points at the .

4.

Gina

Lisa

Morris

Tom

Traffic ConditionUNIT

50

Page 177: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

177

UNIT

50Traffic Condition交通狀況

1. car accident / flat tire / traffic jam

2. fast / slow

3. seats / tickets / passengers

4. horn / wheel / gas / car engine

5. flies / lands

6. drives /sails / rides

7. crosses / turns / speeds / arrives

5.

Plane A away.

Plane B .

A lady a car.

A man the boat.

A monkey a bike.

6.

plane A

plane B

7.

Car A a hill.

Car B right.

Car C on the highway.

Car D at a church.

car Acar C

car D

car B

Page 178: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The main power that makes a car move is the car...(horn / wheel /

engine / gas).

2. Flat tire means the car's...(gas / wheels / engines / horns) have a

problem.

3. The car is speeding means this car drives...(fast / slowly / backward

/ home).

4. The car can take seven people. This means the car has

seven...(chairs / seats / sits / drivers).

5. People who buy tickets to take the bus are...(adults / youths / driv-

ers / passengers).

6. In a car, you can press a ...(wheel / gas / engine / horn) to get other

people's attention.

7. A traffic jam means the cars move...(not slowly / quickly / slowly /

fast).

02

178 1000

UNIT

50 Traffic Condition交通狀況

1. traffic jam [1tr{fIk1dZ{m] n. 塞車

2. car accident [1kAr1{ks@d@nt] n. 車禍

3. flat tire [1fl{t%taIr] n. 爆胎

4. slow [slo] adj. 慢的

5. fast [f{st] adj. 快的

6. ticket [1tIkIt] n. 車票

7. seat [sit] n. 座位

8. passenger [1p{s§dZ_] n. 乘客

9. wheel [hwil] n. 輪胎

10. car engine [1kAr 1EndZ@n] n. 車引擎

11. horn [hOrn] n. 喇叭

12. gas [g{s] n. 汽油

13. drive [draIv] v. 駕駛

14. fly [flaI] v. 飛

15. land [l{nd] v. 降落

16. ride [raId] v. 騎

17. sail [sel] v. 航行、駕船

18. arrive [@1raIv] v. 抵達

19. cross [krOs] v. 橫渡、越過

20. speed [spid] v. 超速

21. turn [t^n] v. 轉

1. engine

2. wheels

3. fast

4. seats

5. passengers

6. horn

7. slowly

Page 179: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

What can you do with the actions below? List three answers foreach.

Read the descriptions and fill in the blanks with the words below. 04

03

179

UNIT

50Traffic Condition交通狀況

Andrew

I will never forget it. One

night when I was driving on

the highway. A truck on my

left suddenly

right into me. At that

moment, my car was going

very fast. I couldn't stop,

so I up and

the truck before

it hit my car. Then, the

truck bumped into the road

fences. It was quite a big

accident.

Bert

Well, my experience could

be made as a movie. There

was a day when I had just

home. Then,

before I got out of my car, I

saw an airplane

over two mountains and

suddenly it fast

into the trees in front of my

car. I was afraid and got

out of the car immediately.

Then, the airplane explod-

ed and my house burned.

Caesar

You won't believe what I saw

yesterday. When I

my motorcycle on the way

home, suddenly, a car

up from behind

me and in a cir-

cle through the air. Then, fell

down on the ground. After

that, I saw two police cars

. The policemen

pulled out the man from the

car quickly. After a few min-

utes, the car exploded.

Andrew: turned / sped / passed

Bert: arrived / passed / landed

Caesar: rode / sped / flipped / arrive

ride (rode) / land (landed) / turn (turned) / pass (passed)

flip (flipped) / arrive (arrived) / speed (sped )

2. I can drive...1. I can fly...

3. I can ride... 4. I can sail...

1. an airplane, a helicopter, a spaceship

2. a car, a jeep, a bus

3. a bicycle, scooter, motorcycle

4. a boat, a ship, a yacht

Page 180: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the pictures below with the descriptions. 01

180 1000

People at School 學校的人們People at School

UNIT

51

a. A principal ,

teachers and

students

1.

b. A teacher and

students

2.

c. A class leader

and his class-

mates

3.

d. A cheerleader

and her team-

mates

4.

e. A girl and her

female friends

are talking to a

guard at the

school gate.

5.

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

1. d2. e3. a4. b5. c

Page 181: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. People who teach in schools are...(classmates / principals / friends

/ teachers).

2. People who study in the same classes are...(friends / teachers /

classmates / teammates).

3. People who study in schools are...(friends / students / class lead-

ers / cheerleaders).

4. The leader of a school is a...(class leader / cheerleader / teacher /

principal).

5. People who you know well and like to get along with are...(class

leaders / classmates / friends / teachers).

6. People whose job is watching the school's safety are...(principals /

cheer leaders / guards / friends).

Match the letters below.

1. teach ∂ ∂pal

2. guar ∂ ∂nd

3. princi ∂ ∂er

4. cheer ∂ ∂leader

5. team ∂ ∂d

6. frie ∂ ∂mate

03

02

181

UNIT

51People at School 學校的人們

1. principal [1prIns@pl] n. 校長2. teacher [1titS_] n. 老師3. student [1stjud@nt] n. 學生4. class leader [1kl{s1lid_] n. 班長5. classmate [1kl{s%met] n. 同班同學

6. cheerleader [1tSIr%lid_] n. 啦啦隊長7. teammate [1tim%met] n. 隊員8. friend [frEnd] n. 朋友9. guard [gArd] n. 警衛

1. teachers

2. classmates

3. students

4. principal

5. friends

6. guards

1. er

2. d

3. pal

4. leader

5. mate

6. nd

Page 182: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and guess who they are. 04

182 1000

UNIT

51 People at School 學校的人們

1. I'm Tommy's

.

Oh, I know Tommy very

well because he is a class

leader in one of the class-

es. I think he is a good stu-

dent as his teacher often

tells me he studies very

hard and is very kind to

other students. I'll invite

him for a speech to other

students in the school. I'm

very proud of having such

a good student in my

school.

2. I'm Tommy's

.

I think Tommy is charming

although he doesn't know

me. I saw him a couple of

times in the campus. He is

famous also in the football

team. I don't play football

but I am in the cheer lead-

ing team for football. I

believe Tommy also saw

me couple of t imes

because I am the leader of

the team. And, I hope he is

fond of me.

3. I'm Tommy's

.

Tommy! Yeah, I have

known him for a long time

and we are good buddies.

We play together, eat

together but do not study

together. We are in the dif-

ferent schools. But, I know

he is quite famous in his

school beacuse a lot of

girls like him. Well, I don't

know if he has got one that

he likes, since he hasn't

said anything yet.

1. principal 2. cheerleader 3. friend

Hi, I'm Gina. Here I gave interviews to Tommy's teacher, principal, friends, classmates,

cheerleader and teammates. Now, guess who was the one saying the things below.

Page 183: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

183

The Campus and the Classroom 校園與教室The Campus and the

Classroom

UNIT

52

eraser / world map / picture / classroom / teacher's office

boy's room / girl's room / principal's office / library / seesaw / slide

blackboard / poster / guardhouse / gym / playground / swing

The Campus Map

A

J

LG

B C

I

K

H

FD

E

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

K.

C.

B.

A.

L.

A. classroom

B. boy's room

C. girl's room

D. teacher's office

E. principal's office

F. guardhouse

G. gym

H. playground

I. seesaw

J. slide

K. swing

L. library

Page 184: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Things that we write on with chalk in the classroom are ...(erasers /

pictures / blackboards / posters).

2. Things that we use for erasing written words or pictures are ...(slides /

pictures / erasers).

3. The school's bathrooms for boys are the ...(guardhouse / girl's room /

boy's room / teacher's office).

02

184 1000

UNIT

52 The Campus and the Classroom 校園與教室

1. eraser [I1res_] n. 板擦

2. world map [1w^ld1m{p] n. 世界地圖

3. picture [1pIktS_] n. 圖片

4. classroom [1kl{s%rum] n. 教室

5. teacher's office [1titS_z1OfIs]n. 老師辦公室

6. boy's room [1bOIz1rum] n. 男廁

7. girl's room [1g^lz1rum] n. 女廁

8. principal's office [1prIns@p¬z 1OfIs]n. 校長室

9. library [1laI%brErI] n. 圖書館

10. seesaw [1si%sO] n. 翹翹板

11. slide [slaId] n. 溜滑梯

12. blackboard [1bl{k%bord] n. 黑板

13. poster [1post_] n. 海報

14. guardhouse [1gArd%ha¨s] n. 警衛室

15. gym [dZIm] n. 體育館

16. playground [1ple%gra¨nd] n. 操場

17. swing [swIµ] n. 盪鞦韆

18. campus [1k{mp@s] n. 校園

In the Classroom

M. blackboard N. eraser O. world map P. poster Q. picture

1. blackboards

2. erasers

3. boy's room

N

Q

O

M

PP.

Q.

O.

N.

M.

Page 185: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

185

UNIT

52The Campus and the Classroom 校園與教室

4. The place in the school that teachers rest and work together is the

...(principal's office / teacher's office / classroom / guardhouse).

5. The place in the school that the principal works and rests is the

...(boy's room / campus / principal's office / teacher's office).

6. The place in school that students can borrow books from is the

...(gym / playground / poster / library).

7. Things that can usually be found in the playgrounds are the ...(slide

/ swing / seesaw / chalk).

8. The place in school that the school guards work and rest is the

...(principal's office / library / classroom / guardhouse).

Read the article below and fill in the blanks. 03slide / principal's office / posters / gym / playground / pictures

blackboard / swing / teacher's office / classroom / library

4. teacher's office

5. principal's office

6. library

7. slide, swing,

seesaw

8 . guardhouse

The last day on campus

Yesterday was my graduation day in senior high. While I stepped onto the campus, I saw

many 1. sticking on the school gates. They were beautiful as they collected

many 2. of our school life. Then, I met my classmates in the 3. .

They told me our teacher was waiting in the 4. for me. I ran to the office but

the other teachers said my teacher was meeting with the principal in the 5. .

Then, I decided to go to the 6. to read magazine and wait. About 10 minutes

later, I walked back to the office and saw a message telling the ceremony was going to be

held in the 7. as it was raining. I went back to the classroom and wrote the

message on the 8. . After the ceremony, I walked to the 9. and sat

on the 10. . I saw kids playing around the 11. . This reminded me of

the days when I played with my good friends here. Time flies quickly and it was the last

day on campus.

1. posters

2. pictures

3. classroom

4. teacher's office

5. principal's office

6. library

7. gym

8. blackboard

9. playground

10. swing

11. slide

Page 186: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart.

Match the letters below.

1. world ∂ ∂house

2. girl's ∂ ∂board

3. principal's ∂ ∂ground

4. black ∂ ∂map

5. play ∂ ∂room

6. guard ∂ ∂office

7. cha ∂ ∂ser

8. po ∂ ∂lk

9. gy ∂ ∂saw

10. era ∂ ∂ster

11. see ∂ ∂de

12. sli ∂ ∂m

05

04

186 1000

UNIT

52 The Campus and the Classroom 校園與教室

1. map

2. room

3. office

4. board

5. ground

6. house

7. lk

8. ster

9. m

10. ser

11. saw

12. de

slide / teacher's office / principal's office / chalk / picture

poster / eraser / seesaw / girl's room / library

1. chalk / eraser

2. seesaw / slide

3. picture/ poster

4. girl's room

5. teacher's office/ principal office

6. library

1. blackboard /

2. playground / swing

3. world map /

4. boy's room /

4. guardhouse /

5. campus / gym /

Page 187: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Below are pictures of the stationery that Alice has. Check thepictures with her shopping list. What other stationery does sheneed to buy now? Circle the answers.

01

187

UNIT

53The Stationery文具The Stationery

UNIT

53

The Alice's Shopping List

English textbook

glue

tape

English workbook

crayon

marker

rubber band

eraser

paste

ink

blank paper

notebook

diary

dictionary

color paper

pencil box

pen

pencil

ruler

blank paper

notebook

diary

dictionary

color paper

Page 188: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Which stationery is used for measuring length? (Pen / Ink / Paste / Ruler / Crayon).

2. Which stationeries are used for sticking things together? (Ink /

Paste / Marker / Glue).

3. Which stationeries are often used in art class? (Color paper /

Dictionary / Crayon / Diary).

4. Which stationery can easily erase? (Pen / Pencil / Marker /

Crayon).

5. Which stationery can bundle things? (Ruler / Pencil Box / Paste

/ Rubber band).

Answer the questions below. List three answers for each.

1. What do you usually have in your pencil case?

, , .

2. What stationeries do you use almost everyday?

, , .

3. Where can you buy your stationery?

, , .

4. What kinds of books do you often use at home?

, , .

03

02

188 1000

UNIT

53 The Stationery文具

1. textbook [1tEkst%b¨k]n. (=student book)課本

2. glue [glu] n. 膠水3. tape [tep] n. 膠帶4. workbook [1w^k%b¨k]n. 習作 (=exercise book)

5. crayon [1kre@n] n. 蠟筆6. marker [mArk_] n. 麥可筆7. rubber band [1r√b_1b{nd] n. 橡皮筋8. eraser [I1res_] n. 橡皮擦9. paste [pest] n. 漿糊

10. ink [Iµk] n. 墨水11. blank paper [bl{µk] n. 空白紙12. notebook [1not%b¨k] n. 筆記本13. diary [1daI@rI] n. 日記本14. dictionary [1dIkS@n%ErI] n. 字典15. color paper [1k√l_1pep_] n. 彩色紙16. pencil box [1pEns¬1bAks]

n. (=pencil case)鉛筆盒

17. pen [pEn] n. 原子筆18. pencil [1pEns¬] n. 鉛筆19. ruler [1rul_] n. 尺

1. Ruler

2. Paste / Glue

3. Color paper / Crayon

4. Pencil

5. Rubber band

1. erasers, pens, rulers

2. pens, pencils, erasers

3. stationery stores,

bookstores,

shopping malls

4. notebooks, textbooks,

workbooks

Page 189: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart.

Read the descriptions below and answer what he is looking for.

1. I'm looking for stationery that is able to draw pictures. It usually comes in many colors and

is stored in a box. It's not made by ink. It's made of something else I am not really sure.

The answer is a ... .

2. I'm looking for a thing that is made of paper. I think students use it a lot when learning lan-

guages. It is actually for people to check unknown words. The answer is a ...

.

3. I'm looking for a liquid thing that is more like cream. It can stick stamps and papers. I heard

it's eatable. We usually can see it in the post office. It's free to use. The answer is...

.

05

04

189

UNIT

53The Stationery文具

1. glue /

2. pencil case /

3. paper /

4. books /

ruler / dictionary / marker / diary / pencil / pen / notebook / workbook

blank paper / color paper / tape / paste / eraser / textbook

1. tape / paste

2. pen / pencil

3. color paper / blank paper

4. workbook / textbook / notebook / diary

1. crayon

2. dictionary

3. paste

Page 190: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the extract below of a textbook. Then, answer the ques-tions after the extract.以下是一課課本內容的摘錄,讀完後回答問題

1. How many examples are there in the lesson? .

2. How many exercises are there in the lesson? .

3. How many questions are there in the homework? .

4. What's the title of the lesson? .

5. Which letter is the first in the English alphabet? .

6. List the last sentence one of the conversations in the lesson. .

7. Is this lesson a story or poem?

.

01

190 1000

About Studying 1關於學習1About Studying 1

UNIT

54

Lesson Four: The Ant Eatery

Exercise 1: Pair work: ordering food from the Ant Eatery menu.

Example:

Waiter: How can I help you?

Customer: Yes, I would like a pizza with

onions.

Waiter: What size pizza do you want?

Customer: Large.

Waiter: OK, anything else?

Customer: A cup of tea, please.

Waiter: OK, just a minute.

Exercise 2:

1. Pair work

2. Write down the name of food with your partner.

3. Circle the strong syllable in each word.

4. Exchange works among teams. Then, check the answer.

Homework: Refer to the work that you made in the Exercise 2. Answer the question below.

1. Draw the food pictures you listed and let your partner guess. How many names can he

remember?

2. What kind of food you have had today?

The Ant Eatery

Ant-Size Pizza

Soup: tomato soup / potato soup

Salad: green salad / carrot salad

Pizza: Small 5 inches

Medium 10 inches

Large 15 inches

Extra Toppings:

cheese / onions / artichokes / pepperoni

Beverages:

coffee / tea / iced tea / soda / lemonade

Page 191: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

8. Is the vocabulary in this lesson difficult to you? If yes, list the three words.

.

9. "What size pizza do your want?" The answer in the conversation is... .

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When students don't understand what their teacher says in

class, they can ask...(poems / conversations / sentences /

questions).

2. When students don't know how to do the exercise in a les-

son, they can see the...(homework / question / example /

title).

3. The study exercises or tasks that requires students to do it

at home is the students'...(lesson / example / answer /

homework).

4. There are...(26 / 28 / 27 / 24 ) letters in the English alphabet.

5. (Title / Answer / Exercise / Example)...is a key to a question.

02

191

UNIT

54About Studying 1關於學習1

1. one 2. two 3. two 4. The Ant Eatery 5. a

6. OK, just a minute. 7. No, neither a story nor a poem.

8. Yes. Ant, Eatery and Onion. 9. Large.

1. example [Ig1z{mp¬] n. 例子2. lesson [1lEs§] n. 一節課3. exercise [1Eks_%saIz] n. 練習4. question [1kwEstS@n] n. 問題5. homework [1hom%w^k] n. 回家作業6. title [1taIt¬] n. (=topic)標題

7. letter [1lEt_] n. 字母8. alphabet [1{lf@%bEt] n. 字母系統(表)

9. sentence [1sEnt@ns] n. 句子10. conversation [%kAnv_1seS@n] n. 對話11. story [1storI] n. 故事12. poem [1poIm] n. 詩13. vocabulary [v@1k{bj@%lErI] n. 單字集14. word [w^d] n. 單字15. answer [1{ns_] n. 回答

1. questions

2. example

3. homework

4. 26

5. Answer

Page 192: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the descriptions with the terms below.

Answer the questions below.

1. Make a question that you use most often in class.

2. Make a conversation that you most use when shopping.

3. Write three titles of stories that you know very well.

4. Give the first letter of your full name.(Example: Shu-Ling Lai = S. L. L.)

Classify the words below. 05

04

03

192 1000

UNIT

54 About Studying 1關於學習1

1. c 2. a 3. banswer / vocabulary / exercise / poem

1. conversation / story /

2. lesson / example / homework /

3. letters / words / sentences /

4. question /

1. Poem

2. Story

3. Conversation

a. A description of a series of real or imaginary events,

which is intended to entertain people.

b. A dialogue between two or more people.

c. A piece of writing, especially one that has short lines

and uses words that sound the same.

1. poem 2. exercise 3. vocabulary 4. answer

1. Could you say it again? 2. How much is it?

3. Little Women, The Lord of the Rings, Harry Potter

4. T. C. H.

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

Page 193: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read Duncan's grade below and answer the questions.

1. How many language courses did Duncan take?

2. Refer to below criterion, which class does Duncan belong to?

(The total score of all subjects within 5600-5040 is the first class / 5041-4480 is the second

class / 4481-3920 is the third class).

01

193

UNIT

55About Studying 2關於學習2About Studying 2

UNIT

55

Duncan's Grade Record

Term : The second semester of the year 2005

Course designer: Paul Page

quiz mid-term test final test graduation test total score

English 55 84 74 88 301

Chinese 82 65 77 80 304

Geography 67 98 89 90 344

History 29 45 57 60 191

PE 88 95 90 95 368

Science 88 68 74 92 322

Physics 94 89 83 90 356

Social science 74 85 89 78 326

Chemistry 68 89 78 75 310

Law 70 65 68 69 272

Biology 79 80 66 70 295

Art 85 96 90 98 369

Math 49 71 88 85 293

Music 88 86 92 95 361

1. two

2. the third class

Page 194: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

194 1000

UNIT

55 About Studying 2關於學習2

1. grade [gred] n. 成績2. record [1rEk_d] n. 記錄3. term [t^m] n. 一期、一回4. semester [s@1mEst_] n. 一學期、半學年5. course [kors] n. 課程6. quiz [kwIz] n. 小考7. mid-term test [1mid%t^m1tEst] n. 期中考8. final test [1faIn¬1tEst] n. 期末考9. graduation exam [gr{dZ¨1eS@n] n. 畢業考10. score [skor] n. 得分、分數11. English [1IµglIS] n. 英語12. Chinese [1tSaI1niz] n. 中文13. geography [1dZI1Agr@fI] n. 地理14. history [1hIst@rI] n. 歷史15. physical education [1fIzIk¬%EdZ¨1keS@n] n. (=P.E.)體育

16. science [1saI@ns] n. 科學17. physics [1fIzIks] n. 物理18. social science [1soS@l1saI@ns] n. 社會19. chemistry [1kEmIstrI] n. 化學20. law [lO] n. 法律21. biology [baI1Al@dZI] n. 生物22. art [Art] n. 美術23. mathematics [m{T@1m{tIks] n. (=math)數學

24. music [1mjuzIk] n. 音樂25. language [1l{µgwIdZ] n. 語言26. class [kl{s] n. 等級27. subject [1s√bdZIkt] n. 科目

Page 195: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Refer to the chart on page 193. Answer below questions.

1. Which subject's average score didn't pass 60%?

2. Which subject is the best?

3. Which testing performance is the best in chemistry?

4. Which testing performance is the worst in math?

5. Which subjects' average scores are over 90%?

Answer the questions below.

1. The subject you like best is...

2. The subject you are very good at in junior high is...

5. The subject you are very bad at in junior high is...

4. The subject you are most afraid of is...

5. Tests or exams that you usually perform very well are...

Classify the subjects below in the chart. 04

03

02

195

UNIT

55About Studying 2關於學習2

history / Chinese / chemistry / art / biology / geography

English / physics / law / music / math

1. The language related subjects are ... 2. The art related subjects are...

3. The science related subjects are... 4. The social science related subjects are...

1. History 2. Art 3. mid-term test 4. quiz 5. PE, art, music

1. Chinese / English

2. music / art

3. chemistry / biology / physics / math

4. history / geography

1. history

2. music

3. chemistry

4. physics

5. mathematics and art

Page 196: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Circle the correct answers.

1. A small test is called a... (final test / mid-term test / quiz / graduation

exam).

2. A test that happens at the end of every semester is called a... (quiz /

term / graduation exam / final test).

3. There are... (four / three / two / six) semesters in an academic year.

4. If two months are counted as a term in a school, there are... (two /

four / six / eight) terms in a year.

5. Information that is written on paper and can be used in the future is...

(grade / score / term / record).

6. The number of points someone gets in a test is... (quiz / score / grade

/ course).

7. A number that shows how good students' work or performance is a ...

(grade / score / quiz / term).

Match the letters below.

1. geo ∂ ∂ject

2. his ∂ ∂matics

3. bio ∂ ∂graphy

4. mathe ∂ ∂logy

5. langu ∂ ∂age

6. sub ∂ ∂tory

7. phy ∂ ∂mistry

8. che ∂ ∂sics

9. m ∂ ∂cience

10. a ∂ ∂nglish

11. l ∂ ∂rt

12. E ∂ ∂uiz

13. C ∂ ∂usic

14. q ∂ ∂erm

15. t ∂ ∂hinese

16. s ∂ ∂aw

06

05

196 1000

UNIT

55 About Studying 2關於學習2

1. quiz

2. final test

3. two

4. six

5. record

6. score

7. grade

1. graphy

2. tory

3. logy

4. matics

5. age

6. ject

7. sics

8. mistry

9. usic

10. rt

11. aw

12. nglish

13. hinese

14. uiz

15. erm

16. cience

Page 197: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

197

UNIT

56About Studying 3關於學習 3About Studying 3

UNIT

56A.Draw

B. Point to

C. Underline

D. Check

E. List

F. Copy

G. Match

H. Omit

I. Correct

J. Cover

K. Count

L. Complete

M. Fill in

N. Mark

O. Paste down

P. Note down

A.

a circle.

B.

the letter T.

C.

the numbers.

D.

the correct

answer.

E.

number

one to ten.

F.

the letter A

twice.

G.

A b

B a

C c

the letters.

H.

I tall. I fine.

I Julia. What about

you?

the word:

"am".

I.

(= revise)

the error.

J.

the word:

"am".

K.

How many flowers

are there? .

L.

(=finish) the

unfinished sentence.

M.

the blanks.

N.

a smile on

the tree.

O.

the stamps

on the postcard.

P.

the house

number on your book.

omit / underline / check / list / point to / draw / match / copy / mark

fill in / complete / correct / count / note down / paste down / cover

Page 198: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When people meet things that they can't remember, they can...(revise / paste down / note

down / fill in).

2. When people don't know how to write it in words, they can...(copy / omit

/ check / draw).

3. When people can't remember things they want to buy in the supermar-

ket, they can...(list / underline / check / count / correct) down the items.

4. When people apply for credit cards, they should...(omit / fill in / match /

draw) an application form.

5. When people want to remember the road they come from in the moun-

tains, they can...(point to / count / correct / mark) the trees.

Cross out words that are irrelevant. 03

02

198 1000

UNIT

56 About Studying 3關於學習 3

1. omit [o1mIt] v. 省略2. underline [%√nd_1laIn] v. 畫線3. check [tSEk] v. 打勾4. list [lIst] v. 列出5. point to [1pOInt1tu] v. 指6. draw [drO] v. 畫7. match [m{tS] v. 配對8. copy [1kApI] v. 複製、抄寫9. mark [mArk] v. 做記號10. fill in [1fIl1in] v. 填寫11. complete [k@m1plit] v. 完成、結束

12. correct [k@1rEkt] v. 糾正13. count [ka¨nt] v. 數14. note down [%not1da¨n] v. 記下15. paste down [%pest1da¨n] v. 用漿糊黏貼16. cover [1k√v_] v. 遮蓋17. revise [rI1vaIz] v. 修改18. error [1Er_] n. 錯誤19. finish [1fInIS] v. 完成、結束20. stamp [st{mp] n. 郵票21. postcard [1post%kArd] n. 明信片

1. note down

2. omit

3. list

4. fill in

5. mark

1. count

2. paste down

3. copy

4. omit

5. point to

1. check / mark / count / underline

2. paste down / revise / correct / errors

3. finish / complete / fill in / copy

4. stamp / postcard / paste down / omit

5. point to / draw / list / note down

Page 199: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

List at least three items for each question below.

Match the words below.

1. e ∂ ∂ist

2. s ∂ ∂raw

3. c ∂ ∂tamp

4. l ∂ ∂rror

5. o ∂ ∂mit

6. d ∂ ∂evise

7. r ∂ ∂orrect

8. under ∂ ∂nish

9. post ∂ ∂line

10. fi ∂ ∂down

11. co ∂ ∂card

12. ma ∂ ∂in

13. note ∂ ∂tch

14. fill ∂ ∂ver

05

04

199

UNIT

56About Studying 3關於學習 3

1. If you have to draw a picture with its topic

named "Freedom", what will you draw?

3. When would you use a postcard?

2. If you need to paste down things on an art-

work with that has a topic called "kitchen",

what things will you paste down?

4. In your life, what do you usually copy?

1. balloon, pigeons, rainbow

2. dishes, bowls, spoons

3. when traveling, contacting with friends, collecting postcards

4. books, records, friends' notebooks

1. rror

2. tamp

3. orrect

4. ist

5. mit

6. raw

7. evise

8. line

9. card

10. nish

11. ver

12. tch

13. down

14. in

Page 200: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks below. 01

200 1000

About Studying 4關於學習 4

junior high school / elementary school / kindergarten

university / senior high school / college

1. kindergarten

2. senior high school

3. elementary school

4. university

5. junior high school

6. college

About Studying 4UNIT

57

1. He studies in a / an

.

4. He studies in a / an

.

I'm Jeff. I am five. At school, I

learn ABC. And, I can sing

and jump. Teacher plays with

us in the playground. I like

the seesaw very much.

I'm 21. My major is law. This

is the fourth year. I live on

campus because I'm from

another country. I quite enjoy

the campus life. We have

parties and picnics almost

every month. Next year, I'm

going to graduate and need

to prepare for the lawyer's

license exam. I hope I can

pass the exam, if I fail I'll go

on to study for a masters

course.

2. He studies in a / an

.

5. He studies in a / an

.

Well, the school days are

very busy. I have to study all

the subjects in school.

Physics and Chemistry are

my best subjects. I hope I can

pass the school entry exam

next year because my mom

said if I pass it I'll be able to

have a girlfriend! That would

be wonderful!!

My life everyday is just study,

study, study and test, test,

test! All this work is for getting

into a better senior high

school after I graduate. Why

doesn't the Education Ministry

sign up everybody to a good

school? Why are schools dif-

ferent? I really wish the exam

can be finished earlier, then I

can enjoy my life in piles of

comic books. That must be

the best life in the world!

3. He studies in a / an

.

6. He studies in a / an

.

I'm in primary three. Teachers

at our school are strict. They

have a lot of requirements.

They teach us to behave

ourselves. And, they ask us

to do review for the next day.

Besides, we are not allowed

to cheat in the exams. If we

do so, we'll never be allowed

back to school.

I'm quite happy to have cho-

sen my school. It's a very

good school to learn knowl-

edge and skills together. We

don't need to worry about our

jobs, because we are pre-

pared. We do a lot of proj-

ects and practices in facto-

ries. And, if you don't under-

stand what you learn in the

factory, teachers will help you

individually. They are very

nice teachers.

Page 201: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

201

UNIT

57About Studying 4關於學習 4

True or False. Write T for "true"; F for "false".

1. "Behave yourself" means "to be polite and not making

troubles for others".

2. "Cheating" means "behaving".

3. "Practice" means "projects".

4. "I see" means "I understand".

02

1. junior high school [1dZunj_1haI1skul] n. 初級中學2. elementary school [%El@1mEnt@rI1skul] n. 小學3. kindergarten [1kInd_%gArt§] n. 幼稚園4. university [%jun@1v^s@tI] n. 大學5. senior high school [1sinj_1haI1skul] n. 高級中學6. college [1kAlIdZ] n. 大專7. learn [l^n] v. 學習、得知、獲悉8. study [1st√dI] v. 學習、研究9. pass [p{s] v. 通過10. teach [titS] v. 教11. behave [bI1hev] v. 聽話、行為檢點12. ask [{sk] v. 要求13. review [rI1vju] v. 複習14. cheat [tSit] v. 作弊15. prepare [prI1pEr] v. 準備16. fail [fel] v. 失敗17. knowledge [1nAlIdZ] n. 知識18. skill [skIl] n. 技術、技巧19. project [1prAdZEkt] n. 研究專案、企劃20. practice [1pr{ktIs] n. 實習、練習21. understand [%√nd_1st{nd] v. 了解、知悉

1. T

2. F

3. F

4. T

Page 202: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. You don't pass an exam means you...(cheat / prepare / fail / review) the exam.

2. Studying over again about knowledge that we learnt is ...(teach / skill /

cheat / review).

3. (Cheating / Teaching / Asking / Passing) in an exam is not honorable.

4. If you want to master a skill well, you need more (projects / practice /

kindergartens / colleges).

5. If you study more, you can gain more (knowledge / universities / col-

leges / projects).

Classify the words below in the chart. 04

03

202 1000

UNIT

57 About Studying 4關於學習 4

1. kindergarten

2. elementary school

3. junior high school

4. senior high school

5. college

6. universityjunior high school / elementary school / kindergarten / university / senior high school / college

1. fail

2. review

3. Cheating

4. practice

5. knowledge

1. Age 3-6 2. Age 7-12 3. Age 13-15 4. Age 16-18 5. Age 16-20 6. Age19-22

Page 203: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks with the wordsbelow. 01

203

UNIT

58About Studying 5關於學習 5About Studying 5

UNIT

581. Listening / Speaking / Reading / Writing

2. Pronounce / Repeat / Talk / say / spell / spell

3. mistakes / false / find / search

speaking / reading / writing / listening / repeat / pronounce

talk / spell / say / mistakes / search / false / find

1. When you learn English you need to practice the following four skills. They are...

skill is the skill that helps you understand what people say.

skill is the skill that makes you express yourself successfully by taiking.

skill is the skill that trains you to understand articles quickly.

skill is the skill that gives you abilities to express your ideas through

articles.

2. When you practice speaking skills in English, you can follow the five successful points

below.

correctly. This is very important. If you can't learn a correct sound from

the beginning, you can't make others fully understand your what you are saying.

the sound many times. By doing this, you can get familiar with the sound.

with your friends in English. Do more practice everyday and you'll find

your English is improved.

Don't be afraid to things you want to express loudly as it can give you

confidence.

Don't be frustrated by the words that you can't out. Because when we

speak we don't need to out every single word.

3. Things you may experience often when you were practicing your English are...

Making are the very common things that you may meet when you

speak, write, listen or read English. You don't need to worry if you find your sentence

is .

Many things that you can do to correct the mistakes you made, you could

out the correct answers from the dictionary. Or, you can for

more information from the Internet.

Page 204: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. To (talk / speak / repeat / pronounce) means saying or doing the same thing again.

2. Spelling (letters / alphabets / words / sentences) is an important skill

to enlarge your vocabulary ability.

3. To (follow / improve / find / search) means to get better or to make

something better.

4. See the following page means see the (last / next / above / front)

page.

5. If information is false, this information is ...(believable / wonderful /

terrible / not believable).

Examine the word pairs below. Fill in the words opposite / syn-onymous / relative / irrelative. 03

02

204 1000

UNIT

58 About Studying 5關於學習 5

1. speak [spik] v. 說2. read [rid] v. 讀3. write [raIt] v. 寫4. listen [1lIs§] v. 聽5. follow [1fAlo] v. 跟隨6. repeat [rI1pit] v. 重複7. pronounce [pr@1na¨ns] v. 發音8. talk [tOk] v. 講話、談話

9. spell [spEl] v. 拼字10. say [se] v. 說、唸11. improve [Im1pruv] v. 增進12. mistake [mIs1tek] v. 錯誤13. search [s^tS] v. 搜尋14. false [fOls] adj. 不正確的、錯誤的15. find [faInd] v. 找

1. Repeat

2. words

3. Imporve

4. next

5. not believable

1. opposite

2. relative

3. irrelative

4. relative

5. relative

6. irrelative

7. synonymous

8. relative

1. True / False

( )

4. Search / Find

( )

3. Follow / Improve

( )

2. Speak / Spell

( )

5. Pronounce / Sound

( )

8. Spell / Words

( )

7. Mistakes / Errors

( )

6. Read / Repeat

( )

Page 205: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below. Give three answers for each.

Match the letters below.

1. pro ∂ ∂take

2. im ∂ ∂llow

3. mis ∂ ∂prove

4. re ∂ ∂ch

5. fo ∂ ∂nounce

6. sear ∂ ∂peat

7. spea ∂ ∂y

8. liste ∂ ∂d

9. fin ∂ ∂l

10. spel ∂ ∂e

11. fals ∂ ∂n

12. sa ∂ ∂k

05

04

205

UNIT

58About Studying 5關於學習 5

1. nounce

2. prove

3. take

4. peat

5. llow

6. ch

7. k

8. n

9. d

10. l

11. e

12. y

1. French, English, Japanese

2. classical music, jazz, pop music

3. newspaper, novel, magazines

4. diary, homework, letters

1. What languages do you want to speak

very well?

I wish I could speak...

very well.

3. What do you usually read everyday?

I usually read...

2. What kind of music do you like to listen

to?

I like to listen to ...

4. What do students usually write in school?

Students usually write...

in school.

Page 206: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Aa bottle of 一瓶 ................................085

a bouquet of 一束 ............................085

a cup of 一杯 ....................................085

a dozen of 一打(=12個)....................085

a glass of 一杯玻璃杯 ......................085

a loaf of 一塊或一條 ..........................085

a mass of 一大片(塊、群) ................085

a pack of 一小包

(內含相同物品的東西) ....................085

a package of包裹、一包

(內含不同物品的東西) ....................085

a pair of一對 ....................................085

a piece of 一張(片、塊) ....................085

a set of 一組......................................085

a.m. (= before noon) 上午 ................065

active活潑的 ....................................040

address (=add.) 地址 ........................166

afraid害怕的 ....................................046

afternoon下午 ..................................062

ago在⋯.以前 ..................................069

air conditioner 冷氣機 ......................151

airline terminal 航廈 ..........................173

airline航空公司 ................................173

airplane (=plane) 飛機 ......................169

airport機場 ......................................173

alarm clock 鬧鐘 ..............................062

alarm鬧鐘 ........................................151

alley弄..............................................166

alphabet字母系統(表)....................191

ambulance救護車 ............................169

American美國人 ..............................025

angel天使 ........................................030

angry生氣的 ....................................046

ankle腳踝 ........................................108

206 1000

Index索引

answer回答 ......................................191

apartment公寓 ................................136

apple蘋果 ........................................088

April四月 ..........................................058

armchair扶手椅 ................................139

arm手臂 ..........................................108

arrive抵達 ........................................178

art美術 ............................................194

ask要求 ............................................201

at once馬上 ......................................069

attic閣樓 ..........................................133

August八月 ......................................058

aunt嬸嬸、姑姑或舅媽 ....................011

autumn秋季......................................058

Bbaby嬰兒..........................................018

back背部、後面的............................108

backward向後的 ..............................162

backyard後院 ..................................133

back背..............................................162

bad不好的 ........................................046

bag袋、提袋 ....................................130

bake烤 ............................................105

bakery麵包店 ..................................157

balcony陽台 ....................................136

banana香蕉......................................088

bank銀行..........................................154

basement地下室 ..............................133

basket籃子 ......................................142

bathe浸泡 ........................................105

bathroom浴室 ..................................133

bathtub浴缸......................................142

bean豆子..........................................091

beat敲打 ..........................................121

B

A

Page 207: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

207

Index索引

beautiful漂亮的 ................................033

bed床 ..............................................139

bedroom房間 ..................................133

beef牛肉 ..........................................091

beer啤酒 ..........................................097

behave聽話、行為檢點....................201

belt腰帶............................................130

bicycle (=bike) 腳踏車 ......................169

big大的 ............................................079

bill紙幣 ............................................072

bill帳單 ............................................072

biology生物 ......................................194

bitter苦的..........................................101

black黑色的、黑色 ..........................076

blackboard黑板 ................................184

blanket毯子 ......................................139

blank paper 空白紙 ..........................188

blind瞎的 ..........................................118

blouse女用襯衫................................127

blow吹 ............................................118

blue藍色的、藍色 ............................076

boat小船 ..........................................169

body身體..........................................108

bone骨頭 ..........................................114

bookcase書架 ..................................139

bookstore書店..................................157

borrow借、借入 ..............................072

bottom底部、最底的 ........................162

bow鞠躬 ..........................................124

bowl碗 ............................................144

boy男孩 ..........................................018

boy's room 男生廁所 ........................184

bread麵包 ........................................094

break打破 ........................................105

breakfast早餐 ..................................105

breast乳房........................................108

brick磚塊 ..........................................148

bridge橋 ..........................................173

broad寬的、廣闊的 ..........................079

brother哥哥或弟弟............................011

brown咖啡色的、咖啡色 ..................076

brunch早午餐 ..................................105

brush刷 ............................................121

bucket水桶、桶子 ............................142

buffet 吃到飽自助餐店 ......................157

build建造、建立 ..............................144

bun圓形麵包 ....................................094

burger漢堡牛肉餅 ............................094

burn燒 ..............................................105

bus stop 公車站 ................................173

bus公車............................................169

butter牛油 ........................................101

buy買 ..............................................072

Ccabbage甘藍菜 ................................091

cable電纜 ........................................151

cafeteria自助餐店 ............................157

cake蛋糕 ..........................................097

calendar日曆....................................054

camera照相機 ..................................151

campus校園 ....................................184

cancer癌症 ......................................118

candle蠟燭 ......................................139

candy糖果 ........................................097

cap鴨舌帽 ........................................130

car accident 車禍 ..............................178

car engine 車引擎 ............................178

car汽車 ............................................169

care照顧 ..........................................118

careful細心的 ..................................037

C

Page 208: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

careless粗心的 ................................037

carpet地毯........................................139

carrot紅蘿蔔 ....................................091

carry提 ............................................121

cash現金 ..........................................072

cassette (=audio tape) 錄音帶 ..........151

castle城堡 ........................................154

catch接住 ........................................121

ceiling天花板....................................136

cell phone 手機 ................................157

cent分(100 cents =1 dollar ) ............072

center中心、在中心的......................162

Centigrade (= C.) 攝氏 ......................058

centimeter公分 ................................082

century世紀......................................065

cereal玉蜀黍薄片 ............................094

chair椅子..........................................139

change找回的零錢 ..........................072

charge對⋯索費 ..............................072

cheat作弊 ........................................201

check打勾 ........................................198

cheerleader啦啦隊長 ......................139

cheese乳酪 ......................................094

chemistry化學 ..................................194

chest胸 ............................................108

chicken雞肉 ....................................091

child小孩 (指一個) ............................015

childish幼稚的、傻氣的....................043

childlike幼稚的、傻氣的 ..................043

children小孩 (指 2個以上) ..............015

Chinese中文 ....................................194

Chinese中國人 ................................025

chin下巴 ..........................................108

chocolate巧克力 ..............................097

chopsticks筷子 ................................144

chubby圓胖的 ..................................033

208 1000

Index索引

church教堂 ......................................154

circle圈 ............................................076

city市................................................166

clap拍手 ..........................................121

class等級 ........................................194

class leader 班長 ..............................139

classmate班上同學 ..........................139

classroom教室 ................................184

clean清理、清潔 ..............................148

clever聰明的 ....................................040

clock時鐘 ........................................062

close關 ............................................121

coach教練 ........................................025

coat大衣、外套 ................................127

coffee 咖啡 ........................................097

coffee table 大茶几 ..........................139

coin硬幣 ..........................................072

coke可樂 ..........................................097

cold冷的、冷....................................058

cold傷風、感冒 ................................114

college大專 ......................................201

color顏色..........................................076

color paper 彩色紙 ............................188

comb梳子 ........................................130

comfortable舒適的、舒服的 ............118

complete完成、結束 ........................198

computer電腦 ..................................151

condition狀況 ..................................118

confident有自信的............................043

considerate體貼的 ..........................043

contact lens 隱形眼鏡 ......................130

convenience store 便利商店 ............157

conversation對話 ............................191

cook煮..............................................105

cookie甜餅乾....................................097

cool涼爽的、涼爽 ............................058

Page 209: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

209

Index索引

copy複製、抄寫 ..............................198

corn玉蜀黍 ......................................091

corner街角、在角落的 ....................162

correct糾正 ......................................198

cost花費 ..........................................072

cough咳嗽 ........................................114

count數 ............................................198

county縣 ..........................................166

couple夫婦 ......................................015

course課程 ......................................194

court法院..........................................154

cousin表或堂兄弟姐妹 ....................015

cover遮蓋 ........................................198

crab蟹 ..............................................091

crayon蠟筆 ......................................188

crazy瘋狂的 ....................................043

cream奶油........................................101

credit card 信用卡 ............................072

cross越過、橫渡 ..............................178

crowd群眾 ........................................025

cruel殘忍的 ......................................043

cry哭 ................................................118

cubic centimeter (=cc.) 立方公分 ......082

culture center 文化中心 ....................154

cup杯子............................................144

curious好奇的 ..................................043

current現在的、當前的 ....................069

curtain窗簾 ......................................139

curve曲線、弧線 ..............................076

customer顧客;買者 ........................025

cut切 ................................................105

cute可愛的 ......................................043

D.dark深的 ..........................................076

daughter女兒....................................011

dawn黎明破曉..................................062

day日、天 ........................................054

dead死亡的 ......................................118

deaf耳聾的 ......................................118

December十二月 ............................058

decorate裝飾....................................148

degrees度 ........................................058

delicious美味好吃的 ........................101

department store 百貨公司 ..............157

design設計 ......................................148

desk書桌 ..........................................139

dessert點心......................................097

diary日記本 ......................................188

dictionary字典 ..................................188

diet特殊飲食 ....................................105

diligent勤勉努力的 ..........................037

dining room 飯廳 ..............................133

dinner晚餐........................................105

disease疾病 ....................................118

dish盤子 ..........................................144

dishonest不誠實的 ..........................037

distance距離 ....................................082

dizziness頭暈 ..................................144

dollar元 ............................................072

dot點 ................................................076

doughnut甜甜圈 ..............................097

downstairs樓下 ................................136

Dr. 醫師或具博士學位者..................022

draw畫 ............................................198

drawer抽屜 ......................................139

dress洋裝 ........................................127

dresser五斗櫃 ..................................139

drink飲料..........................................097

drink喝 ............................................101

drive駕駛..........................................178

D

Page 210: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

drop滴 ..............................................105

drugstore西藥房 ..............................157

dumb愚笨的 ....................................040

dumpling水餃 ..................................094

E.ear耳朵 ............................................111

early早的、提早 ..............................069

earn賺錢 ..........................................072

earring(s)耳環 ..................................130

east東方、在東方向 ........................162

eat吃 ................................................101

egg蛋 ..............................................094

eighteenth第十八 ............................054

eighth第八........................................054

elder年長者 ......................................018

elementary school 小學 ....................201

eleventh第十一 ................................054

energetic充滿活力的 ........................040

energetic有精力的 ............................114

English英語......................................194

entrance入口....................................136

envy羨慕 ..........................................046

equal等於 ........................................082

eraser板擦 ......................................184

eraser橡皮擦....................................188

error錯誤 ..........................................198

evening傍晚 ....................................062

evil邪惡害人的 ................................040

example例子 ....................................191

exercise練習 ....................................191

exit逃生出口 ....................................136

eye眼睛 ............................................111

eyebrow眉毛 ....................................111

eyelash眼睫毛 ..................................111

210 1000

Index索引

eyelid眼瞼 ........................................111

F. face臉 ..............................................108

factory工廠 ......................................105

fail失敗 ............................................201

fall跌、跌倒......................................124

fall秋季 ............................................058

false不正確的、錯誤的 ....................204

family家庭或家人 ............................015

family name 姓氏 ..............................022

fan電扇 ............................................151

fantastic太棒的 ................................046

fashionable流行的、時髦的 ............043

fast food restaurant 速食餐館 ..........157

fast快的............................................178

fast-food速食....................................105

fat胖的..............................................033

father (dad, daddy) 父親 ..................011

faucet水龍頭 ....................................142

February二月 ..................................058

fee費用 ............................................072

feed餵 ..............................................121

feel摸、觸覺 ....................................111

female女性的 ................................018

fence籬笆 ........................................133

fever發燒 ..........................................114

fifteenth第十五 ................................054

fifth第五............................................054

fill in 填寫 ..........................................198

final test 期末考 ................................194

find找 ..............................................204

fine健康的 ........................................046

finger手指 ........................................108

finish完成、結束 ..............................198

E

F

Page 211: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

211

Index索引

fire station 消防隊 ............................154

first第一............................................054

first name 名字..................................022

fish魚................................................091

fix修理、固定 ..................................148

flashlight閃光燈................................151

flat tire 爆胎 ......................................178

floor (fl.) 樓 ........................................166

floor地板、樓層................................136

flour麵粉 ..........................................101

flower shop 花店 ..............................157

flu流行性感冒 ..................................114

fly飛..................................................178

follow跟隨 ........................................204

fool愚蠢的 ........................................040

foolish愚蠢的....................................040

foot英尺............................................082

foot足 ..............................................108

fork叉子............................................144

forward向前的 ..................................162

fourteenth第十四..............................054

fourth第四 ........................................054

frank坦白、誠實的 ..........................037

freezer冰庫 ....................................142

freezing嚴寒的 ................................058

French fries 薯條 ..............................094

Friday星期五 ....................................054

friend朋友 ........................................139

friendly友善的 ..................................040

front正面、前面的 ............................162

front yard 前院 ..................................133

fruit水果............................................088

fry炸、炒 ..........................................105

full吃飽的 ........................................101

funny滑稽可笑的、有趣的................043

furniture家俱 ....................................139

future未來、未來的 ..........................069

G.garage停車庫 ..................................133

gas汽油............................................178

gate大門 ..........................................133

generous慷慨的 ..............................037

genius有天份聰明的 ........................040

gentle溫和善良的 ............................040

gentleman男士 ................................018

geography地理 ................................194

ghost鬼、幽靈..................................030

giant巨人..........................................030

girl女孩 ............................................018

girl's room女生廁所 ..........................184

glad高興的 ......................................046

glass玻璃杯......................................144

glove手套 ........................................130

glue膠水 ..........................................188

God上帝 ..........................................030

golden金黃色的、金黃色 ................076

good好的..........................................046

grade成績 ........................................194

graduation exam 畢業考 ..................194

gram公克 ........................................082

granddaughter孫女或外孫女 ............011

grandfather (grandpa) 祖父或外祖父

..........................................................011

grandmother (grandma) 祖母或外祖母

..........................................................011

grandparent祖母或祖父 ..................015

grandparents祖父母 ........................015

grandson孫子或外孫 ........................011

grape葡萄 ........................................088

gray灰色的、灰色 ............................076

G

Page 212: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

greedy貪心的 ..................................043

green綠色的、綠色 ..........................076

ground地面 ......................................162

group群體;團體..............................025

guard警衛 ........................................139

guardhouse警衛室 ..........................184

guava芭樂........................................088

guest客人、賓客 ..............................025

guy傢伙............................................030

gym體育館 ......................................184

H.hair頭髮............................................108

hairdryer吹風機................................151

half (時間)半、 30分鐘 ....................065

hall走廊 ............................................133

ham火腿 ..........................................091

hamburger漢堡 ................................094

hammer鐵鎚 ....................................144

hand手 ............................................108

handkerchief手帕 ............................130

handsome帥的 ................................033

hanger衣架 ......................................139

happy快樂開心的 ............................046

hard-working工作勤奮的 ..................037

hat帽子 ............................................130

head頭 ............................................108

headache頭痛 ..................................114

healthy健康的 ..................................118

hear聽 ..............................................111

hearing聽覺 ......................................111

heart心臟..........................................114

heat高溫、熱 ..................................058

heater暖氣機....................................151

heavy笨重的 ....................................033

212 1000

Index索引

height高度........................................082

helicopter直升機 ..............................169

here這裡 ..........................................162

hero英雄 ..........................................030

high高的 ..........................................079

highway高速公路 ............................173

hip臀部 ............................................108

history歷史 ......................................194

hit打 ................................................121

hold握 ..............................................121

homesick想家的 ..............................046

homework回家作業..........................191

honest誠實的 ..................................037

honey蜂蜜........................................101

hop單腳跳 ........................................124

horn喇叭 ..........................................178

horrible糟透的 ..................................046

hospital醫院 ....................................154

host主人、屋主 ................................025

hot熱的 ............................................058

hot dog 熱狗......................................091

hotel飯店..........................................154

hour小時 ..........................................065

house房子........................................133

housework家事 ................................144

human人類 ......................................026

humble謙虛的 ..................................040

humorous幽默的 ..............................043

hungry餓的 ......................................101

husband丈夫....................................015

I.ice-cream冰淇淋 ..............................097

ice cube 冰塊 ....................................097

ill生病的 ............................................114

H

I

Page 213: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

213

Index索引

immediately立刻地 ..........................069

impolite沒禮貌的 ..............................037

improve增進 ....................................204

inch英吋 ..........................................082

independent獨立的 ..........................043

ink墨水 ............................................188

inside內部 ........................................133

instant noodles 速食麵......................094

intelligent聰明的 ..............................040

J.jacket夾克 ........................................127

jam果醬............................................101

January一月 ....................................058

jealous忌妒的 ..................................046

jeans牛仔褲 ....................................127

jeep吉普車 ......................................169

juice果汁 ..........................................097

July七月 ..........................................058

jump雙腳跳 ......................................124

June六月..........................................058

junior high school 初級中學 ..............201

K.ketchup蕃茄醬 ................................101

key鑰匙 ............................................144

kick踢 ..............................................124

kid小孩 ............................................018

kilogram公斤 ....................................082

kilometer公里 ..................................082

kind仁慈的 ......................................040

kindergarten幼稚園 ..........................201

king國王 ..........................................030

kitchen廚房 ......................................133

knee膝 ............................................108

knife餐刀 ..........................................144

knock敲............................................121

knowledge知識 ................................201

L.lady女士 ..........................................018

land降落 ..........................................178

lane巷 ..............................................166

language語言 ..................................194

large大的..........................................079

last上次、最近的..............................069

last name 姓氏 ..................................022

late遲的、遲到 ................................069

laugh大笑 ........................................118

law法律 ............................................194

lazy懶惰的........................................037

leader領導者 ....................................026

learn學習、得知、獲悉 ....................201

leave剩餘 ........................................082

left左邊 ............................................062

leg腿 ................................................108

lemon檸檬........................................088

lend借、借給(出)..............................072

length長度........................................082

lesson一節課....................................191

letter字母..........................................191

lettuce萵苣 ......................................091

level高度 ..........................................082

library圖書館 ....................................184

lick舔 ................................................118

lie躺..................................................124

lift舉起 ..............................................121

light淡的 ..........................................076

light燈 ..............................................139

J

K

L

Page 214: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

line線................................................076

lip嘴唇 ..............................................111

liquid液體 ........................................082

list清單 ............................................198

listen聽 ............................................204

liter公升 (=litre) ................................082

living room 客廳 ................................133

lock鎖頭 ..........................................144

lonely寂寞的 ....................................046

long長的 ..........................................079

lovely可愛的 ....................................043

low低的 ............................................079

lunch午餐 ........................................105

M.mad瘋狂的 ......................................043

Madam= ma'am 女士

(敬稱;同 Ms.用法) ......................022

male男性的 ......................................018

mall大型購物中心 ............................157

man男人 ..........................................018

mango芒果 ......................................088

March三月........................................058

mark作記號、作符號........................198

marker馬克筆 ..................................188

market市場 ......................................157

married結婚的..................................018

marvelous極棒的 ............................046

mask口罩 ........................................130

master主人、屋主............................025

mat腳踏墊 ........................................139

match配對........................................198

mathematic (=math) 數學 ................194

May五月 ..........................................058

meal餐 ............................................105

214 1000

Index索引

meat肉 ............................................091

medicine藥物 ..................................118

medium中等的 ................................079

member成員、會員..........................026

menu菜單 ........................................094

meter公尺 ........................................082

microwave微波爐 ............................142

middle中間、中間的 ........................162

midnight午夜 ....................................062

mid-term test 期中考 ........................194

mile英里 (=哩) ................................082

milkshake奶昔..................................097

mineral water 礦泉水 ........................097

minus減............................................082

minutes分鐘 ....................................065

mirror鏡子 ........................................142

Miss小姐 (指未婚女士) ....................022

mistake錯誤 ....................................204

mix混合、攪 ....................................105

Monday星期一 ................................054

money錢 ..........................................072

month月 ..........................................058

morning上午 ....................................062

mother (mom, mommy) 母親 ............011

motorcycle摩托車 ............................169

mouth嘴巴 ........................................111

movie theater 電影院 ........................157

Mr. 先生(未婚或已婚皆可用) ............022

Mrs.太太 (指已婚女士) ....................022

Ms.女士(未婚或已婚皆可用) ............022

museum博物館 ................................154

music音樂 ........................................194

N.name姓名 ........................................022

M

N

Page 215: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

215

Index索引

napkin餐巾 ......................................144

narrow窄的 ......................................079

naughty頑皮的 ................................043

neck脖子 ..........................................108

necklace項鍊 ..................................130

needle針 ..........................................148

neighbor鄰居....................................026

nephew姪兒或外甥 ......................011

nervous緊張的 ..............................046

next下次、緊接在後的 ....................069

nice好心的 ......................................040

nice-looking好看的 ..........................033

niece姪女或外甥女 ..........................011

night晚上..........................................062

nightclub夜店 ..................................157

nineteenth第十九 ............................054

ninth第九..........................................054

noon正午..........................................062

north北方、在北方向 ......................162

nose鼻子 ..........................................111

note紙幣 ..........................................072

notebook筆記本 ..............................188

note down 記下 ................................198

November十一月 ............................058

now現在 ..........................................069

number (=no.) 號 ..............................166

O.o'clock ⋯點鐘、點整 ......................065

October十月 ....................................058

oil食用油 ..........................................101

old老的 ............................................033

omit省略 ..........................................198

onion洋蔥 ........................................091

open開 ............................................121

orange柳橙 ......................................088

orange橘色的、橘色 ........................076

order訂購、叫(菜或飲料) ................094

outside外部 ......................................133

oven烤箱..........................................142

overpass天橋 ..................................173

overweight過重的 ............................033

owner物主;所有者 ........................025

P. p.m. (= afternoon and night) 下午,晚上

..........................................................065

pain痛 ..............................................114

pajamas睡衣 ....................................127

pale蒼白的 ......................................118

pan平底鍋 ........................................142

pants長褲 ........................................127

papaya木瓜......................................088

parent父親或母親 ............................015

parents雙親......................................015

parking lot 停車場 ............................173

partner伙伴、拍檔 ..........................026

pass通過 ..........................................201

passenger乘客 ................................178

past過去、過去的 ..........................069

past (時間)過了、經過 ....................065

paste漿糊 ........................................188

paste down 用漿糊黏貼 ....................198

patient有耐心的................................043

pay付錢............................................072

peach桃子........................................088

peanut花生 ......................................091

pear西洋梨 ......................................088

pen原子筆 ........................................188

pencil鉛筆 ........................................188

O

P

Page 216: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

pencil box (=pencil case) 鉛筆盒 ......188

people人 (指 2個以上) ....................018

pepper胡椒粉 ..................................101

person人 (指一個) ............................018

photo照片 ........................................151

physical education(=P.E.) 體育 ........194

physics物理......................................194

pick拔 ..............................................105

picture圖片 ......................................184

pie派、餡餅......................................097

pillow枕頭 ........................................139

pineapple鳳梨 ..................................088

pink粉紅色的、粉紅色 ....................076

pipe管子、輸送管 ............................148

pizza義大利脆餅 ..............................094

plate盤子..........................................144

platform月台 ....................................173

player選手、競賽者 ........................025

playground操場................................184

plus加 ..............................................082

pocket口袋 ......................................130

poem詩 ............................................191

point to 指 ........................................198

police station 警察局 ........................154

polite有禮貌的..................................037

poor貧窮困苦的................................040

popcorn爆玉米花 ............................097

pork豬肉 ..........................................091

postcard明信片 ................................198

poster海報........................................184

post office 郵局 ................................154

pot鍋子 ............................................142

potato馬鈴薯 ....................................091

pound磅 ..........................................082

powder粉末......................................105

practice實習、練習 ..........................201

216 1000

Index索引

prepare準備 ....................................201

pretty漂亮的 ....................................033

price價格、價錢 ............................072

prince王子........................................030

princess公主 ....................................030

principal校長 ....................................139

principal's office 校長室 ....................184

project研究專案、企劃 ....................201

pronounce發音 ................................204

proud驕傲的 ....................................040

pull拉................................................121

pumpkin南瓜 ....................................091

purple紫色的、紫色 ........................076

purse皮包 ........................................130

push推 ............................................121

Q.quarter (時間) = 15分鐘....................065

queen皇后........................................030

question問題 ....................................191

quiz小考 ..........................................194

R.radio收音機 ......................................151

railroad (=railway) 鐵軌 ....................173

raincoat雨衣 ....................................127

read讀 ..............................................204

record記錄 ......................................194

recovery復元 ....................................118

rectangle矩形 ..................................076

red紅色的、紅色 ..............................076

refrigerator冰箱 ................................142

relative親戚 ......................................015

repair修補、修理..............................148

Q

R

Page 217: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

217

Index索引

repeat重複 ......................................204

Republic of China (=R.O.C.) 中華民國

..........................................................166

responsible有責任感的 ....................043

rest休息............................................124

restaurant餐廳 ................................154

review複習 ......................................201

revise修改 ........................................198

rice米 ..............................................094

rich富裕有錢的 ................................040

ride騎 ..............................................178

right右邊 ..........................................162

right away 立刻 ................................069

right now 就是現在............................069

ring戒子............................................130

road (=rd.) 路 ....................................166

roll捲 ................................................105

roof屋頂 ..........................................133

room室 ............................................166

rub磨擦 ............................................121

rubber band 橡皮筋 ..........................188

rude粗魯、沒理貌的 ........................037

ruler尺 ..............................................188

run跑 ................................................124

S.sad悲傷的 ........................................046

sail航行、駕船 ................................178

salad沙拉 ........................................094

salt鹽................................................101

sandwich三明治 ..............................094

Saturday星期六................................054

saucer小碟子 ..................................144

say說、唸 ........................................204

scarf圍巾..........................................130

science科學 ....................................194

scooter踏板車 ..................................169

score得分、分數 ..............................194

screen螢幕 ......................................151

seafood海鮮 ....................................091

search搜查 ......................................204

season季節 ......................................058

seat座位 ..........................................178

second第二 ......................................054

second秒..........................................062

section (=sec.) 段..............................166

see看 ................................................111

seesaw蹺蹺板..................................184

selfish自私的....................................040

semester一學期、半學年 ................194

senior high school 高級中學 ............201

sense感覺、感官..............................111

sentence句子 ..................................191

September九月 ................................058

serious嚴肅的、認真的 ....................043

seventeenth第十七 ..........................054

seventh第七 ....................................054

shake搖............................................105

sheet床單 ........................................139

shelf架子 ..........................................142

ship大船 ..........................................169

shirt襯衫 ..........................................127

shoe(s)鞋子......................................130

short矮的..........................................033

short短的..........................................079

shorts短褲........................................127

shoulder肩膀....................................108

shout大聲叫、喊叫 ..........................118

shrimp小蝦 ......................................091

shy害羞的 ........................................040

sick有病的 ........................................114

S

Page 218: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

side旁邊、旁邊的 ............................162

sidewalk人行道 ................................173

sight視覺 ..........................................111

silly愚笨的 ......................................040

sincere正直、誠實的........................037

single單身的 ....................................018

sink洗臉槽........................................142

Sir先生(未婚或已婚皆可用) ..............022

sir name 姓氏....................................022

sister姐姐或妹妹 ..............................011

sit坐..................................................124

sixteenth第十六................................054

sixth第六 ..........................................054

skill技術、技巧 ................................201

skin皮膚 ..........................................114

skinny瘦得皮包骨的 ........................033

skirt裙子 ..........................................127

slender苗條的 ..................................033

slide溜滑梯 ......................................184

slim苗條的........................................033

slipper(s)拖鞋 ..................................130

slow慢的 ..........................................178

small小的 ........................................079

smart聰明的 ....................................040

smell嗅覺..........................................111

smile笑 ............................................118

snack點心 ........................................105

sneaker(s)運動鞋 ............................130

sneaky卑鄙的 ................................040

soap香皂 ..........................................142

social science 社會 ..........................194

sock(s)襪子 ......................................130

soda蘇打汽水 ..................................097

sofa沙發椅 ......................................139

soft drink 清涼不含酒精飲料 ............097

son兒子 ............................................011

218 1000

Index索引

soon不久、很快地 ..........................069

sore throat 喉嚨痛 ............................114

sorry難過遺憾的 ..............................046

soul靈魂 ........................................030

soup湯 ............................................094

sour酸的 ..........................................101

south南方、在南方向 ......................162

soy sauce 醬油 ................................101

spaghetti義大利麵條 ........................094

speak說............................................204

speaker擴音機 ................................151

speed超速........................................178

spell拼字 ..........................................204

spend花費........................................072

spicy辣的 ....................................101

spirit靈魂 ......................................030

spoon湯匙........................................144

spring春季........................................058

stair樓梯 ..........................................136

stamp郵票........................................198

stand站 ............................................124

stationery store 文具店 ....................157

steak牛排 ........................................094

steam蒸 ..........................................105

stingy小氣的 ....................................037

stomach胃 ........................................114

stomachache胃痛 ............................114

stool凳子 ......................................139

stopwatch碼錶 ................................062

story故事..........................................191

stove火爐 ........................................142

straight直線、挺直 ..........................162

stranger陌生人 ................................026

straw吸管 ........................................144

strawberry草莓 ................................088

street街 ............................................166

Page 219: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

219

Index索引

strong強壯的 ....................................114

student學生......................................139

study書房 ........................................133

study學習、研究 ..............................201

stupid愚笨的 ....................................040

subject科目 ......................................194

subway (=MRT) 地鐵 ........................173

successful成功的 ............................043

sugar糖 ............................................101

suit西裝 ............................................127

summer夏季 ....................................058

Sunday星期日..................................054

supermarket超級市場 ......................157

supper晚餐 ......................................105

sweater毛衣 ....................................127

sweep掃、清掃(地) ..........................148

sweet甜的 ........................................101

swimsuit泳衣....................................127

swing盪鞦韆 ....................................184

symptom症狀 ..................................114

T. tableware餐具 ..................................144

Taipei 台北 ........................................166

Taiwan 台灣 ......................................166

talk講話、談話 ..............................204

talkative愛說話的 ............................043

tall高的 ............................................033

tangerine橘子 ..................................088

tank坦克、戰車 ................................169

tape膠帶 ..........................................184

tape recorder 卡帶式錄音機..............151

taste味覺 ..........................................111

taste嚐 ..............................................111

taxi計程車 ........................................169

tea茶 ................................................097

teach教 ............................................201

teacher老師......................................139

teacher's office 老師辦公室 ..............184

teammate隊員..................................139

teapot茶壺........................................142

tear撕 ..............................................121

teen 13-19歲少年 ..........................018

teenager 13-19歲少年 ....................018

telephone (=phone) 電話 ..................151

television (=TV) 電視 ........................151

temperature溫度 ..............................058

temple廟 ..........................................154

tenth第十..........................................054

term一期、一回................................194

terrible極糟糕的 ..............................046

terrific極佳的 ....................................046

textbook (=students' book) 課本 ......188

there那裡 ........................................162

thick厚的 ..........................................079

thief小偷 ..........................................026

thin瘦的............................................033

thin薄的............................................079

third第三 ..........................................054

thirsty口渴的 ....................................101

thirteenth第十三 ..............................054

thirtieth第三十 ..................................054

throat喉嚨 ........................................114

throw丟 ............................................121

Thursday星期四 ..............................054

ticket車票 ........................................178

tie領帶..............................................130

time時間、時....................................065

tiny極小的 ......................................079

tired累的 ..........................................118

title (=topic) 標題 ..............................191

T

Page 220: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

toast土司..........................................094

today今天 ........................................069

tofu豆腐............................................094

toilet馬桶 ..........................................142

tomato蕃茄 ......................................088

tomorrow明天 ..................................069

tongue舌頭 ......................................111

tonight今晚 ......................................069

tooth牙齒 ..........................................111

toothache牙齒痛 ..............................114

toothbrush牙刷 ................................142

toothpaste牙膏 ................................142

top山頂、頂上的 ..............................162

touch摸、觸覺 ..................................111

towel毛巾 ........................................142

tower高塔、塔樓 ..............................154

traditional傳統的 ..............................043

traffic jam 塞車 ..................................178

train火車 ..........................................169

train station 火車站 ..........................173

traveler's check 旅行支票 ................072

treatment治療 ..................................118

triangle三角形 ..................................076

trousers休閒褲 ................................127

truck卡車..........................................169

Tuesday 星期二 ................................054

tunnel隧道........................................173

turn轉 ..............................................178

twelfth第十二....................................054

twentieth第二十................................054

twenty-first第二十一 ........................054

twenty-second第二十二 ..................054

twenty-third第二十三 ......................054

V. U.

220 1000

Index索引

ugly醜的 ..........................................033

umbrella雨傘....................................130

uncle舅舅或伯叔父 ..........................011

underline劃線 ..................................198

underpass地下道 ............................173

understand了解................................201

underwear內褲內衣 ........................127

underweight重量不足的 ..................033

unhappy悲慘不快樂的 ....................046

uniform制服......................................127

university大學 ..................................201

upstairs樓上 ....................................136

V. vegetable蔬菜 ..................................091

vest背心 ..........................................127

video player 錄影機 ..........................151

video tape 錄影帶 ............................151

vinegar醋 ........................................101

visitor拜訪者、客人..........................025

vocabulary字彙、單字集..................191

volume容積 ....................................082

W. waist腰 ............................................108

walk走路、散步................................124

Walkman 隨身聽 ..............................151

wall牆壁 ..........................................136

wallet皮夾 ........................................130

warm溫暖的、溫暖 ..........................058

wash洗 ............................................148

washing machine 洗衣機 ..................142

watch手錶 ........................................062

watermelon西瓜 ..............................088U

V

W

Page 221: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

221

Index索引

wave揮 ............................................121

way方法、方式 ................................105

weak虛弱的 ......................................114

wear穿 ............................................127

Wednesday 星期三 ..........................054

week星期 ........................................054

weekdays平日 (週末以外的日子) ....054

weekend週末 (星期六、日)..............054

weight重量 ......................................082

west西方、在西方向 ........................162

wheel輪胎 ........................................178

white白色的、白色 ..........................076

wide寬闊的 ......................................079

wife太太 ..........................................011

window窗 ........................................136

winter冬季 ........................................058

wise有智慧聰明的 ............................040

wok中國炒菜鍋 ................................142

woman女人 ......................................018

wonderful極好的 ..............................046

word單字..........................................191

workbook (=exercise book) 習作 ......188

world map 世界地圖..........................184

wound傷口 ......................................118

wrist腕關節 ......................................108

write寫..............................................204

Y. yard碼 ..............................................082

yellow黃色的、黃色 ........................076

yesterday昨天 ..................................069

young年青的 ....................................033

youth年輕人 ....................................018

yucky難吃的、噁心的 ......................101

yummy好吃的、美味的 ....................101

Y

Page 222: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Below are David and Julie's self-introduction drafts. Read andfigure out what information they give. Use below words to com-plete.

Write your personal information in the chart below.02

01

010 1000

Personal InformationUNIT

1

appearance / address / nationality / birthday

hobbies / education / personality / work experience / age

David's Self-introduction

I'm David. I was born on March 29th

1974. My address is No. 132 Ming-Choan

Rd. Taipei. I just graduated from Sam

Yang College. My major in school is

"mathematics". I'm very easy-going and

talkative. I like mountain climbing, fishing

and camping. I believe I'll be a very good

salesman.

Julie's Self-introduction

Hi, my name is Julie Toyoda. I 'm a

Japanese. I live in 33-5 Namashi ho

Tokyo. I'm 25 years old. I'm tall and thin. I

graduated from University of London in

England. I was a clerk in Takashimaya

Department Store. I have worked there

for 3 years. I hope I can get the position

of marketing assistant in your depart-

ment.

1. He has mentioned about... 2. She has mentioned about...

Full name :

Address :

Telephone number :

E-mail address :

Occupation :

1. birthday, address, education, personality, hobbies

2. nationality, address, age, education, work experience, appearance

Full name: Tz-chen Huang

Address: 3Fl. No4. Lane 178, Renyi St.

San-Chuang City, Taipie, Taiwan R.O.C.

Telephone number: 02-20944800

E-mail address: [email protected]

Occupation: student

Page 223: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Personal details that have mentioned a number

are...(name / address / birthday / personality / age).

2. Personal details that are known when a person is born

are...(birthday / major / address / nationality / hobby).

3. Personal details that are related to school or study are...

(appearance / graduation / major / education / full name).

4. Personal details that you could give to a friend are...

(hobby / age / home address / e-mail address / cell phone

number).

5. Personal details that will never change are...(birthday /

occupation / e-mail address / age / full name).

Answer the questions below.

1. If you were an interviewer, what personal details that you think

are very important for a job interview? (List three things)

2. What are the first three personal details that you most want to

know when you first meet a stranger?

04

03

011

UNIT

1Personal Information個人資料

1. appearance [@1pIr@ns] n. 外貌

2. address [@1drEs] n. 地址

3. nationality [%n{S@1n{l@tI] n. 國籍

4. birthday [1b^T%de] n. 生日

5. hobby [1hAbI] n. 嗜好

6. education [%EdZ¨1keS@n] n. 教育

7. personality [%p^s§1{l@tI] n. 個性、性格

8. work experience [1w^k Ik1spIrI@ns]n. 工作經驗

9. age [edZ] n. 年齡

10. self-introduction [1sElf%Intr@1d√kS@n]n. 自我介紹

11. bear [bEr] v. 出生(過去分詞born)

12. graduate [1gr{dZ¨%et] v. 畢業

13. major [1medZ_] n. 主修

14. live [lIv] v. 居住

15. full name [1f¨l%nem] n. 全名

16. number [1n√mb_] n. 號碼

17. e-mail [i1mel] n. 電子郵件

18. occupation [%Akj@1peS@n] n. 職業

1. address, birthday, age

2. birthday, address,

nationality

3. graduation, major,

education

4. home address,

e-mail address,

cell phone number

5. birthday, age, full name

1. work experience,

personality, age

2. name, address,

occupation

Page 224: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

3. What are the first three personal details that you remember at the

earliest time in your life?

4. What personal details that you may not like to tell when you first

meet a stranger?

Are the following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. Personal information that mentions the place you live is your e-mail address.

2. Fat, ugly and short are words to describe people's appearance.

3. Smart, easy-going and serious are words to describe people's appearance.

4. I'm twenty-three years old. So, you know my birthday.

5. John has just graduated from school. He never had a job before. In other words, he

doesn't have any education.

6. "Hee Yeng Tan", his full name is "Tan".

Match the words below.

1. appea ∂ ∂ ality

2. per ∂ ∂ rance

3. nation ∂ ∂ day

4. edu ∂ ∂ ress

5. occu ∂ ∂ sonality

6. birth ∂ ∂ pation

7. add ∂ ∂ cation

06

05

012 1000

UNIT

1 Personal Information個人資料

3. age, name,

phone number

4. phone number

1. F / address

2. T

3. F / personality

4. F / age

5. F / work experience

6. F / family name

1. rance

2. sonality

3. ality

4. cation

5. pation

6. day

7. ress

Page 225: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the pictures below with the message. Fill in the blankswith the words below. 01

013

UNIT

2Functions功能Functions

UNIT

2

birthday party / wedding ceremony / graduation ceremony / farewell party / funeral

A. Dear JohnI’m going to marry Mark next month.Here is my wedding invitation card.Read the details and I hope to see youat the ceremony.

1.

A. Dear AndersonI’m leaving this Sunday to go back toJapan. This Saturday, my housemates aregoing to hold a party for me. I would like toinvite you to the party. I’ll stay in CoCo cafetill 11:30 p.m.. Hope to see you around.

2.

A. Dear ThomasCongratulations! Your wife gave birthto twins this morning. They are boys!When you come back, do bring gifts(=presents) for your babies and wifeas we will arrange a party for them.

3.

A. Dear VivianI heard you’re going to graduate thisJuly. Could you let me know the date?Besides, we plan to have a drink onthat night. You are very welcome tojoin us.

4.

A. Dear Mina

Could you call little John for me? His

father died in a car accident yester-

day. I don’t know how to tell him.

Please help, thanks.

5.

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

∂ ∂

A.

B.

E.

D.

C.

1. graduation ceremony (D)2. funeral (E)

3. wedding ceremony (A)4. birthday party (C)

5. farewell party (B)

Page 226: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. "Farewell Party" is a party to say...(happy new year / happy birth-

day / merry Christmas / good-bye).

2. "Funeral" is a ceremony for...(married / single / dead / elder) peo-

ple.

3. "Wedding ceremony" means someone...(marries to somebody /

gives birth to babies / joins to parties / just died).

4. "October 3rd 2003" is a (an)...(number / month / date / address).

5. People don't give presens at a...(birthday party / funeral / wed-

ding ceremony / farewell party).

6. You are welcome to join us means we are...(happy / unhappy /

sad / tired) to see you join us.

02

014 1000

UNIT

2 Functions功能

1. birthday party [1b^T%de1pArtI] n. phrase 生日派對

2. wedding ceremony [1wedIµ1sEr@%monI] n. phrase 婚禮

3. graduation ceremony [%gr{dZ¨1eS@n 1sEr@%monI] n. phrase 畢業典禮

4. farewell party [1fErwEl1pArtI] n. phrase 歡送會

5. funeral [1fjun@r@l] n. 喪禮

6. marry to [1m{rI%tu] v. phrase 和...結婚

7. invitation card [%Inv@1teS@n1kArd] n. phrase 邀請卡

8. leave [liv] v. 離開

9. invite [In1vaIt] v. 邀請

10. stay [ste] v. 停留

11. give birth to [%gIv1b^T1tu] v. phrase 生(孩子)

12. gift [gIft] n. 禮品

13. present [1prEz§t] n. 禮物

14. arrange [@1rendZ] v. 安排

15. date [det] n. 日期

16. welcome [1wElk@m] adj. 受歡迎的

17. join [dZOIn] v. 參加

18. die [daI] v. 死

1. good-bye

2. dead

3. marries to

somebody

4. date

5. funeral

6. happy

Page 227: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the correct form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in below sen-tences. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. I'm very sorry for his die.

2. I'm leaving this house now!

3. I don't accept your invite.

4. Sorry, I don't want to talk about "marriage" tonight.

5. You've done a very good arrange for John's birthday

party.

6. I'm going to graduation this summer.

Answer the questions below.

1. List three gifts that you have received on your birthday.

2. How many children did your mother give birth to?

3. Where is your dream place to hold a wedding ceremony?

4. Except an invitation card, what other kinds of cards have you received?

05

04

03

015

UNIT

2Functions功能

1. Books / CDs / Aradio 2. Three

3. In a church 4. Birthday cards

1. leave

2. die

3. invitation

4. arrangement

5. marry

6. graduate

1. F / death

2. T

3. F / invitation

4. T

5. F / arrangement

6. F / graduate

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

leave 1. 2. death

invite 3. arrange 4.

5. marriage 6. graduation

Page 228: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

You and I have many sweet and bitter memories about child-hood. Sometimes it's crazy and sometimes it's miserable. Beloware pictures that people in the world did in their childhood. Lookat the picture and fill in the words below into the blanks.

01

016 1000

About Childhood 關於童年About Childhood

UNIT

3

1.

We everybody's treasure

and them under a tree.

We watered it everyday. I wished we

could see it .

2.

3.

Unfortunately, it never grew. We started

to treasures from the back-

yard.

To get more treasure, we planed to have

an in neighbors' backyards.

4.

adventure / plant / gather / collect / grow

Page 229: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

017

UNIT

3About Childhood 關於童年

5.

We we lived in the .

Trees were the . The neighbor

was a .

We a new shooter. We called

it a f lying . We wanted to

know how good it was.

6.

imagine / create / monster / dragon / shoot / punishes / universe / planets

7.

We tried it on our neighbors, we

them and ran away immediately.

However, our neighbor was never stupid.

They complained to Mom. And, Mom surely

would us hard with a big stick.

8.

1. gathered, planted2. grow

3. collect4. adventure

5. imagined, universe, planets, monster

6. created, dragon

7. shooted8. punish

Page 230: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. People can plant...(dragons / rice / trees / vegetables / monsters).

2. (Sun / Moon / Treasure / Earth / Universe)...are planets.

3. Adventures are usually...(dangerous / exciting / safe / interesting /

sleepy).

4. Dragons are...(created / gathered / imagined / planted / collected).

5. The (trains / computers / bikes / machines / universe) ... is (are) not

created.

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary andfind out the correct form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.

03

02

018 1000

UNIT

3 About Childhood 關於童年

1. punish

2. collect

3. creation

4. plant

5. imagination

6. grow

1. adventure [@d1vEntS_] n. 探險

2. plant [pl{nt] v. 種植

3. gather [1g{D_] v. 聚集

4. collect [k@1lEkt] v. 收集

5. grow [gro] v. 生長

6. treasure [1trEZ_] n. 寶物

7. imagine [I1m{dZIn] v. 想像

8. create [krI1et] v. 發明

9. monster [1mAnst_] n. 怪獸

10. dragon [1dr{g@n] n. 龍

11. shoot [Sut] v. 射

12. punish [1p√nIS] v. 處罰

13. universe [1jun@%v^s] n. 宇宙

14. planet [1pl{nIt] n. 星球

1. rice, trees, vegetables

2. Moon, Earth

3. dangerous, exciting,

interesting

4. created, imagined

5. Universe

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

1. punishment 2. collection

create 3. plant 4.

imagine 5. 6. growth

Page 231: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answer.

1. The growth of a tree can teach us a lot of things about nature.

2. Julia is a famous artist. You should go to see her art collect.

3. There are a hundred kinds of plants in the botanical garden.

4. You won't be punished because you are on time.

5. Scientists have the talents of create.

6. Don't lose your imagination when you grow up.

Answer the questions below.

1. Where do you think is a good place to have adventure?

2. List three things you have that you think are your treasure.

3. What would you gather from your neighbors if you

wanted to help the hungers of Africa?

4. List three things that you or your friends usually collect

for hobbies?

Match the words below.

1. puni ∂ ∂ ster

2. trea ∂ ∂ gine

3. ima ∂ ∂ sh

4. adven ∂ ∂ gon

5. dra ∂ ∂ sure

6. mon ∂ ∂ ture

06

05

04

019

UNIT

3About Childhood 關於童年

1. T2. F / collection 3. T4. T5. F / creation 6. T

1. in the forest

2. My family pictures,

My friends' letters,

My little Snoopy dolls

3. Clothes, Money, Blankets

4. Train tickets, Name Cards

Pictures of cartoon characters

1. sh

2. sure

3. gine

4. ture

5. gon

6. ster

Page 232: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the words into the chart below.01

020 1000

Communication 1溝通 1Communication 1

UNIT

4

discussion / speech / mail / joke / debate / presentation / broadcast / comment

This is the final call for Flight BA739

to London! Customer "Chen Ming-

Jean", please move quickly to gate

118.

A. It's a

Sorry, ladies! I have to interrupt you

for 1 minute. Could you discuss

question 5 first as we are going to

end the meeting in ten minutes?

B. It's a

I think what "Team A" just empha-

sized is not right. Many research fig-

ures indicate that women at home do

more work than men in Chinese

society.

C. It's a

I want to insist that people around

the world should protect their environ-

ment. As Dr. Lee describes in his

article...

D. It's a

Dear Mona Lisa

What you expresed on the phone is

not very clear. Could you introduce

your company's products again in a

letter to me by this weekend?

Yours truly,Vincent Van

E. It's a

Ladies and Gentlemen

I would like to show a chart of our

year-end finance report. Besides, I'll

present a diagram to let you under-

stand more how our company ran this

year.

F. It's a

Page 233: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

021

UNIT

4Communication 1溝通 1

Hi, Mark! What you presented in the

meeting is impressive. Here are just

two points that I would like to suggest.

1. Check your presentation tools

before you do it.

2. Before you continue to the next

page, make sure your audiences are

following well what you tell them.

G. It's a

A monkey can talk. He stated it was

a secret for him to change into a

monkey. Everybody wanted to know

who he was. The monkey did not like

to answer as he added : "a smart

monkey would never let people know

how a turtle changed into a monkey."

H. It's a

1. discussion [dI1sk√S@n] n. 討論

2. speech [spitS] n. 演講

3. mail [mel] n. 郵件

4. joke [dZok] n. 玩笑

5. debate [dI1bet] n. 辯論

6. presentation [prizEn1teS@n] n. 報告

7. broadcast [1brOd%k{st] n. 廣播

8. comment [1kAmEnt] n. 評論

9. call [kOl] v. 呼叫

10. interrupt [%Int@1r√pt] v. 打斷、中斷

11. discuss [dIs1k√s] v. 討論

12. emphasize [1Emf@%saIz] v. 強調

13. indicate [1Ind@%ket] v. 指出

14. insist [In1sIst] v. 強調

15. describe [dI1skraIb] v. 描述

16. express [Ik1sprEs] v. 表達

17. introduce [%Intr@1djus] v. 介紹

18. suggest [s@1dZEst] v. 建議

19. continue [k@n1tInju] v. 繼續

20. tell [tEl] v. 告訴

21. show [So] v. 展示

22. present [prI1zEnt] v. 呈現

23. state [stet] v. 聲明

24. add [{d] v. 補充

A. broadcast

B. discussion

C. debate

D. speech

E. mail

F. presentation

G. comment

H. joke

Page 234: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. It is usually fun when people...(give a speech / tell a joke / give suggestions / do a presen-

tation).

2. When you are telling something very important you should...(insist / broadcast / emphasize

/ interrupt / indicate) the points.

3. When you are ...(discussions / speeches / listening to broadcasts / debates / reading

mails), you don't usually see the speakers.

4. When a customer comes into a shop for the first time, the owner usually...(introduces / adds

/ shows / presents / jokes) things that the shop sells.

5. When you have an idea in your mind, you can use language to...(express / tell / call /

describe / continue) your idea.

Fill in the chart below . Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the verbs and nouns for the words below. 03

02

022 1000

UNIT

4 Communication 1溝通 1

1. tell a joke

2. insist / emphasize / indicate

3. listening to broadcasts / reading mails

4. introduces / shows / presents

5. express / tell / describe

1. discussion

2. state

3. introduce

4. comment

5. suggestion

6. speech

7. expression

8. interrupt

9. present

10. indication

11. description

12. insist

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

discuss 1. 2. statement

3. introduction comment 4.

suggest 5. speak 6.

express 7. 8. interruption

9. presentation indicate 10.

describe 11. 12. insistence

Page 235: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If false, correct them.

1. Please don't interruption my speech.

2. May I introduce my husband to you?

3. He doesn't accept anyone's suggest.

4. My English is not good. I don't know how to expression what I think.

5. Could you description the situation to me again?

6. Your indication is not clear. Could you write it down?

7. "No smoking in the office" this is what she insistence.

Answer the questions below.

1. If your good friend is going to meet his future parents-in-law, what suggestions would you

give him?

2. What kinds of situations may make you very angry in an important discussion?

Match the words below.

1. presen ∂ ∂ size

2. broad ∂ ∂ cast

3. dis ∂ ∂ cate

4. empha ∂ ∂ tation

5. indi ∂ ∂ cussion

06

05

04

023

UNIT

4Communication 1溝通 1

1. F / interrupt 2. T3. F / suggestion 4. F / express

5. F / describe 6. T7. F / insists

1. Keep smiling

2. When people leave without gaving a reason in the middle of the discussion.

1. tation

2. cast

3. cussion

4. size

5. cate

Page 236: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the sentences below and identify what they try to express.Fill in the chart with the words below. 01

024 1000

Communication 2溝通 2Communication 2

UNIT

5

1. A: Would you come to my party? B: Yes.

>Person B person A's invitation.

2. Sorry, say again please!

>He wants to say " me".

3. Sir, I've been waiting for an hour!!

>He to the man.

4. Sorry, we don't take credit cards.

>He the customer's credit card.

5. Which color should I take, blue or red?

>He the color.

6. I'll love you forever.

>He to his wife.

7. A: May I come in? B: Yes.

>Person B person A to come in.

8. Sorry, I'm late because of the traffic jam on Min Rd.

>He the reason why he is late.

9. A: Let's go shopping. B: Sure, let's go.

>Person to person A's suggestion.

10. Doctor, without your help I wouldn’t be alive now!

> He the doctor's treatment.

11. Sorry, I made a mistake.

> He for the mistake.

12. I won't trust you again!

> He found the man to him.

blames / reminds / argues / apologizes / lied / praises / thank

complains / appreciates / rejects / pardon / promises / advises

agrees / allows / decides / chooses / inspires / explains / accepts

Page 237: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

025

UNIT

5Communication 2溝通 2

13. Don't forget your umbrella!

> He me to take my umbrella.

14. You had better to take a taxi.

> He me to take a taxi.

15. A: So, tell me your answer now. B: OK, take a bus.

> Person B to take a bus.

16. Ok, I don't want to say it again. You aren't listening!

> He with another person.

17. It’s all your fault! My flowers are all dead now!!

> He the one who made a mistake.

18. You are so kind to send me such a lovely toy!!

> He tries to her for the gift.

19. God is the King of all on the earth.

> He God's greatness.

20. Close your eyes. Think of you flying in the sky

> He people to use their imaginations.

1. blame [blem] v. 責罵

2. remind [rI1maInd] v. 提醒

3. argue [1Argju] v. 爭吵

4. apologize [@1pAl@%dZaIz] v. 道歉

5. lie [laI] v. 說謊

6. praise [prez] v. 稱讚

7. thank [T{µk] v. 感謝

8. complain [k@m1plen] v. 抱怨

9. appreciate [@1priSI%et] v. 感激

10. reject [rI1dZEkt] v. 拒絕

11. pardon [1pArd§] v. 原諒

12. promise [1prAmIs] v. 發誓

13. advise [@d1vaIz] v. 建議

14. agree [@1gri] v. 同意

15. allow [@1la¨] v. 允許

16. decide [dI1saId] v. 決定

17. choose [tSuz] v. 選擇

18. inspire [In1spaIr] v. 激發、鼓舞

19. explain [Ik1splen] v. 解釋

20. accept [@k1sEpt] v. 接受

1. accepts

2. pardon

3. complains

4. rejects

5. chooses

6. promises

7. allows

8. explains

9. agrees

10. appreciates

11. apologizes

12. lied

13. reminds

14. advises

15. decides

16. argues

17. blames

18. thank

19. praises

20. inspires

Page 238: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When people make mistakes, they may want to...(apologize / thank / lie / explain / praise).

2. If your good friend gives you a good suggestion, you would...(thank / inspire / accept /

appreciate / allow) him.

3. When someone says "yes", this could mean that

he...(allows / agrees / accepts / argues / rejects).

4. People usually aren't in a good mood when they

are...(inspired / blamed / complained / promised /

allowed).

5. If someone begs your forgiveness, you could...(reject / lie

/ thank / accept / appreciate).

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. Your explanation sounds like an excuse.

2. I don't agree with you!

3. His complaint is not important.

04

03

02

026 1000

UNIT

5 Communication 2溝通 2

1. apologize / lie / explain

2. thank / appreciate

3. allows / agrees / accepts

4. blamed / complained

5. reject / accept

1. accept

2. advisement

3. explanation

4. agreement

5. choice

6. reject

7. decide

8. inspiration

9. allow

10. complain

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

1. acceptance advise 2.

explain 3. agree 4.

choose 5. 6. rejection

7. decision inspire 8.

9. allowance 10. complaint

Page 239: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

4. He rejection my invitation.

5. He is not allowed to stay outside.

6. I have no choose.

Answer the questions below.

1. If you are an artist, what could you do to inspire your imagination?

2. If you found out that your best friend lied to you, what would you do?

Match the words below.

1. in ∂ ∂ vise

2. ex ∂ ∂ ree

3. de ∂ ∂ spire

4. ac ∂ ∂ gue

5. ag ∂ ∂ plain

6. ad ∂ ∂ ject

7. re ∂ ∂ cide

8. ar ∂ ∂ cept

9. apo ∂ ∂ ow

10. bl ∂ ∂ logize

11. appre ∂ ∂ se

12. par ∂ ∂ lame

13. pro ∂ ∂ don

14. all ∂ ∂ nk

15. tha ∂ ∂ ciate

16. prai ∂ ∂ mise

06

05

027

UNIT

5Communication 2溝通 2

1. T2. T3. T4. F / rejects 5. T6. F / choice

1. I would listen to the jazz music.

2. I would ask him to tell the truth.

1. spire

2. plain

3. cide

4. cept

5. ree

6. vise

7. ject

8. gue

9. logize

10. ame

11. ciate

12. don

13. mise

14. ow

15. nk

16. se

Page 240: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the sentences below and identify what they are trying toexpress. Fill in the chart using the words below. 01

028 1000

Communication 3UNIT

6

message / introduction / opinion (= idea) / matter / event / meaning / excuse

truth (=fact) / result / advice / choices / decision / reason / information

1. Hi, Mark. Call me back if you hear this. My number is 2231-5569.

>This is a .

2. I didn't lie. I don't want to hurt her feelings. So, I will tell her I'm going to Japan an business.

>He gives her an .

3. So, your trip to Japan is not for the business. It's for the girl, Machiko!

>She found out the .

4. Julia, what's your sir name? How old are you? Where do you live?

>He is asking for Julia's personal .

5. You see I cut my fingers yesterday. This is why I couldn't finish my work.

>He explains the why the work was delayed.

6. Turn right or turn left?

>You have two .

7. OK, I think we should turn right.

>He has made a .

8. The day you were born is your "birthdate".

>He explains the of birthdate.

9. Don't be late for tomorrow. Our boss will be there.

>He is very kind to give him .

10. Oh, my god! I forgot to hand in my assignment!

> This is really a big to the student.

11. We'll attend the dragon boat race this year!

> Dragon boat race is a big this year.

12. I think your plan may cause a big loss next year.

> This is my to your plan.

Page 241: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. People usually can believe...(lies / facts / excuses / truths / reasons).

2. People usually dislike...(lies / advice / messages / good news / information).

3. If you want to understand what a person is thinking, you

should listen to his...(excuses / lies / opinions / ideas/

results).

4. If you meet someone for the first time, you could ask him

for personal...(information / choice / event / introduction /

meaning).

5. People usually lie to cover...(jokes / facts / truth / excuses /

thanks).

02

029

UNIT

6Communication 3溝通 3

13. This company started in 1973. It was in Taipei. At the beginning, it produced tableware

and...

> He gives an about the company.

14. If you smoke in this building, the guard will come immediately.

> He tells the if I smoked here.

1. message

2. excuse

3. truth

4. information

5. reason

6. choices

7. decision

8. meaning

9. advice

10. matter

11. event

12. opinion

13. introduction

14. result

1. message [1mEsIdZ] n. 信息、留言2. introduction [1Intr@1d√kS@n] n. 介紹3. opinion [@1pInj@n] n. 見解4. idea [aI1di@] n. 意見、想法5. matter [1m{t_] n. 問題、麻煩6. event [I1vEnt] n. 事件7. meaning [1minIµ] n. 意思8. excuse [Ik1skjuz] n. 藉口9. truth [truT] n. 事實

10. fact [f{kt] n. 真相11. result [rI1z√lt] n. 結果12. advice [@d1vaIz] n. 忠告13. choice [tSOIs] n. 選擇14. decision [dI1sIZ@n] n. 決定15. reason [1riz§] n. 原因16. information [%Inf_1meS@n] n. 資料、消息

1. facts / truths

2. lies / advice

3. opinions / ideas

4. information / introduction

5. facts / truths

Page 242: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.

Answer the questions below.

1. What would your parents do if they found out that you lied to them?

2. List three excuses that people usually give when they are late for a meeting.

3. If in three minutes of talking to someone you need to decide whether you want them as

your boyfriend or girlfriend, what kinds of questions would you ask? (List three questions)

04

03

030 1000

UNIT

6 Communication 3溝通 3

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

decide 1. introduce 2.

3. choice 4. advice

message 5. mean 6.

1. decision

2. introduction

3. choose

4. advise

5. message

6. meaning

1. They would blame me.

2. Stuck in a traffic jam / Didn't feel well / The bus was late

3. How tall are you? / How old are you? / What is your occupation?

Page 243: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. Please message me on Monday morning.

2. I didn’t choice you!

3. I mean that you can go home now!

4. You should decide what you like!

5. Please introduction yourself!

6. Sorry, I don’t like your advise.

Match the words below.

1. tru ∂ ∂ son

2. re ∂ ∂ ce

3. ad ∂ ∂ th

4. rea ∂ ∂ sult

5. cho ∂ ∂ vice

6. opinio ∂ ∂ r

7. messag ∂ ∂ n

8. even ∂ ∂ t

9. ide ∂ ∂ e

10. matte ∂ ∂ a

06

05

031

UNIT

6Communication 3溝通 3

1. T2. F / choose

3. T4. T

5. F / introduce

6. F / advice

1. th

2. sult

3. vice

4. son

5. ice

6. n

7. e

8. t

9. a

10. r

Page 244: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the statements and fill in your answers for the questions. 01

032 1000

Personal Values個人價值

1. chance 2. Asuperstition 3. Yes 4. Courage 5. Yes 6. No 7. No

8. Effort 9. No 10. He is really busy. 11. Yes 12. come to 13. No

Personal ValuesUNIT

7

1. You work for JJ company. But, you really dislike working for that company. One day, you are

laid off. To you, is this a matter of bad luck or a chance to do something better?

2. Chinese believe that wearing red clothes during the Chinese New Year can bring good

luck. To you, is it a tradition or superstition?

3. Do you think that people who require you to do a survey in a street is a bother ?

4. Do you think diving down in the ocean needs more skill or courage?

5. One day, you have a chance to be famous but you have to give up studying at the uni-

versity, would you take the chance?

6. If your friend takes you to a direct sales meeting without telling you beforehand, would

you think it is a trick?

7. Do you think giving money to the homeless people in the street is a behavior of good-

ness?

8. Effort and talent, if you have to choose one of them, which one do you think can make

a success in your business?

9. Do you think it is trouble for your mom to ask you to buy a bottle of soy sauce on the

way home?

10. When you call your friend, your friend says he is busy watching TV. Do you think he is

really busy or it is just an excuse?

11. Do you want "easy-going" to be one of your characters?

12. "Please come to the showroom." In this sentence, which word is the point to you?

13. One day, a stranger comes to tell you "I think your skin's condition is very bad. You

should use..." Would this influence your opinion of your skin care?

Page 245: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Most people do not like...(tricks / success / trouble / famous / talent).

2. It's positive for students to learn...(traditions / superstitions / goodness / tricks / efforts).

3. Success usually comes to a person who has...(talents/ a lazy life / paid efforts / courage / a

poor father).

4. Real goodness is not afraid of...(paying efforts / characters / trouble / bother / points).

5. Making...(an effort / tricks / trouble / a courage / a famous name) are negative behavior.

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. He was courage to fight in World War Two.

2. To have a superstitious is not very smart.

3. She is very successful at selling flowers!

4. She is the one who has musical talented!

5. My grandmother told us a lot of Chinese traditional.

6. Students are easily influenced by their classmates.

03

02

033

UNIT

7Personal Values個人價值

1. F / courageous

2. F / superstition

3. T4. F / talent

5. F / tradition 6. T

1. tricks / trouble

2. traditions / goodness / efforts

3. talents / paid efforts / courage

4. paying efforts / trouble / bother

5. tricks / trouble

1. chance [tS{ns] n. 機會

2. tradition [tr@1dIS@n] n. 傳統

3. superstition [%sup_1stIS@n] n. 迷信

4. bother [1bAD_] n. 打擾

5. courage [%k^IdZ] n. 膽量

6. famous [1fem@s] adj. 出名的

7. trick [ trIk] n. 花招、騙局

8. goodness [1g¨dnIs] n. 善良、美德

9. effort [1Ef_t] n. 努力

10. talent [1t{l@nt] n. 天才、天資

11. success [s@k1sEs] n. 成功

12. trouble [1tr√b¬] n. 麻煩

13. busy [1bIzI] adj. 忙碌

14. character [1k{rIkt_] n. 特性、特色

15. point [pOInt] n. 重點

16. influence [1Infl¨@ns] n. 影響

Page 246: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.

Fill in the blanks with the words below. 05

04

034 1000

UNIT

7 Personal Values個人價值

Adjectives(形容詞) Nouns(名詞) Adjectives(形容詞) Nouns(名詞)

traditional 1. successful 2.

3. superstition talented 4.

influential 5. courageous 6.

1. tradition

2. success

3. superstitious

4. talent

5. influence

6. courage

1. Nina has no free time in July. She is

in July.

2. Everybody knows about Nina. She is

.

3. Justin has many . He

believes using a broken mirror could

bring bad luck.

4.To jump from a mountain into the sea you

need .

5. I don't have time to listen. Please tell me

what your is.

6. Don't me! I'm seeing a

movie!

7. Eating moon cakes for the Moon Festival

is Chinese .

8. This is the last for you to

do it right.

1. busy

2. famous

3. superstitions

4. courage

5. point

6. bother

7. tradition

8. chance

point / courage / busy / chance / famous / superstition / bother / tradition

Page 247: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks. 01

035

UNIT

8Inner Thinking 內在想法Inner Thinking

UNIT

81. purpose 2. thoughts 3. role 4. goal 5. value 6. dream 7. steps 8. desires 9. secret

10. feeling 11. emotion 12. mind 13. style 14. life 15. manners 16. concerned

1. I come here to meet up with an old friend.

>Meeting an old fr iend is the man's

.

2. A: What is your opinion? B: This plan is

dangerous.

>Person B tells his .

3. My wife gives birth to a girl. I am a father

now!

>Being a father is a new to

this man.

4. Our company has to earn 3 billion dollars

in 2006.

>3 bil l ion dollars is the company's

in 2006.

5. Time is money. This is what I believe!

>He talks about his personal .

6. I wish one day I can live in a castle.

>Living in a castle is his .

7. First, cut the tomato in half. Second, put

them in a hot water. Third, cook with wine

and...

>He tells about the cooking .

8. I want a nice car, a big house with a

swimming pool and a very rich husband.

>What she said are all her .

9. Nobody knows I come from a royal family.

>She was telling a .

10. It's still very hot indoors.

> This is her .

11. Sorry, who is Mark? I know nothing

about him!

> She feels no toward him.

12. John left yesterday. I miss him very

much.

> John is always in her .

13. I don't like any colors. Everything I use

is just black and white.

> Black and white is this man's

.

14. I work from Monday to Saturday seven

a.m. to nine p.m. I do exercise every

Sunday with friends.

> He describes his .

15. Hi, John! Check this out. Someone tells

me that the staff, Jennifer, treats an old

lady very badly!

> John should check Jennifer's

.

16. I don't mind spending a lot of money

here. I do care about the time I spend

on it!

> This man is about time

he spent on it.

emotion / feeling / value / thought / desire / secret / mind / dream

manner / life / role / step / style / goal / purpose / concern

Page 248: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. "Hot" and "cold" are people's ...(secrets / feelings / manners / emo-

tions).

2. "Love" and "hate" are people's ...(styles/ lives / dreams / emotions).

3. "Father", "wife", "grandmother" and "uncle" are people's...(steps /

roles / goals / values).

4. "I want to be a rich man!" This sentence has told us the

man's...(dream / role / desire / manner).

5. "Everyday I don't know what to do!!" said John. John has no...(style

/ goal / secret / purpose) for his everyday life.

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the adjectives and nouns for the words below. 03

02

036 1000

UNIT

8 Inner Thinking 內在想法

1. thoughtful

2. emotion

3. style

4. valuable

5. dream

6. concern

1. emotion [I1moS@n] n. 感情2. feeling [1filIµ] n. 感覺3. value [1v{lju] n. 價值觀4. thought [TOt] n. 想法5. desire [dI1zaIr] n. 渴望的人或物6. secret [1sikrIt] n. 祕密7. mind [maInd] n. 心思8. dream [drim] n. 夢想

9. manner [1m{n_] n. 態度10. life [laIf] n. 生活11. role [rol] n. 角色12. step [stEp] n. 步驟13. style [staIl] n. 風格14. goal [gol] n. 目標15. purpose [1p^p@s] n. 目的16. concern [k@n1s^n] n. 關心

1. feelings

2. emotions

3. roles

4. dream / desire

5. goal / purpose

Adjectives(形容詞) Nouns(名詞) Adjectives(形容詞) Nouns(名詞)

1. thought emotional 2.

stylish 3. 4. value

dreaming 5. concerned 6.

Page 249: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and adjectives in the sen-tences below. If the answer is false, write down the correctanswers.

1. Diamond is a valuable stone.

2. She is a fashion designer. Her clothes are style.

3. In five minutes, she can change from laughing to crying.

She is very emotion.

4. Thank you for preparing so many things for me, you are a

thoughtful person.

5. She wishes she could travel around the world one day. She

is always dream.

6. You don't care whether you'll be late or not. You are not

really concern about time.

Answer the questions below.

1. What are the things you desire to do the most within

the coming three years? (List three)

2. What are the roles you play in your life?

3. Who are the people you are really concerned about

in your life?

4. What's your purpose for learning English?

Match the words below.

1. se ∂ ∂ lue

2. ma ∂ ∂ al

3. m ∂ ∂ cret

4. ro ∂ ∂ sire

06

05

04

037

UNIT

8Inner Thinking 內在想法

1. cret

2. nner

3. ind

4. le

5. al

6. lue

7. sire

1. T

2. F / stylish

3. F / emotional

4. T

5. F / dreaming

6. F / concerned

1. To start up a small business.

To travel around the world.

To be a teacher.

2. Astudent. / Asister. / Adaughter.

3. My mother. / My sister. / My brother.

4. For getting a better job.

Page 250: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and match the related sentences.01

038 1000

Attitudes 1 態度 1Attitudes 1

UNIT

9

1. I believe him because

he is my brother.

4. Go ahead! Do what you

want! We will support

you!

2. I guess there is nothing

in the box.

3. I do not notice that she

was crying.

5. When the wolf jumped up,

it frightened me!

6. I am confused,I don’t

know which one is the

correct answer!

8. I think you are the one

we want.

7. I remember you have

an umbrella in your office.

9. I hate you!

10. I like working here!

a. I forgot I have it in my

office.

d. You are considered the

one we are looking for.

b. I really enjoy working

with you.

c. I 'm not certain which

answer is correct.

i. You can trust him. I know

him well.

f. Your family never makes

you worry!

h. I assume you can’t find

anything in it.

e. I don’t love you!

j. I fear the wolf might eat

me!

g. When I see her face, I

realized she is upset.

1. i 2. h 3. g 4. f 5. j 6. c 7. a 8. d 9. e 10. b

Page 251: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. "I don't remember the answers" said Tina. In other words Tina may...(forget / trust / be con-

fused about / not be certain about) the answers.

2. My parents support what I am doing. This means my par-

ents...(hate / trust / believe / fear) the things I do.

3. If you don't trust a person, you may...(guess / not believe /

enjoy / assume) what he says to you.

4. "Gina was frightened by the earthquake." In other words

Gina may...(love / worry about / not like / fear) the earth-

quake.

5. When he drives, he is always concerned about safety. In

other words that he...(notices / confuses /realizes / consid-

ers) the importance of driving safety.

True or False. Check the use of verbs and adjectives in the sen-tences below. If the answer is false, write down the correctanswers.

1. He can’t be trust because he has lied to many people.

2. I am worry that he may not come tonight.

3. Sorry, I've confused who is the first one.

03

02

039

UNIT

9Attitudes 1 態度 1

1. believe [bI1liv] v. 相信

2. forget [f_1gEt] v. 忘記

3. guess [gEs] v. 猜

4. enjoy [In1dZOI] v. 喜愛

5. notice [1notIs] v. 注意

6. certain [1s^t@n] adj. 確定的

7. support [s@1port] v. 支持

8. consider [k@n1sId_] v. 考慮

9. frighten [fraIt§] v. 使驚嚇

10. love [l√v] v. 愛

11. confuse [k@n1fjuz] v. 混淆、混亂

12. worry [1w^I] v. 擔心

13. remember [rI1mEmb_] v. 記得

14. realize [1rI@%laIz] v. 了解、領悟到

15. think [TIµk] v. 認為

16. assume [@1sjum] v. 假想、猜測

17. hate [het] v. 恨

18. trust [tr√st] v. 信任

19. like [laIk] v. 喜歡

20. fear [fIr] v. 害怕

1. forget / be confuse about

not be certain about

2. trust / believe

3. not believe

assume

4. worry about / not like /

fear

5. notices / realizes

considers

1. F / trusted

2. F / worried

3. T

Page 252: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

4. This message is believable because it is from the government.

5. My brothers give me a lot of advice. They are support.

6. I'm frightened. I've never see people die in front of me.

7. I assumed he has gone back to China.

8. I think I'll give up the test. This decision was considered.

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the correctform of the verbs and adjectives for the words below.

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things or events that may frighten you.

2. What do you need to consider when you are planning a wedding? (List three things)

05

04

040 1000

UNIT

9 Attitudes 1 態度 1

1. Ghost stories / Horrors movies / Bugs

2. Venue of the ceremony / Date of the ceremony / The invitation cards

4. T5. F / supportive 6. F/ seen 7. T8. T

Adjectives(形容詞) Verbs(動詞) Adjectives(形容詞) Verbs(動詞)

confused 1. assumed 2.

3. worry 4. trust

considered 5. 6. frighten

believable 7. supportive 8.

1. confuse

2. assume

3. worried

4. trusty

5. consider

6. frightened

7. believe

8. support

Page 253: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and match the related stentences.01

041

UNIT

10Attitudes 2 態度 2Attitudes 2

UNIT

10

1. I wish one day I can

teach science.

3. I wish I saw the sen-

tence so I won't fail the

exam.

2. I wish I didn't lie to my

mom!

7. God, please help him.

Don't let Mike die.

8. I still don't believe he

lives in Taipei.

4. I wish I didn't wear high-

heel shoes so I won't fall

down in front of Mike. Mike

is my new boyfriend!

c. Her decision will depend

on the expense.

i. He expects to meet her

at the party.

f. He would like to share

his books!

h. She doubts if he lives in

that place.

j. He regrets what he said

to his mother.

g. He hopes he can be a

teacher.

5. Do you want to read my

comics? They are very

interesting!

6. I've forgotten what he

did to me although I

don't like him.

9. I can't decide now unless

you tell me the price.

10. I will attend your birthday

party! See you soon!

a. She prays for Mike.

b. She forgives him!

d. The fall embarrasses

her.

e. He ignored a sentence

in the exam.

1. g 2. j 3. e 4. d 5. f 6. b 7. a 8. h 9. c 10. i

Page 254: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. People have many wishes in their life; therefore, they...(hope / pray / expect / doubt) one

day that all their wishes will come true.

2. When people make mistakes, they usually wish what they did

can be...(forgiven / wanted / prayed / expected).

3. When people face danger, they usually...(regret / wish / hope /

pray) that God can help.

4. If you doubt what I said, that means you don't...(believe /

embarrass / trust / guess) me.

5. People usually don’t like others to...(embarrass / forgive / doubt

/ ignore) them.

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the correctform of the verbs, nouns and adjectives for the words below. 03

02

042 1000

UNIT

10 Attitudes 2 態度 2

1. wish [wIS] v. 希望

2. pray [pre] v. 禱告、祈求

3. forgive [f_1gIv] v. 原諒

4. depend on [dI1pEnd1An] v. phrase

視...而定

5. embarrass [Im1b{r@s] v. 使窘困

6. want [wAnt] v. 想要

7. ignore [Ig1nor] v. 忽略

8. hope [hop] v. 希望

9. doubt [da¨t] v. 懷疑

10. expect [Ik1spEkt] v. 期望

11. regret [rI1grEt] v. 後悔

Adjectives(形容詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞)

wanted 1. Ignorance 2.

3. expect 4. embarrass

doubtful 5. 6. hope

7. regret forgiveness 8.

1. want

2. ignore

3. expectative

4. embarrassment

5. doubt

6. hope

7. regretful

8. forgive

1. hope / pray / expect

2. forgiven

3. wish / hope / pray

4. believe / trust

5. embarrass / doubt

ignore

Page 255: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answer.

1. Don't expectation that I will buy a cup of tea for you!

2. This is a letter of forgive.

3. What gift do you want the most for your birthday.

4. I'm regret for what I have done to the car.

5. No one can save me. I don't have hopeful.

6. You have to pay for your ignore.

7. I don't trust him. What he said is doubtful.

Answer the questions below.

1. What do people usually pray for in the churches or temples? (List three things)

2. What do you usually depend on when you are

considering whether to buy a car? (List three)

Match the words below.

1. ex ∂ ∂ gret

2. ig ∂ ∂ pect

3. re ∂ ∂ pend

4. de ∂ ∂ nore

5. wa ∂ ∂ nt

6. em ∂ ∂ bt

7. dou ∂ ∂ sh

8. ho ∂ ∂ pe

9. wi ∂ ∂ barrass

06

05

04

043

UNIT

10Attitudes 2 態度 2

1. F / expect 2. F / forgiveness 3. T4. F / regretful 5. F / hope 6. F / ignorance 7. T

1. Love / Health / Wealth

2. Whether I really need a car?

Whether I can afford?

Whether the parking fee is too high?

1. pect

2. nore

3. gret

4. pend

5. nt

6. barrass

7. bt

8. pe

9. sh

Page 256: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below with the sentences. 01

044 1000

Terms aboutComputers

UNIT

11

1. delete

2. print

3. space

4. PIN

5. link

6. End

7. save

8. Enter

9. machine

a. If a computer is locked , you need a

to get through.

c. If you want the computer to read your com-

mands, you need to press the

key.

b. When you press the key on the

computer's keyboard, the indication mark

will go to the last letter of the line.

d. If you want to read your file again next

time, you should your file on the

computer.

e. When you type the word "good morning",

you should leave a between the

words "good" and "morning".

f. If you want to erase the word you typed in,

you can just the word.

i. If you want to present your computer files

on the paper, you could your

documents from the printer.

h. If you want to use the Internet, you need to

your system to the website.

g. Computer is a kind of .

1. f 2. i 3. e 4. a 5. h 6. b 7. d 8. c 9. g

Page 257: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (End / Key / Space / Document)... means an empty area.

2. (Enter / Save / Delete / Space / File)... means to remove some-

thing you don't want.

3. Buttons on the keyboard are called...(files / systems / keys / docu-

ments).

4. To fasten something with keys is called...(saves / prints / ends /

locks).

5. The connection between two things, people or systems is

a...(print / link / key / machine).

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the correctform of the verbs and nouns for the words below. 03

02

045

UNIT

11Terms about Computers電腦術語

1. delete [dI1lit] v. 刪除

2. lock [lAk] v. 鎖

3. print [prInt] v. 列印

4. keyboard [1ki%bord] n. 鍵盤

5. space [spes] n. 空白

6. key [ki] n. 按鍵

7. PIN [pIn] n. 密碼

(Personal Identification Number)

8. file [faIl] n. 檔案

9. link [lIµk] v. 連結

10. type [taIp] v. 打字

11. end [End] n. 末尾

12. save [sev] v. 存檔

13. enter [1ent_] n. 輸入

14. system [1sIst@m] n. 系統

15. machine [m@1Sin] n. 機械

16. document [1dAkj@m@nt] n. 文件

1. Space

2. Delete

3. keys

4. locks

5. link

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

lock 1. link 2.

3. end 4. enter

file 5. print 6.

1. lock2. link3. end4. enter5. file6. print

Page 258: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. Do you have a PIN? If yes, when do you need to use the PIN?

2. In your life, what do you usually lock up? (List three things)

3. List three different kinds of machines that you have in your home.

4. List three things that use the word "save", e.g. save files, save water...

5. The opposite word of end is .

6. If you want to unlock something you need a .

7. The machine that prints documents is a .

8. List three words that end with -board.

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. Please file all the data.

2. I think the story has end.

3. These two systems cannot be linked together.

4. Enter your PIN first.

5. I am print my photos.

6. Give me the door lock! I'll lock the dog in.

05

04

046 1000

UNIT

11 Terms about Computers電腦術語

1. T

2. F / ended

3. T4. T

5. F / printing

6. T

1. Yes, I need the PIN to access my computer.

2. Doors / Windows / Cars

3. Alaptop / Adigital camera / Aradio

4. Save electricity / Save energy / Save money

5. start

6. PIN (or key).

7. printer

8. Billboard / Keyboard / Skateboard

Page 259: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below. 01

047

UNIT

12Occupations 1職業 1Occupations 1

UNIT

12

Art Related : actor / actress / artist / musician / magician / singer / model

A. D.B. C.

E. F. G.

A. model

B. actor

C. musician

D. singer

E. actress

F. magician

G. artist

House Related : babysitter / housewife / servant

H. I. J.

H. housewife

I. babysitter

J. servant

Page 260: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

048 1000

UNIT

12 Occupations 1職業 1

Literature Related : journalist / writer / reporter / lawyer / priest

K. L. M.

N. O.

Labor Related : taxi driver / movre / waiter / waitress / painter

Q. T. R. S.

P.

Literature Related : K. Lawyer L. journalist M. reporter N. writer O. priest

Labor Related : P. taxi driver Q. painter R. waitress S. waiter T. mover

Page 261: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Professions that are good at music are...(models / musicians /

singers / magicians).

2. Professions that work in restaurants are...(actresses / waiters /

actors / waitresses).

3. If you want someone to take care of your three-year-old child,

you should find a ...(lawyer / priest / babysitter / housewife).

4. If you are rich and tired of doing housework, you can call for a

... (babysitter / housewife / servant / writer).

5. If a married couple wants to divorce, they need a...(reporter /

journalist / priest / lawyer).

Read the descriptions below and list three answers for each.

1. Three famous actors in your country are...

2. Three famous actresses in your country are...

03

02

049

UNIT

12Occupations 1職業 1

1. musicians / singers

2. waiters / waitresses

3. babysitter

4. servant

5. lawyer

1. actor [1{kt_] n. 男演員

2. actress [1{ktrIs] n. 女演員

3. artist [1ArtIst] n. 藝術家

4. musician [mju1zIS@n] n. 音樂家

5. magician [m@1dZIS@n] n. 魔術師

6. singer [1sIµ_] n. 歌手

7. model [1mAd¬] n. 模特兒

8. babysitter [1bebIsIt_] n. 保姆

9. housewife [1ha¨s%waIf] n. 家庭主婦

10. servant [1s^v@nt] n. 傭人

11. journalist [1dZ^n@lIst] n. 新聞記者

12. writer [1raIt_] n. 作家

13. reporter [rI1port_] n. 新聞播報員

14. lawyer [1lOj_] n. 律師

15. priest [prist] n. 神父

16. taxi driver [1t{ksI 1draIv_] n. 計程車

司機

17. moving worker [1muvIµ 1w^k_]n. 搬運工

18. waiter [1wet_] n. 餐廳男侍

19. waitress [1wetrIs] n. 餐廳女侍

20. painter [1pent_] n. 油漆工

Page 262: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

3. Three singers that you like very much are...

4. Three kinds of housework that you most want a servant to do for you are...

5. Three kinds of news titles that journalists can write about are...

6. Three occasions that people can see a magicians’ show are...

Match the terms below.

1. novel ∂ ∂ model∂ ∂ housework

2. sweeping floor ∂ ∂ priest∂ ∂ book

3. marriage ∂ ∂ writer∂ ∂ furniture

4. driver’s license ∂ ∂ taxi driver ∂ ∂ clothes

5. new house ∂ ∂ housewife∂ ∂ church

6. slim body ∂ ∂ mover∂ ∂ cars

04

050 1000

UNIT

12 Occupations 1職業 1

1.writer, book2. housewife, housework

3. priest, church

4. taxi driver, cars

5. mover, furniture

6. model, clothes

1. Jackie Chen, Andy Lou, Jackie Chang

3. Chi Sue, Amy Lin, Christina Young

3. Enya, Sarah Brightman, Celine Dion

4. Cooking, Washing dishes, Cleaning floors

5. Sports, Travel, Politics

6. TV, Video, Circus

Page 263: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and fill in the blanks with the words below.01

051

UNIT

13Occupations 2職業 2Occupations 2

UNIT

13

H.

I. L.J. K.

Science Related : dentist / doctor / engineer / mechanic / nurse / scientist

A. D.B. C.

E. F.

G.

Government Related : diplomat / mailman / police officer / president / soldier / judge

Page 264: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

052 1000

UNIT

13 Occupations 2職業 2

Science related:

A. scientist B. doctor C. nurse

D. engineer E. mechanic F. dentist

Government related:

G. mailman H. diplomat I. police officer

J. soldier K. judge L. president

Skill Related:

M. cook N. hair dresser O. barber

Nature related:

P. tour guide Q. farmer R. sailor

S. cowboy T. fisherman U. hunter

Skill Related : barber / cook / hair dresser

M. N. O.

Nature Related : cowboy / farmer / hunter / fisherman / sailor / tour guide

P. S.Q. R.

T. U.

Page 265: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Professions that work in hospitals are...(hunters / nurses / judges

/ doctors / dentists).

2. When you want a haircut you need to go to the...(cooks / soldiers

/ barbers / hair dressers / tour guides).

3. Professions that you can see in courts are...(judges / lawyers /

cowboy / mailmen / diplomats).

4. If you open a restaurant, you need...(diplomats / farmers /

hunters / cooks / sailors).

5. If you want to learn how to grow rice, you can learn from...(cow-

boys / farmers / hunters / fishermen / nurse).

6. If you join a tour to Europe, there is usually a...(sailor / solider /

president / tour guide / cook) to show the tourist around.

7. If a war starts in a country, the...(judges / police officers / soldiers

/ engineers / barbers) have duties to protect the country.

02

053

UNIT

13Occupations 2職業 2

1. dentist [1dEntIst] n. 牙醫

2. doctor [1dAkt_] n. 醫生

3. engineer [%EndZ@1nIr] n. 工程師

4. mechanic [m@1k{nIk] n. 機械師

5. nurse [n^s] n. 護士

6. scientist [1saI@ntIst] n. 科學家

7. diplomat [1dIpl@m{t] n. 外交官

8. mailman [1mel%m{n] n. 郵差

9. police officer [p@1lis 1Of@s_] n. 警察

10. president [1prEz@d@nt] n. 總統

11. soldier [1soldZ_] n. 軍人

12. judge [dZ√dZ] n. 法官

13. barber [1bArb_] n. 理髮師

14. cook [k¨k] n. 廚師

15. hair dresser [1hEr 1drEs_] n. 髮型設

計師

16. cowboy [1ka¨bOI] n. 牛仔

17. farmer [1fArm_] n. 農夫

18. hunter [1h√nt_] n. 獵人

19. fisherman [1fIS_m@n] n. 漁夫

20. sailor [1sel_] n. 航海員

21. tour guide [1t¨r%gaId] n. phrase 導遊

1. nurses, doctors,

dentists

2. barbers,

hair dressers

3. judges, lawyers

4. cooks

5. farmers

6. tour guide

7. soldiers

Page 266: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Cross out words that do not belong to the groups.

Answer the questions below.

1. How often do you see a dentist?

2. Who helps doctors in hospitals?

3. When did you last go to a barber or hair dresser?

4. Where does a cook work?

5. What subjects should a tour guide be good at? (List three subjects)

6. Who is the president in your country?

Match the words below.

1. bar ∂ ∂ man

2. fisher ∂ ∂ dresser

3. diplo ∂ ∂ guide

4. police ∂ ∂ mat

5. hair ∂ ∂ ber

6. tour ∂ ∂ officer

05

04

03

054 1000

UNIT

13 Occupations 2職業 2

1. boat / seafood / hunter / sailor / fisherman

2. country / countryside / president / soldier / diplomat

3. cook / teeth / toothpaste / dentist / toothbrush

4. scientist / stamp / mail carrier / post card / envelop

5. mechanic / magician / car engine / flat tire / repair

6. science / social science / scientist / physics / chemistry

7. diplomat / engineer / science / math / computer 1. hunter

2. countryside

3. cook

4. scientist

5. magician

6. scientist

7.diplomat

1. Once a year 2. Nurses 3. About seven months ago

4. At a restaurant 5. Geography, Languages, History

6. Chen, Shui-Bian

1. ber

2. man

3. mat

4. officer

5. dresser

6. guide

Page 267: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the extract of recruitment advertisements below. Then,answer the following questions.

■ Read the descriptions below and Fill in T for "true", F for "false".

1. Duwei can give NT5000 guaranteed income.

2. Lisa is the interviewer of the Smart Department Store.

3. Duwei in Singapore do not have any offices.

4. Duwei requires interviewees to send resumes to [email protected]

5. Smart Department Store wants to hire employees for the positions of clerk and

manager.

6. If John Lin is Lisa Wang's employer, John Lin is Lisa Wang's boss.

7. Andy quitted his job from Duwei that means he had been employed by Duwei.

8. These two advertisements look for jobs.

01

055

UNIT

14Job Interview 面試Job Interview

UNIT

141. F 2. F 3. F 4. F 5. T6. T7. T8. F

Recruitment Advertisements

Smart Department Store

Smart invites applications for

∂ Part time clerk

∂ Sales manager

Details check the www.smart.com.tw

E-mail resume to Ms Lee

E-mail: [email protected]

Interview date: January 7th, 2004

Duwei World Shipping Company

(Work at our Singapore Branch)

If you have one year experience on positions

below, please contact with Lisa Wang

Tel.: 2284-8084

∂ Account Assistant

∂ Secretary

Salary: start from NT50000

Resume to: No. 8 Ling-Ming Rd. Taipei, Taiwan

Page 268: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. If you want to apply for a job, you need to send your...(resume / inter-

view / salary / interviewer).

2. The one who interviews to the candidates is the...(interviewee / inter-

viewer / employee / assistant).

3. Money that the employers pay monthly to the employees is the

employees'... (job / position / salary / employer).

4. The person who assigns works to the employees is the ...(income /

salary / assistant / manager).

5. The one has the right to hire people to work in the company is an ...

(employee / employer / interviewee / diplomat).

6. To quit a job means to ...(get / interview / leave / find) a job.

Cross out the words that do not belong to the group. 03

02

056 1000

UNIT

14 Job Interview 面試

1. resume

2. interviewer

3. salary

4. manager

5. employer

6. leave

1. branch / company / office / advertisement

2. manager / employ / assistant / secretary

3. quit / interview / interviewer / interviewee

4. branch / employ / employer / employee 1. advertisement

2. employ

3. quit

4. branch1. advertisement [%{dv_1taIzm@nt]n. 廣告

2. clerk [kl^k] n. 店員3. manager [1m{nIdZ_] n. 經理4. resume [1rEs@me] n. 履歷表5. interview [1Int_%vju] n. 面試6. company [1k√mp@nI] n. 公司7. branch [br{ntS] n. 分公司8. position [p@1zIS@n] n. 職位9. assistant [@1sIst@nt] n. 助理10. secretary [1sEkr@%tErI] n. 秘書

11. salary [1s{l@rI] n. 薪水12. income [1In%k√m] n. 收入13. interviewer [1Int_vju_] n. 主面試者14. office [1OfIs] n. 辦公室15. interviewee [%Int_vju1i] n. 被面試者16. employee [%EmplOI1i] n. 被僱員工17. employer [Im1plOI_] n. 雇主18. boss [bOs] n. 老闆19. quit [kwIt] v. 辭職20. employ [Im1plOI] v. 雇用21. job [dZAb] n. 工作

Page 269: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below in the chart.

Answer the questions below.

1. What questions would you ask if you were an interviewer in a job interview.

2. What information can you usuall get from a resume. (List three answers)

3. What questions would you ask if you were an interviewee in a job interview.

4. Where can you see advertisements for jobs? (List three answers)

05

04

057

UNIT

14Job Interview 面試

1. Why do you leave the previous job?

2. Education Background, Working Experience, Name

3. What is the main duty of this position?

4. Newspapers, Websites, School's Bulletin Boards

employer / employee / quit / interviewer

1. employ ←→

2. employer ←→

3. interviewee ←→

4. boss =

1. quit 2. employee 3. interviewer 4. employer

Page 270: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the pictures and the titles below.

■ Fill the words below into the blanks.

01

058 1000

Business 1 談論工作 1

a. vendor b. shopkeeper c. salesman

The pictures above are the people doing the 1. . They are 2. .

Business basically serves two kinds of things. One is 3. . Another one is

4. . Providing services after sale is very important to a successful business.

As we all know, it affects the 5. of the products and the company's

6. . Once a company has a good name in the market, it would get a lot of

contracts. Contracts to business are therefore the meaning of money.

reputations / services / brands / business / products / businessmen

1. business 2. businessmen 3. products 4. services 5. brands 6. reputations

A. B. C.

A. bB. aC. c

Business 1UNIT

15

Page 271: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the year sales plan below and check the correct chartaccording to the figures.02

059

UNIT

15Business 1 談論工作 1

2006 Sales Plan

Aim: Reach the year sales amount to 40 millions NT dollars.

Aim: Reach the net profit up to 20 millions NT dollars.

Plan: Invest one million NT dollars on advertisements.

Plan: Increase products sales lines. Decrease shipping cost.

A. Aim of 2006 ( )

Sales Amount Net ProfitAims

40 millions

NT dollars

20 millions

NT dollars

B. Plan of 2006 ( )

2005 2006Year

Slaes Line

Units 700

Units 500

C. Plan of 2006 ( )

2005 2006Year Shipping Cost

15

thousand

NT dollars

10

thousand

NT dollars

A, C

Page 272: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Profit simply means...(cost plus sales / sales minus cost /

cost minus sales / cost plus cost).

2. The sales of GBB cell phone decreased last year that means

the sales went...(down / up / even / the same).

3. The cost of making a set of bedroom furniture last year was

about NT28000. This year the cost increases. So, how much

would the cost be this year. NT...(4000 / 28000 / 32000 /

27000).

4. To (reach / invest / provide / serve) means that to give money

to banks or business for the reason of getting a good profit.

5. Siemens, Motorola, Yamaha, Nokia are the electronic prod-

ucts'...(salesmen / reputations / brands / contracts).

6. (Sales / Shopkeeper / Salesman / Manager)... is someone

who owns a shop.

03

060 1000

UNIT

15 Business 1 談論工作 1

1. sales minus cost

2. down

3. 32000

4. invest

5. brands

6. shopkeeper

1. vendor [ 1vEnd_] n. 小販老闆

2. shopkeeper [1SAp%kip_] n. 商店店主

3. salesman [1selzm@n] n. 推銷員

4. reputation [%rEpj@1teS@n] n. 聲譽

5. service [1s^vIs] v. 服務

6. brand [br{nd] n. 商標、品牌

7. business [1bIznIs] n. 生意

8. product [1prAd@kt] n. 產品

9. businessman [1bIznIsm@n] n. 生意人

10. serve [s^v] v. 供應

11. provide [pr@1vaId] v. 提供

12. contract [1kAntr{kt] n. 合約

13. aim [em] n. 目標

14. reach [ritS] v. 達到

15. profit [1prAfIt] n. 利潤

16. plan [pl{n] n. 計劃

17. invest [In1vEst] v. 投資

18. increase [In1kris] v. 增加

19. sales [selz] n. 銷售

20. decrease [dI1kris] v. 減少

21. cost [kOst] n. 成本

Page 273: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below. List three answers for each.

Cross out the words that do not belong to the group. 05

04

061

UNIT

15Business 1 談論工作 1

1. Profits, Cost, Management

2. Stocks, Funds, Properties

3. Go abroad for a vacation, Enter an university, Earn a lot of money

4. Acoffee shop, Abook store, Apet hospital

1. businessmen / interviewee / vendor / shopkeeper

2. clerk / salesman / shopkeeper / sailor

3. serve / decrease / provide / service

4. decrease / down / increase / minus / negative

5. reputation / quit / brand / advertisement 1. interviewee

2. sailor

3. decrease

4. increase

5. quit

1. If you were a businessman, what would

you think that is important to your busi-

ness?

3. List three aims that you want to reach

this year.

2. If you have a lot of money, what would

you invest in?

4. If you were a businessman, what kinds

of business would you do?

Page 274: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Rearrange the sequence of the business letters from 1-6.01

062 1000

Business 2 談論工作 2

The MBI Trading Company

Dear Sir ( 1 )

I'm very interested in your products with

reference number 110, 499 and 423.

Could you send the product samples and

ordering form to me? Thanks and look-

ing forward to your reply.

Regards,

Mina Chen

Dear Mina ( )

Thank you for your orders.

Regarding to your order of number 423,

we require customers to take at least 10

dozens for each item. This is the compa-

ny's order limit that is regarding to the

shipping cost. Hope you can understand it.

Yours truly,

Juliana

Dear Mina ( )

Regarding to the order of number 423, I'm

very sorry you have refused to take our

suggestions. Here we decide to give you

10% discount on your order of num-

ber110.

Thanks.

Best wishes,

Juliana

Dear Mina ( )

I'm pleased to receive your inquiring. I

send you the product samples of number

110 and 423. Number 499 has been

stopped selling. Besides, we have a pro-

motion on number 115, here you can take

a look. Finally, wish you satisfy with our

products.

Thanks and Best regards,

Juliana Hu

Dear Juliana ( )

Regarding to the order of number 423, we

would like to cancel. Please deliver num-

ber 110 as soon as possible by the coming

December.

Thanks.

Yours faithfully,

Mina

Dear Juliana ( )

Thank you for providing those product

samples. We would l ike to order 12

dozens of number 110. And, 4 dozens of

number 423. Details please see the

attachments. Thanks.

Sincerely,

Mina Chen

A. B.

C. D.

E. F.

A. 1B. 6C. 4D. 2E. 5F. 3

Business 2UNIT

16

Page 275: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. "I'm pleased to see you" means that I'm...(happy / sad / thin / cloudy) to see you.

2. The action that you write back for a mail is...(receive / inquire / reply / order).

3. The opposite meaning of acceptance is...(receive / inquire / reply / refuse).

4. The action that you pass things through cars, ships or air flights is...(inquire / sell / deliver /

refuse).

5. Statement that addresses what you can't do or shouldn't do is

called ...(samples / forms / limits / details).

6. Doing business between countries is what we call the ...(trade /

detail / promotion / discount).

7. Asking for a cheaper price means wishing to get a (an)...(sample /

form / discount / attachment).

Cross out the words that do not belong to the same group. 03

02

063

UNIT

16Business 2 談論工作 2

1. trade [tred] v. 貿易2. send [sEnd] v. 寄3. sample [1s{mp¬] n. 樣品4. order [1Ord_] v. 訂購5. form [fOrm] n. 表格6. reply [rI1plaI] v. 回覆7. refuse [rI1fjuz] v. 拒絕8. discount [1dIska¨nt] n. 打折、折扣9. limit [1lImIt] n. 限制

10. pleased [plizd] adj. 高興的11. receive [rI1siv] v. 收到12. inquire [In1kwaIr] v. 詢問13. sell [sEl] v. 賣14. promotion [pr@1moS@n] n. 促銷15. satisfy [1s{tIs%faI] v. 滿意16. deliver [dI1lIv_] v. 運送17. detail [1ditel] n. 細節18. attachment [@1t{tSm@nt] n.附錄、附檔

1. happy

2. reply

3. refuse

4. deliver

5. limits

6. trade

7. discount

1. stationary / trade / business / sale

2. inquire / answer / reply / promotion

3. discount / deliver / send / receive

4. happy / glad / pleased / jealous

5. e-mail / reputation / mail / send 1. stationary

2. promotion

3. discount

4. jealous

5. reputation

Page 276: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. When do the department stores usually have promotions?

2. What kinds of books that usually have the attachment?

3. If you were going to have a birthday party, what information should you put in your invitation

cards?

4. In what occasions do people need to fill forms? (List three situations)

Match the letters below.

1. d ∂ ∂ imit

2. t ∂ ∂ ple

3. i ∂ ∂ rade

4. l ∂ ∂ orm

5. o ∂ ∂ rder

6. se ∂ ∂ ply

7. f ∂ ∂ nd

8. pro ∂ ∂ fy

9. de ∂ ∂ tail

10. dis ∂ ∂ ment

11. attach ∂ ∂ motion

12. sam ∂ ∂ eliver

13. re ∂ ∂ count

14. satis ∂ ∂ nquire

05

04

064 1000

UNIT

16 Business 2 談論工作 2

1. eliver

2. rade

3. nquire

4. imit

5. rder

6. nd

7. orm

8. motion

9. tail

10. count

11. ment

12. ple

13. ply

14. fy

1. New Year, Christmas

2. travel magazines, dictionaries, kids' books

3. time, venue, purpose

4. apply for jobs, open a bank account, enroll a course

Page 277: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify sports below in the chart.

Look at the pictures below and guess what sports they are. 02

01

065

UNIT

17Sports運動Sports

UNIT

17

football / dodge ball / tennis / baseball / golf / volleyball

softball / soccer / basketball / badminton / table tennis

A. Sports you play in a team B. Sports you play against another

person

A. football, dodge ball, baseball, volleyball, softball, soccer, basketball

B. tennis, golf, badminton, table tennis

A. B. C. D.

E. F. G. H.

A. football B. golf C. badminton D. baseball

E. basketball F. tennis G. soccer H. table tennis

Page 278: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks with the words below.

Both Banana team and Tomato team are very famous in the world soccer games. They have

a lot 1. love to watching their games. Today, the score of team Banana to

Tomato are 10 to 5 at the final. Thus, the Banana team

2. . And, the Tomato team 3. . In other

words, Banana team is the 4. . And, Tomato team

is the 5. . The winner usually gets a golden cup as

a 6. .

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. People who lose games are the...(fans / winners/ losers / team members).

2. Sports that play with feet are the...(badminton / table tennis / soccer / football).

3. Sports that people can play indoors are the...(tennis / soccer / volleyball / dodge ball).

4. Sports that play without sticks are the...(softball / volleyball / dodge ball / tennis).

5. Sports that play with sticks are the...(baseball / basketball / badminton / golf).

04

03

066 1000

UNIT

17 Sports運動

1. football [1f¨t%bOl]n. (=American football U.K.) 美式橄欖球

2. dodge ball [1dAdZ%bOl] n. 躲避球3. tennis [1tEnIs] n. 網球4. baseball [bes%bOl] n. 棒球5. golf [gAlf] n. 高爾夫球6. volleyball [1vAlI%bOl] n. 排球7. softball [1sOft%bOl] n. 壘球8. soccer [1sAk_] n. (=football U.K.)足球

9. basketball [1b{skIt%bOl] n. 籃球

10. badminton [1b{dmInt@n] n. 羽毛球11. table tennis [1teb¬1tEnIs] n. 乒乓球12. team [tim] n. 隊13. prize [praIz] n. 獎賞、獎品14. lose [luz] v. 輸15. loser [1luz_] n. 失敗者16. win [wIn] v. 贏17. winner [1wIn_] n. 獲勝者18. fan [f{n] n. 狂熱愛好者、迷

1. fans

2. wins

3. loses

4. winner

5. loser

6. prize

prize / loses / loser / wins / winner / fans

1. losers 2. soccer, football 3. tennis, volleyball, dodge ball

4. volleyball, dodge ball 5. baseball, badminton, golf

Page 279: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

Read the descriptions below and guess who the "loser", "win-ner" or "fan" is.06

05

067

UNIT

17Sports運動

1. If you were a sport fan, what kind of

sport would you be a fan for?

3. What kind of sport do/did you play at

school? (List three sports)

2. Which international sport teams do you

know about? (List two teams)

4. What kind of prize can a sport winner get

from a game?

1. basketball

2. New York Yankees / L.A. Lakers

3. dodge ball, volleyball, badminton

4. a car / a boat / money

1. fan 2. winner 3. loser

1. He is a ... ( )

Oh, God! I have never

missed it. This is too bad

that I arrive home late. The

game is over. And, my

team lost it. How is it possi-

ble?! My team has never

lost any games. I will ring

my friends to learn what

has happened!!

2. He is a ... ( )

Yeah, it was quite bad at

the beginning of the game.

We almost lost 20 points.

We thought we were over.

But, we then got the luck to

get an even at the final

game. Then, we got one

more game to beat the

team hard. We got 10

points more than another

team to end the game.

3. He is a ... ( )

Well, it was a hard game.

We play very hard at the

beginning. We actually got

more score than another

team at the beginning of

the game. However, one of

our best players hurt his

arm. Then, it was really

hard for us to get any score

at the second round.

Page 280: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Compare the sports below. Fill in words of similar / very differentto show the games' relations.

Match the terms below.

1. basket ∂ ∂ner

2. bad ∂ ∂ccer

3. so ∂ ∂tennis

4. table ∂ ∂ball

5. win ∂ ∂minton

6. do ∂ ∂lleyball

7. vo ∂ ∂lf

8. go ∂ ∂tball

9. sof ∂ ∂dge ball

10. lo ∂ ∂ser

08

07

068 1000

UNIT

17 Sports運動

1. ball

2. minton

3. ccer

4. tennis

5. ner

6. dge ball

7. lleyball

8. lf

9. tball

10. ser

1. very different

2. similar

3. similar

4. similar

5. very different

6. very different

1. baseball / basketball

( )

4. tennis / badminton

( )

2. softball / baseball

( )

5. dodge ball / golf

( )

3. football / soccer

( )

6. volleyball / table tennis

( )

Page 281: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the hobbies below into the chart.

Look at the pictures below and guess what hobbies they are.02

01

069

UNIT

18Hobbies 1 嗜好 1Hobbies 1

UNIT

18

cooking / painting / drawing / singing

playing instruments / watching TV / reading / playing computer games

listening to music / playing with toys / going to the movies

1. Hobbies you do with your ears 2. Hobbies you do with your eyes

3. Hobbies you do with your hands 4. Hobbies you do with your mouth

1. listening to music

2. going to the movies / watching TV / reading

3. cooking / drawing / playing instruments / playing computer games / playing with toys / painting

4. singing

A. B. C.

Page 282: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

What do people usually do with the actions below? List at leastthree answers for each question.03

070 1000

UNIT

18 Hobbies 1嗜好 1

D. E. F.

G. H.

A. watching TV

B. listening to

music

C. cooking

D. painting

E. reading

F. singing

G. drawing

H. playing with

toys

1. People usually play ...

4. People usually sing ...

2. People usually listen to ...

5. People usually read ...

3. People usually watch ...

6. People usually cook ...

1. toys, instruments, games4. English songs, opera, pop songs

2. speech, music, lecture5. stories, comics, novels

3. movies, videos, cartoons6. rice, noodles, steaks

Page 283: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The hobby that uses a wok, stove, pan and so on is...(singing / draw-

ing / cooking / painting).

2. What do people usually do to music? People usually (read / watch / lis-

ten to / draw) music.

3. Artists are usually good at...(writing / cooking / reading / painting).

4. Julia loves KTV. This means she likes...(painting / playing games /

playing instruments / singing).

5. Mark loves TV programs. He must (read / watch / sing / play) TV

everyday.

Answer the questions below.

1. What is your favorite hobby?

2. Who is your partner when you’re doing your favorite hobby?

3. What kinds of hobbies do you dislike?

4. What hobby do you wish you can do? e.g. I wish I can take a hot-

air balloon ride.

05

04

071

UNIT

18Hobbies 1 嗜好 1

1. cooking [1k¨kIµ] n. 烹飪、煮飯

2. painting [1pentIµ] n. 水彩繪畫、油畫

3. drawing [1drOIµ] n. 素描

4. singing [1sIµIµ] n. 唱歌

5. play [ple] v. 玩

6. instrument [1Instr@m@nt] n. 樂器

7. watch [wAtS] v. 看

8. reading [1ridIµ] n. 閱讀

9. game [gem] n. 遊戲

10. listen to [1lIs§%tu] v. 聽

11. music [1mjuzIk] n. 音樂

12. toy [tOI] n. 玩具

13. go to the movies [go tu1skul]v. phrase 看電影

1. cooking

2. listen to

3. painting

4. singing

5. watch

1. climbing mountains

2. Winnie Huang

3. drawing

4. I wish I can ski.

Page 284: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below.

1. painting∂ ∂songs∂ ∂musician

2. cooking∂ ∂artist∂ ∂books

3. singing∂ ∂kitchen∂ ∂poster

4. games∂ ∂library∂ ∂children

5. reading∂ ∂playground∂ ∂cook

Read the descriptions below and guess what hobbies they aretalking about.

Match the letters below.

1. instru∂ ∂me 6. d∂ ∂rawing

2. li∂ ∂y 7.c∂ ∂inging

3. to∂ ∂tch 8. p∂ ∂ooking

4. ga∂ ∂ment 9. s∂ ∂eading

5. wa∂ ∂sten 10. r∂ ∂ainting

08

07

06

072 1000

UNIT

18 Hobbies 1嗜好 1

1. His hobby is

.

I’m blind. I can only

use my ears to enjoy

my hobby.

2. His hobby is

.

I have a big stom-

ach. And, I enjoy

tasting food. So, I

can stay in the

kitchen for 12 hrs.

It ’s l ike heaven. I

enjoy it very much.

3. His hobby is

.

I can say I have a

very good sense of

color. Particularly, I

am able to mix col-

ors in a very elegant

style. Look at these

walls. These are my

works of art.

4. His hobby is

.

I’ve paid thousands

of dollars learning it,

as studying music is

always expensive.

Anyway, I had great

time learning it. And,

listen! This is one of

my songs on the

radio.

1. listening to music 2. cooking 3. painting 4. singing

1. ment

2. sten

3. y

4. me

5. tch

6. rawing

7. ooking

8. ainting

9. inging

10. eading

1. artist, poster

2. kitchen, cook

3. songs, musician

4. playground, children

5. library, books

Page 285: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in the blanks below with the words: play the / play with the /listen to the / read the / watch / listen to.

Classify the phrases above into the chart below.02

01

073

UNIT

19Hobbies 1 嗜好 1Hobbies 2

UNIT

19

1. comics 10. newspapers 19. drama

2. cards 11. magazines 20. guitar

3. jazz music 12. violin 21. classical music

4. drums 13. pop songs 22. chess

5. cartoons 14. puzzles 23. novels

6. dolls 15. computer games 24. films

7. blocks 16. flute 25. piano

8. robots 17. light music

9. news 18. trumpet1. read the comics

2. play with the cards,

3. listen to jazz music

4. play the drums

5. watch cartoons

6. play with the dolls

7. play with the blocks

8. play with the robots

9. listen to the news

10. read the newspapers

11. read the magazines

12. play the violin

13. listen to pop songs

14. play with the puzzles

15. play the computer games

16. play the flute

17. Listen to light music

18. play the trumpet

19. watch drama

20. play the guitar

21. listen to classical music

22. play chess

23. read novels

24. watch films

25. play the piano

1. Kinds of TV channels

2. Kinds of games

3. Kinds of the instruments

4. Kinds of reading materials

5. Kinds of music

6. Kinds of toys

1. cartoons, drama, films4. comics, newspapers, magazines, novels

2. cards, computer games, chess5. jazz music, pop songs, light music, classical music

3. drums, violin, flute, trumpet, guitar, piano6. dolls, robots, blocks, puzzles

Page 286: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

074 1000

UNIT

19 Hobbies 2嗜好 2

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The instrument that people play with their mouth and fingers

are...(piano / violin / flute / trumpet).

2. Instruments that people play mainly with their fingers

are...(guitar / drum / piano / trumpet).

3. The game that is played on a board is...(dolls / chess / robots

/ cards).

4. The game that should be played with other people is...(cards

/ dolls / blocks / puzzles).

5. Things that have pictures are...(drums / cartoons / comics /

films).

6. Things that have stories are...(films / novels / drums / chess).

03

1. comic [1kAmIk] n. 連環漫畫冊

2. cards [kArdz] n. 紙牌遊戲

3. jazz music [1dZ{z1mjuzIk] n. phrase 爵

士樂

4. drum [dr√m] n. 鼓

5. cartoon [kAr1tun] n. 卡通影片

6. doll [dAl] n. 洋娃娃

7. block [blAk] n. 積木

8. robot [1rob@t] n. 機器人

9. news [njuz] n. 新聞

10. newspaper [1njuz%pep_] n. 報紙

11. magazine [%m{g@1zin] n. 雜誌

12. violin [%vaI@1lIn] n. 小提琴

13. pop song [1pAp1sOµ] n. phrase 流行歌

14. puzzle [1p√z¬] n. 拼圖遊戲

15. computer game [k@m1pjut_1gem]n. phrase 電腦遊戲

16. flute [flut] n. 長笛

17. light music [1laIt1mjuzIk]n. phrase 輕音樂

18. trumpet [1tr√mpIt] n. 喇叭

19. drama [1drAm@] n. 戲劇

20. guitar [gI1tAr] n. 吉他

21. classical music [1kl{sIk¬1mjuzIk]v. 古典音樂

22. chess [tSEs] n. 西洋棋

23. novel [1nAv¬] n. 小說

24. film [fIlm] n. 電影

25. piano [pI1{no] n. 鋼琴

26. kind of [1kaId%@f] n. phrase 種類

27. channel [1tS{n¬] n. 頻道

1. flute, trumpet

2. guitar, piano

3. chess

4. cards

5. cartoons, comics, films

6. films, novels

Page 287: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. What kind of music do you like best?

2. If you are a musician, what kind of instrument would you like to play?

3. What kinds of games or toys did you play with in your

childhood? (List three answers)

4. What kinds of TV programs do you often watch? What

Channels are they on? (List two answers)

5. What kind of reading material do you like best?

6. What is the most popular English pop song this week in your country?

Match the letters below.

1. computer∂ ∂toon

2. classical∂ ∂music

3. pop∂ ∂game

4. news∂ ∂pet

5. maga∂ ∂song

6. car∂ ∂paper

7. trum∂ ∂zine

05

04

075

UNIT

19Hobbies 2 嗜好 2

1. classical music

2. piano

3. dolls, blocks, cards

4. drama (channel 55),

movie (channel 32)

5. comics

6. What My Heart Wants

to Say

1. game

2. music

3. song

4. paper

5. zine

6. toon

7. pet

Page 288: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the activities below into the chart.

Look at the pictures below and guess what activities they are.02

01

076 1000

Free Time Activities休閒娛樂Free Time Activities

UNIT

20

barbecue / dancing / jogging / camping / climbing / fishing

running / hiking / picnic / skating / roller-skating / sailing

skiing / doing exercise / surfing / swimming / bowling

flying kites / ballooning / playing Frisbee

1. Activities you can only do out-

doors.

2. Activities you can do indoors and

outdoors.1. camping, picnic, flying kites, sailing,

skiing, ballooning, hiking, surfing, fishing

2. barbecue, dancing, jogging, climbing, running, skating, roller-skating, swimming,

doing exercise, bowling, playing Frisbee

A. B. C.

Page 289: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

077

UNIT

20Free Time Activities休閒娛樂

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The activity that makes people fly in the air is...(skating / hiking / ballooning / flying kites).

2. If a person likes mountains, he could go...(swimming / hiking / bowling / surfing).

03

D. E. F.

G. H.

A. dancing

B. ballooning

C. flying kites

D. swimming

E. fishing

F. playing

Frisbee

G. sailing

H. picnic

1. barbecue [1bArbIkju] n. 烤肉

2. dancing [1d{nsIµ] n. 跳舞

3. jogging [1dZAgIµ] n. 慢跑

4. camping [1k{mpIµ] n. 露營

5. climbing [1klaImIµ] n. 爬山

6. fishing [1fISIµ] n. 釣魚

7. running [1r√nIµ] n. 跑步

8. hiking [haIkIµ] n. 登山

9. picnic [1pIknIk] n. 野餐

10. skating [1sketIµ] n. 溜冰

11. roller-skating [1rol_%sketIµ] n. 滾輪

式溜冰

12. sailing [1selIµ] n. 駕駛帆船

13. skiing [1skiIµ] n. 滑雪

14. doing exercise [1duIµ1Eks_%saIz]n. phrase 做運動

15. surfing [1s^fIµ] n. 滑浪

16. swimming [1swImIµ] n. 游泳

17. bowling [1bolIµ] n. 打保齡球

18. flying kites [1flaIIµ1kaIts] n. 放風箏

19. ballooning [b@1lunIµ] n. 乘汽球

20. playing Frisbee [1pleIµ1frIzbi]n. phrase 玩飛盤

Page 290: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

078 1000

UNIT

20 Free Time Activities休閒娛樂

3. Activities that people need to be trained to do are...(sailing

/ running / skiing / doing exercises).

4. Activity that people throw and catch things in hands

is...(flying kites / roller-skating / picnic / playing Frisbee).

5. Activities that people can do without any tools are...(danc-

ing / running / jogging/ fishing).

Classify the activities below into the chart.

dancing / barbecue / climbing / skating / jogging / surfing

Answer the questions below.

1. The best place to have a picnic in your country is...

2. To you, a good time for jogging is...

3. The best season for swimming is...

4. Your favorite food for barbecue is...

5. A good country for skiing is...

6. A good time for you to do exercise is ...

05

04

1. ballooning

2. hiking

3. sailing, skiing

4. playing Frisbee

5. dancing, running,

jogging

1. hiking / skiing / 2. swimming / 3. music /

4. picnic / 5. running / 6. roller-skating /

1. climbing 2. surfing 3. dancing 4. barbecue 5. jogging 6. skating

1. Pinglin

2. the morning

3. summer

4. fish

5. Japan

6. the afternoon

Page 291: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

079

UNIT

20Free Time Activities休閒娛樂

Read the description below and guess what activities they like.

Match the letters below.

1. jog ∂ ∂ning

2. dan ∂ ∂ting

3. run ∂ ∂bing

4. clim ∂ ∂ging

5. sai ∂ ∂fing

6. ska ∂ ∂cing

7. sur ∂ ∂ling

07

06泝 She likes .

My activity is the most adventurous one in

the world, because you need to be very

brave. To do this activity you need to bal-

ance your body with the waves. All you

need to do it is a board. You stand on it and

make yourself balance on the top of the

waves. It’s truly exciting.

沴 She likes .

This activity is wonderful. You have to

believe it. It can keep you slim. It’s very

convenient for me as there is a pool down-

stairs in front of our apartment. You can do

it for 30 minutes a day and it will give you

enough energy for the day. But, you might

need two swimsuits if you do it everyday.

沊 She likes .

Oh, I love walking, especially walking quick.

It makes me sweat. And, that’s just what I

need, because I work in an office all day.

The office always uses air conditioning. I

think I might get sick one day. So, I find

walking quickly can help. Well, sometimes

people would say it is running. But, I know

it’s not.

沝 She likes .

Yeah, I like eating. But, I hate cooking. So,

the best thing for me to do is to eat with my

friends in the park. We like hamburgers and

sandwiches. We don’t buy them from the

fast food restaurant. We usually go to the

supermarket to buy ham, cheese, toast and

so on. The food we made is truly delicious.

1. surfing 2. swimming 3. jogging 4. picnic

1. ging

2. cing

3. ning

4. bing

5. ling

6. ting

7. fing

Page 292: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the chart below about nature and weather.

Read the chart avove and choose the correct answers for the questions below.

1. ( ) What can you see when it is sunny? (1) rain (2) the sun (3) fog (4) snow

2. ( ) What is not in the sky? (1) the sun (2) the moon (3) the stars (4) rain

3. ( ) When you see a rainbow, the weather could be? (1) rainy (2) stormy (3) foggy (4)

snowy

4. ( ) The opposite word of humid is (1) wet (2) clear (3) cloudy (4) dry.

5. ( ) When it is stormy, it is impossible to see (1) lightning (2) rain (3) the moon (4) typhoon.

6. ( ) When the typhoon comes, it is impossible to be (1) cloudy (2) windy (3) snowy (4)

rainy.

02

01

080 1000

Nature and Weather大自然與氣候Nature and Weather

UNIT

211. (2) 2. (4) 3. (1) 4. (4) 5. (3) 6. (3)

Nature The Weather Rainbow Typhoon Thunder The opposite words& Lightning

sun sunny � ←→ rainy

rain rainy � � ←→ sunny

wind windy �

cloud cloudy � ←→ clear

fog foggy ←→ clear

storm stormy � �

snow snowy

air humid ←→ dry

earth wet ←→ dry

sky clear ←→ foggy or or cloudy (at night: can see the

moon and stars)

shower � �

Page 293: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the weather report and answer the questions.03

081

UNIT

21Nature and Weather大自然與氣候

1. nature [1netS_] n. 自然2. weather [1wED_] n. 天氣3. rainbow [1ren%bo] n. 彩虹4. typhoon [taI1fun] n. 颱風5. lightning [1laItnIµ] n. 閃電6. thunder [1T√nd_] n. 雷、雷聲7. sun [s√n] n. 太陽8. sunny [1s√nI] adj. 出太陽的9. rain [ren] n. 雨10. rainy [1renI] adj. 下雨的11. wind [wInd] n. 風12. windy [1wIndI] adj. 颳風的13. cloud [kla¨d] n. 雲14. cloudy [1kla¨dI] adj. 多雲的15. fog [fAg] n. 霧

16. foggy [1fAgI] adj. 有霧的17. storm [stOrm] n. 暴風雨18. stormy [1stOrmI] adj. 暴風雨的19. snow [sno] n. 雪20. snowy [snoI] adj. 下雪的21. air [Er] n. 空氣22. humid [1hjumId] adj. 潮濕的23. dry [draI] adj. 乾燥的24. earth [^T] n. 地面、地上、土地25. wet [wEt] adj. (地面)濕的、雨天的26. sky [skaI] n. 天空27. clear [klIr] adj. 晴朗的28. moon [mun] n. 月亮29. star [stAr] n. 星星30. shower [1Sa¨_] n. 陣雨

September

Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30

Page 294: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

1. How’s the weather on Sep. fourteenth, fifteenth andsixteenth?

2. Joan and her aunts are going to have a picnic on a

weekend. What day is good to go?

3. What dates have showers?

4. How’s the weather on Sep. 1st?

5. How’s the weather on Sep. 30th?

Read the descriptions below and circle the answers.

∂What do you see in the sky when it is clear?

earth / stars / shower / moon / sun

cloud / fog / rain / rainbow

∂How’s the weather when the typhoon comes?

sunny / foggy / snowy / stormy / windy

rainy / dry / humid / cloudy

∂What kind of weather would make you get wet?

rainy / sunny / snowy / foggy / windy

stormy / cloudy / clear / typhoon

Match the words below.

1. nat ∂ ∂htning

2. thu ∂ ∂nbow

3. rai ∂ ∂hoon

4. lig ∂ ∂id

5. typ ∂ ∂nder

6. hum ∂ ∂ure

05

04

082 1000

UNIT

21 Nature and Weather大自然與氣候

1. typhoon

2. twentieth and twenty first.

3. twelfth, thirteenth and twenty-

second Sep.

4. It is sunny

5. It is cloudy

1. stars / moon / sun

2. stormy / windy / rainy / humid /

cloudy

3. rainy / snowy / foggy

stormy / typhoon

1. ure

2. nder

3. nbow

4. htning

5. hoon

6. id

Page 295: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the chart below about Eastern festivals and Western festivals.

Look at the chart above and the questions below.

1. Which holiday is celebrated in May?

2. Which holiday is celebrated in December?

3. Which festival gives Eastern people a long vacation in winter?

4. Which holiday gives Western people a long vacation in winter?

5. Eating turkey is a Western custom or Eastern custom?

6. Using lunar calendar is Western culture or Eastern culture?

02

01

083

UNIT

22Holidays假期Holidays

UNIT

22

Western Festivals Eastern Festivals

New Year's Day

Valentine's Day

Easter

Halloween

Thanksgiving

Christmas

January 1st

February 14th

The special Sunday of

March or April

October 31st

The forth Thursday of

November

December 25th

New Year's Eve

Chinese New Year

Lantern Festival

Dragon-boat Festival

Moon Festival

The last day of the twelfth

lunar month

The first day of the

first lunar month

The fifteenth day of

the first lunar month

The fifth day of the

fifth lunar month

The fifteenth day of

the eighth lunar month

The Taiwanese Holidays

Double Tenth Day Tenth October

Teacher’s Day Twenty-eighth September

Mother’s Day The second Sunday of May

Father’s Day Eighth August

1. Mother’s Day

2. Christmas

3. Chinese New

Year

4. Christmas

5. Western custom

6. Eastern culture

Page 296: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the festivals below with the terms.

1. Chinese New Year ∂ ∂Santa Claus

2. Valentine’s Day ∂ ∂eggs

3. Moon Festival ∂ ∂boat races

4. Easter ∂ ∂red envelops

5. Dragon-boat Festival ∂ ∂moon cakes

6. Christmas ∂ ∂lovers

7. Lantern Festival ∂ ∂lanterns

Match the festivals below with the seasons.04

03

084 1000

UNIT

22 Holidays假期

1. western [1wEst_n] adj. 西方的2. festival [1fEst@v¬] n. 節日、慶典3. New Year’s Day [1nju1jIrz1de] n. 新年4. Valentine’s Day [1v{l@ntaInz1de] n. 情人節

5. Easter [1ist_] n. 復活節6. Halloween [%h{lo1in] n. 萬聖節前夕7. Thanksgiving [%T{µks1gIvIµ]n. 感恩節

8. Christmas [1krIsm@s] n. 聖誕節9. eastern [1ist_n] adj. 東方的10. New Year’s Eve [1nju1jIrz1iv] n. 除夕11. Chinese New Year [1tSaI1niz1nju1jIr]

n. 中國新年

12. Lantern Festival [1l{nt_n1fEst@v¬]n. 元宵節

13. Dragon-boat Festival

[1dr{g@n1bot1fEst@v¬] n. 端午節14. Moon Festival [1mun1fEst@v¬]

n. 中秋節

15. lunar month [1lun_1m√nT]n. 陰曆月份

16. holiday [1hAl@%de] n. 節日、假日17. Double Tenth day [1d√b¬1tEn†1de]

n. 雙十節

18. Teacher’s Day [1titS_z1de] n. 教師節19. Mother’s Day [1m√D_z1de] n. 母親節20. Father’s Day [1fAD_z1de] n. 父親節21. celebrate [1sEl@%bret] v. 慶祝22. vacation [ve1keS@n] n. 休假、假期23. custom [1k√st@m] n. 習俗、慣例24. culture [1k√ltS_] n. 文化

1. red envelops

2. lovers

3. moon cakes

4. eggs

5. boat races

6. Santa Claus

7. lanterns

Christmas / Lantern Festival / Moon Festival / Dragon-boat Festival /

Easter / Thanksgiving

Page 297: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in T for “True”, F for “False”.

1. Thanksgiving comes before Halloween.

2. Double Tenth Day is the national birthday of Taiwan.

3. Father’s Day is celebrated in every August in Taiwan.

4. Lantern Festival comes before the Chinese New Year.

5. Christmas is a Western culture.

6. New Year’s Eve comes after the Chinese New Year.

7. Christmas is the last festival of the Western calendar.

8. New Year’s Eve is the first festival in every lunar year.

9. Teacher’s Day, Father’s Day and Double Tenth Day are all holi-

days that celebrate people.

10. Eating moon cakes is an Eastern custom.

Match the words below.

1. N ∂ ∂alentine’s Day

2. D ∂ ∂aster

3. T ∂ ∂ew Year’s Day

4. M ∂ ∂ragon-boat Festival

5. C ∂ ∂hinese New Year

6. V ∂ ∂hanksgiving

7. E ∂ ∂other’s Day

8. cul ∂ ∂ar month

9. vac ∂ ∂iday

10. cus ∂ ∂ation

11. cel ∂ ∂ture

12. hol ∂ ∂tival

13. lun ∂ ∂tom

14. fes ∂ ∂ebrate

06

05

085

UNIT

22Holidays假期

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. T

6. F

7. T

8. F

9. F

10. T

1. ew Year's Day

2. ragon-boat

Festival

3. hanksgiving

4. other's Day

5. hinese New

Year

6. alentine's Day

7. aster

8. ture

9. ation

10. tom

11. ebrate

12. iday

13. ar month

14. tival

泝 Spring 沴 Summer 沊 Fall 沝Winter

1. Easter

2. Dragon-boat Festival

3. Moon Festival

4. Christmas, Lantern Festival,

Thanksgiving

Page 298: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the blanks. 01

086 1000

Places地方Places

UNIT

23

city / village / kingdom / town / country / local / downtown /

international / country side

Page 299: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

1. is a country with a king or queen.

2. is an area of land that has its own government, army, etc.

3. is a word to describe things that are relating to two or more countries.

4. is a word to describe things that are relating to an area near you.

5. is a place outside of cities and has rivers, fields, farms...so on.

6. is a place where people live and work, usually larger than a village but smaller

than a city.

7. is a place where people live in the countryside that includes houses, shops and

schools but which is smaller than a town.

8. is the central part or main business area of a city .

9. is a large town.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Mai-Lin lives in Italy. Pizza, spaghetti are ...(international / local / city

/ farm) foods to her.

2. Roberto lives in Japan. Pizza, spaghetti and Chinese fried rice are

...(local / kingdom / town / international) foods to him.

3. The largest place among town, city and village is a...(town / city /

village).

4. The smallest place among town, city and village is a...(town / city /

village).

5. A place that belongs to a king is called a... (countryside / farm /

02

087

UNIT

23Places地方

1. local

2. international

3. city

4. village

5. kingdom

6. city

7. farm

1. country [1k√ntrI] n. 國家2. kingdom [1kIµd@m] n. 王國3. local [1lok¬] adj. 當地的4. international [%Int_1n{S@n¬] adj. 國際的5. countryside [1k√ntrI%saId] n. 鄉村6. city [1sItI] n. 城市

7. town [ta¨n] n. 鎮、市鎮8. village [1vIlIdZ] n. 村莊9. downtown [%da¨n1ta¨n]n. 城市的商業區

10. farm [fArm] n. 農場、農田11. place [ples] n. 地方

1. kingdom2. country3. international4. local5. countryside

6. town7. village8. downtown9. city

Page 300: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

088 1000

UNIT

23 Places地方

kingdom / downtown).

6. Downtown can only be seen in a ...(village / farm / city / kingdom).

7. A (city / country / kingdom/ farm)... is a part of the countryside.

Match the words below.

1. downtown ∂ ∂countryside ∂ ∂England

2. kingdom ∂ ∂city ∂ ∂business

3. trees and birds ∂ ∂king and queen ∂ ∂farm

List at least three answers for each question.

1. What are your local foods?

2. What can you do in the city?

3. What are the international foods do you like?

4. What can you see in the countryside?

04

03

1. city, business2. king and gueen, England3. countryside, farm

1. rice, spring rolls, moon cakes

2. do business, shop in big malls, eat in luxury restaurants

3. pizzas, hamburgers, steaks 4. farms, trees, birds

Page 301: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill in T for “True”, F for “False”.

1. America is a kingdom.

2. City is downtown.

3. Country is the place outside of cities and towns.

4. A town is smaller than a city.

5. Farm is the busiest place of a city.

Match the words below.

1. country ∂ ∂national

2. king ∂ ∂ge

3. inter ∂ ∂town

4. villa ∂ ∂dom

5. down ∂ ∂side

6. f ∂ ∂ity

7. l ∂ ∂lace

8. p ∂ ∂own

9. c ∂ ∂ocal

10. t ∂ ∂arm

06

05

089

UNIT

23Places地方

1. F

2. F

3. F

4. T

5. F

1. side

2. dom

3. national

4. ge

5. town

6. arm

7. ocal

8. lace

9. ity

10. own

Page 302: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below into the chart.

Look at the pictures below and guess whatkind of landscapes they are.02

01

090 1000

Landscapes風景Landscapes

UNIT

24

waterfalls / island / stream / hot spring / hill / shorevalley / river / plain / forest (= wood) / pond / ocean (= sea)

lake / beach / mountain / desert

1. body of water 2. hilly parts 3. a kind of land

1. waterfalls, hot spring, river, pond, ocean, sea, lake, stream

2. hill, mountain, valley

3. shore, plain, desert, beach, forest, wood, island

A. lake

B. shore

C. mountain

D. valley

E. desert

F. pond

G. waterfalls

H. island

I. sea

J. beach

K. forest

L. river

A B

CD

F

E

G

HI

J

K

L

A. B. C. D. E. F.

G. H. I. J. K. L.

Page 303: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. People can fish in the...(deserts / lakes / oceans / streams /plains).

2. People can swim in the...(forests / rivers / hot springs / ponds /

seas).

3. People usually ski in / on the...(beaches / mountains / woods /

shores / rivers).

4. People can play Frisbee on the...(plains / beaches / shores /

waterfalls / deserts).

5. People can go sailing on the...(seas / oceans / hills / beaches /

lakes).

6. People usually go camping in / on the...(valleys / woods /

shores / streams / ponds).

7. Taiwan is a...(kingdom / countryside / country / island / city).

Answer the questions below.

1. Where do you live? What kinds of landscapes can you see

there?

04

03

091

UNIT

24Landscapes風景

1. waterfalls [1wOt_%fOl] n. 瀑布2. island [1aIl@nd] n. 島嶼3. stream [strim] n. 溪流4. hot spring [1hAt1sprIµ] n. 溫泉5. hill [hIl] n. 山丘6. shore [Sor] n. 岸7. valley [1v{lI] n. 山谷8. river [1rIv_] n. 河流9. plain [plen] n. 平原

10. forest [1fOrIst] n. 森林11. woods [w¨dz] n. 森林12. pond [pAnd] n. 池塘13. ocean [1oS@n] n. 海洋14. sea [si] n. 海洋15. lake [lek] n. 湖16. beach [bi] n. 海灘17. mountain [1ma¨nt§] n. 高山18. desert [1dEz_t] n. 沙漠

1. lakes / oceans /

streams

2. rivers / hot springs /

ponds / seas

3. mountains

4. plains / beaches /

shores / deserts

5. seas / oceans / lakes

6. valleys / woods /

shores

7. country / island

1. I live in Taipei. I can see

streams, plains and rivers

where I live.

Page 304: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

2. What is the best landscape to live in/on? Why?

3. What kinds of landscape do you think is the worse place

to live? Why?

4. What kinds of landscapes have you visited in the past

year?

Are the following statements true orfalse? If false, correct them.

1. An island is the landscape that is surrounded with water.

2. A hot spring is formed by streams of water that fall from high

places to low places.

3. A pond is an area next to the sea.

4. A valley is an area of low land between mountains.

5. The shore is the area of land along the edge of lakes.

List two things or animals that people usually can see in thelandscapes below.

1. Whenever I go to the beach, I usually can see the...

2. Whenever I go to the mountain, I usually can see the...

3. Whenever I go to the forest, I usually can see the...

4. Whenever I go to the river, I usually can see the...

Match the letters below.

1. moun ∂ ∂land

2. water ∂ ∂sert

3. hot ∂ ∂tain

4. is ∂ ∂falls

5. de ∂ ∂spring

07

06

05

092 1000

UNIT

24 Landscapes風景

2. Somewhere near a hot

spring. Because I can go

and take a hot bath

everyday.

3. Desert. Because the

weather is too hot.

4. Hot spring / Waterfalls /

Oceans / Mountains

1. T

2. F / waterfall

3. F / beach

4. T

5. T

1. sand, shells

2. monkeys, eagles

3. snakes, trees

4. frogs, grasses

1. tain

2. falls

3. spring

4. land

5. sert

Page 305: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and answer the questions.

Find out below animals' cage number from the pictures above.

01

093

UNIT

25Animals in the Zoo動物園裡的動物Animals in the Zoo

UNIT

25

The Taipei City ZooA001

G541

D335

C331

H231

S439

Z514

J728 Y911

M4391

W391

N268

T343

O686

A999

1. bear

Its cage number is

( )

2. elephant

Its cage number is

( )

3. kangaroo

Its cage number is

( )

4. monkey

Its cage number is

( )

5. tiger

Its cage number is

( )

6. wolf

Its cage number is

( )

7. fox

Its cage number is

( )

8. kola

Its cage number is

( )

9. zebra

Its cage number is

( )

10. eagle

Its cage number is

( )

11. swan

Its cage number is

( )

12. hippo

Its cage number is

( )

13. lion

Its cage number is

( )

14. panda

Its cage number is

( )

15. giraffe

Its cage number is

( )

1. A999

2. W391

3. N268

4. D335

5. H231

6. J728

7. S439

8. C331

9. Y911

10. T343

11. M4391

12. Z514

13. A001

14. O686

15. G541

Page 306: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Animals that have tails are...(tigers / eagles / wolfs / koalas).

2. Animals that are vegetarians are...(elephants / tigers / wolfs /

lions / pandas).

3. Animals that have wings are...(swans / hippos / zebras / kanga-

roos / eagles).

4. Animals that can swim are...(koalas / swans / eagles / foxes / hip-

pos).

5. Animals that can climb trees are...(monkeys / zebras / koalas /

pandas / kangaroos).

Are the following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. A cage is a place where wild animals are kept and people

can come and look at them.

2. Koala is a large Australian animal that moves by jumping

on its back legs.

3. Swan is a large, white bird with a long neck that lives in

lakes and rivers.

4. Panda is an animal like a horse with black and white stripes.

5. Hippo is a very large animal with a thick skin that lives

near water.

03

02

094 1000

UNIT

25 Animals in the Zoo動物園裡的動物

1. zoo [zu] n. 動物園2. animal [1{n@m¬] n. 動物3. cage [kedZ] n. 籠子4. bear [bEr] n. 熊5. elephant [1El@f@nt] n. 大象6. kangaroo [%k{µg@1ru] n. 袋鼠7. monkey [1m√µkI] n. 猴子8. tiger [1taIg_] n. 老虎9. wolf [w¨lf] n. 狼

10. fox [fAks] n. 狐狸11. koala [ko1Al@] n. 無尾熊12. zebra [1zibr@] n. 斑馬13. eagle [1ig¬] n. 老鷹14. swan [swAn] n. 天鵝15. hippo (=hippopotamus) [1hIpo] n. 河馬16. lion [laI@n] n. 獅子17. panda [1p{nd@] n. 大熊貓18. giraffe [dZ@1r{f] n. 鹿

1. tigers, eagles,

wolves

2. elephants, pandas

3. swans, eagles

4. swans, hippos

5. monkeys, koalas,

pandas

1. T

2. F / Kangaroo

3. T

4. F / zebras

5. T

Page 307: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. If you can be an animal for a day, what kind of animals would you

like to be? Why?

2. If you lived alone on an island, what kind of animals would you

like to keep you company? Why?

3. What kinds of animals you have never met in your life?

4. List the first three kinds of animals that you wish to see when you

go to a zoo.

What can the animals do? Complete the following sentences.

1. An eagle can...

2. A tiger can...

3. A monkey can...

4. A hippo can...

5. An elephant can...

6. A kangaroo can...

Match the letters below.

1. monke ∂ ∂f

2. hipp ∂ ∂e

3. swa ∂ ∂x

4. cag ∂ ∂n

5. zebr ∂ ∂y

6. fo ∂ ∂a

7. wol ∂ ∂o

06

05

04

095

UNIT

25Animals in the Zoo動物園裡的動物

1. I would like to be

a bird because

birds can fly.

2. Monkey. Because

I think monkeys

are friendly.

3. Hippos

4. Koalas / Bears /

Kangaroos

1. fly

2. run very fast

3. climb trees

4. swim

5. move its trunt

6. jump

1. y

2. o

3. n

4. e

5. a

6. x

7. f

Page 308: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and fill in the blanks. 01

096 1000

Farm Animals and Pets農場的動物與寵物Farm Animals and Pets

UNIT

26

goat / cow / hen / cat / sheep / donkey / dog /

horse / pig / kitten / mouse / duck / rat /

goose / lamb / puppy / ox / rabbit /

turkey / pigeon / parrot / chicken / rooster

Farm Animals

A. turkey

B. cow

C. goat

D. sheep

E. donkey

F. horse

G. rooster

H. pig

I. duck

J. hen

K. chicken

L. goose

M. lamb

N. ox

A.

F.

K.

B.

G.

L.

C.

H.

M.

D.

I.

N.

E.

J.

Page 309: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

097

UNIT

26Farm Animals and Pets農場的動物與寵物

O. cat

P. parrot

Q. puppy

R. kitten

S. dog

T. rabbit

U. mouse

V. pigeon

W. rat

1. goat [got] n. 山羊2. cow [ka¨] n. 母牛3. hen [hEn] n. 母雞4. cat [k{t] n. 貓5. sheep [Sip] n. 綿羊6. donkey [1dAµki] n. 驢7. dog [dOg] n. 狗8. horse [hOrs] n. 馬9. pig [pIg] n. 豬10. kitten [1kIt§] n. 小貓11. mouse [ma¨s] n. 老鼠12. duck [d√k] n. 鴨

13. rat [r{t] n. 大老鼠14. goose [gus] n. 鵝15. lamb [l{m] n. 小羊16. puppy [1p√pI] n. 小狗17. ox [Aks] n. 公牛18. rabbit [1r{bIt] n. 兔子19. turkey [1t^kI] n. 火雞20. pigeon [1pIdZIn] n. 鴿子21. parrot [1p{r@t] n. 鸚鵡22. chicken [1tSIkIn] n. 小雞23. rooster [1rust_] n. 公雞24. pet [pEt] n. 寵物

Pets(24)

O.

T.

P.

U.

Q.

V.

R.

W.

S.

Page 310: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Animals that people usually eat are...(rats / rabbits / pigs /

parrots/ turkeys).

2. Animals that walk with two feet are...(hens / cows / roosters /

pigeons / lambs).

3. Animals that people can ride on are...(ox / ducks / horses /

chickens / kittens).

4. Animals that have horns are...(goats / cats / ox / rabbit / don-

keys).

5. Animals that eat grass are...(puppies / horses / lambs /

sheep / kittens).

Answer the questions below.

1. If you can have three pets at home, what kinds of pets would you like to have?

2. If you are short in money and you have to sell your farm animals, what are the first three ani-

mals you would like to sell? Why?

3. What kinds of pets did you or friends feed at home?

4. What kinds of farm animals that you have eaten in your life?

03

02

098 1000

UNIT

26 Farm Animals and Pets農場的動物與寵物

1. pigs, turkeys

2. hens, roosters, pigeons

3. ox, horses

4. goats, ox

5. hoses, lambs, sheep

1. parrots, chickens, puppies

2. I would first sell pigs, hens and cows. It’s because

they usually can be sold for good prices.

3. dogs, kittens, pigeons

4. chickens, turkeys, goats, pigs, ducks

Page 311: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below into the chart.

Are the following statements true or false? Iffalse, correct them.

1. People can get milk from an ox.

2. Goose is a male chicken.

3. Pigeon is a bird that lives in or near water.

4. Pets are animals that people keep in farms.

5. Kitten means young dog.

Match the letters below.

1. roo ∂ ∂geon

2. ra ∂ ∂key

3. pu ∂ ∂ster

4. don ∂ ∂bbit

5. pa ∂ ∂ppy

6. pi ∂ ∂rrot

06

05

04

099

UNIT

26Farm Animals and Pets農場的動物與寵物

pig / kitten / goat / rat / sheep / rabbit /hen / puppy / turkey / rooster / cow

1. puppy

2. kitten

3. goat / sheep

4. rabbit

5. rat

6. cow

7. hen / rooster

8. pig

1. cow

2. Hen

3. Goose

4. Farm animals

5. Puppy

1. ster

2. bbit

3. ppy

4. key

5. rrot

6. geon1. dog /

5. mouse /

2. cat/

6. ox /.

3. lamb /

7. chicken /

4. carrots /

8. pork /

Page 312: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match below pictures and their names.

Look at the pictures below and fill in the blanks.02

01

100 1000

Wild Life and Garden Life野生的動物與植物Wild Life and Garden Life

UNIT

27

dolphin snake shark whale bat turtle

flowers / bee / frog / tree / grass / ladybug /

butterflies / snail / spider / caterpillar

Garden Life

A.

F.

B.

G.

C.

H.

D.

I.

E.

J.

1. shark 2. bat 3. turtle 4. whale 5. snake 6. dolphin

A. caterpillar

B. grass

C. butterflies

D. bee

E. frog

F. ladybug

G. snail

H. tree

I. spider

J. flower

Page 313: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Animals that live in the water are...(sharks / bats / whales /

dolphins / turtles).

2. Creatures that can fly are...(frogs / bees / caterpillars / but-

terflies / ladybugs).

3. Creatures that can be eaten by people are...(bees / frogs /

snails / snakes / sharks).

4. Living things that can move by themselves are...(bats / trees

/ grass / flowers / caterpillars).

5. Creatures that have more than two legs are...(caterpillars /

snails / butterflies / spiders / ladybugs).

6. Creatures that move without legs are...(snakes / snails /

bees / turtles / frogs).

Match the words below.

1. bee∂ ∂web∂ ∂grass

2. garden∂ ∂tree∂ ∂fish

3. shark∂ ∂honey∂ ∂Internet

4. spider∂ ∂sea∂ ∂flower

04

03

101

UNIT

27Wild Life and Garden Life野生的動物與植物

1. dolphin [1dAlfIn] n. 海豚2. snake [snek] n. 蛇3. shark [1SArk] n. 鯊魚4. whale [hwel] n. 鯨魚5. bat [b{t] n. 蝙蝠6. turtle [1t^t¬] n. 烏龜7. flower [1fla¨_] n. 花8. bee [bi] n. 蜜蜂9. frog [frAg] n. 青蛙

10. tree [tri] n. 樹11. grass [gr{s] n. 草12. ladybug [1ledI%b√g] n. 瓢蟲13. butterfly [1b√t_%flaI] n. 蝴蝶14. snail [snel] n. 蝸牛15. spider [1spaId_] n. 蜘蛛16. caterpillar [1k{t_%pIl_] n. 毛毛蟲17. garden [1gArd§] n. 花園18. life [laIf] n. 生物

1. sharks, whales, dol-

phins, turtles

2. bees, butterflies, lady-

bugs

3. frogs, snails, snakes,

sharks

4. bats, caterpillars

5. caterpillars, butterflies,

spiders, ladybugs

6. snakes, snails

1. honey, flower

2.tree, grass

3.sea, fish

4. web, internet

Page 314: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. If you can keep three kinds of insects in your garden, what

insects would you choose?

2. If you lived in the ocean alone, what kind of sea creatures

would you like to keep you company?

3. If all kinds of insects are eatable, what kinds of insects would

you like to try first?

4. Circle the animals that you have eaten. Are they delicious? (

turtles / dolphins / snakes / sharks / whales / frogs / snails)

Are the following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. Caterpillars are young ladybugs.

2. Frogs are green animals that with long back legs for jump-

ing.

3. Spiders are small flying insects that are usually red with

black spots.

4. Snakes are the creatures with no feet, a soft body and

round shells.

5. Whales are animals living in the ocean and breathing

through a hole at the top of their heads.

Match the letters below.

1. dol ∂ ∂den

2. gar ∂ ∂fly

3. cater ∂ ∂bug

4. butter∂ ∂phin

5. spi ∂ ∂er

6. lady ∂ ∂pillar

7. flow ∂ ∂der

07

06

05

102 1000

UNIT

27 Wild Life and Garden Life野生的動物與植物

1. phin

2. den

3. pillar

4. fly

5. der

6. bug

7. er

1. butterflies, spiders,

ladybugs

2. dolphins

3. bees

4. snakes, sharks / Yes.

1. F / butterflies

2. T

3. F / ladybugs

4. F / snails

5. T

Page 315: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the pictures below with their names.

Label the pictures using the words below. 02

01

103

UNIT

28Home Insects and Parts of Plants andAnimalsHome Insects and Parts

of Plants and Animals

UNIT

28

branch / seed / leaf / tail / beak / wing /

hoof / trunk / stem / root / petal / feather /

paw / horn / claw / fur / bulb

ant cockroach mosquito fly flea

1. mosquito 2. fly 3. cockroach 4. flea 5. ant

B.

C.

D.

Parts of a Bird(23)

A. claw

B. wing

C. feather

D. beak

E. trunk

F. root

G. branch

H. leaf

A.F.

G.

H.

Parts of a tree

E.

泝 沴 沊 沝 沀

Page 316: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

104 1000

UNIT

28 Home Insects and Parts of Plants and Animals昆蟲與動植物

K.

J.

Parts of the animals

I. tail

J. hoof

K. horn

L. fur

M. petal

N. stem

O. leaf

P. seed

Q. bulb

I.

P.

M.

Q.

Parts of a flower

N.

L.

O.

1. ant [{nt] n. 螞蟻2. cockroach [1kAk%rotS] n. 蟑螂3. mosquito [m@s1kito] n. 蚊子4. fly [flaI] n. 蒼蠅5. flea [fli] n. 跳蚤6. branch [br{ntS] n. 樹枝7. seed [sid] n. 種子8. leaf [lif] n. 葉子9. tail [tel] n. 尾巴10. beak [1bik] n. 鳥嘴11. wing [wIµ] n. 翅膀

12. hoof [huf] n. 蹄13. trunk [tr√µk] n. 樹幹14. stem [stEm] n. 莖15. root [rut] n. 根16. petal [1pEt¬] n. 花瓣17. feather [1fED_] n. 羽毛18. horn [hOrn] n. 角19. claw [klO] n. 鳥爪20. fur [f^] n. 毛21. bulb [b√lb] n. 莖球22. bird [b^d] n. 鳥

Page 317: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Insects that eat food are...(ladybugs / mosquitoes / ants / spi-

ders / cockroaches).

2. Insects that with six legs are...(flies / spiders / bees / ants / mos-

quitoes).

3. Insects that with wings are...(cockroaches / flies / ants / mosqui-

toes / caterpillars).

4. Animals that with feathers are...(geese / swans / kittens / ducks

/ pigeons).

5. Birds do not have...(wings / feathers / bulbs / claws / beaks).

6. Monkeys do not have...(horns / fur / roots / tails).

7. Trees should have...(roots / fleas / leaves / branches / trunks).

8. Flowers do not have...(fur / leaves / petals / roots / stems).

Answer the questions below.

1. What kinds of home insects do you wish will disappear from the

world?

2. What kinds of home insects have you seen in your home?

3. List the parts of birds or animals that people in your country

usually eat. (Example: chicken wing)

Are following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. Beak is a bird's mouth.

2. Fly is a kind of bird.

3. Lion's legs have hoofs.

4. Ants do not have tails.

5. Hippo is an animal with thick fur.

6. Goats' fur can make clothes.

05

04

03

105

UNIT

28Home Insects and Parts of Plants and Animals 昆蟲與動植物

1. ants, cockroaches

2. flies, bees, ants,

mosquitoes

3. cockroaches, flies,

mosquitoes

4. geese, swans,

ducks, pigeons

5. bulbs

6. horns, roots

7. roots, leaves,

branches, trunks

8. fur

1. flies, mosquitoes

and cockroaches

2. fleas

3. chicken legs, pig

hoofs

1. T

2. F / insect

3. F / paws

4. T

5. F / hoofs

6. F / sheep’s

Page 318: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and fill in he blanks. 01

106 1000

The World世界The World

UNIT

29

Africa / South America / Asia / North America / Australia / Europe / Antarctica

The World Map

A.

E.

E

B.

F.

C. D.

F B

D

A

C

A. Australia

B. Asia

C. North America

D. South America

E. Africa

F. Europe

Page 319: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

6. The country which is near byAustralia is...

5. The country which belongsto North America is...

4. The countries whichbelong to Oceania are...

3. The countries which belong toSouth America are...

2. The countries whichbelong to Asia are...

1. The countries whichbelong to Europe are...

Classify the countries below in the chart. 02

107

UNIT

29The World世界

1. Africa [1{frIk@] n. 非洲

2. South America [1sa¨T%@1mErIk@]n. 南美洲

3. Asia [1eS@] n. 亞洲

4. North America [1nOrT%@1mErIk@]n. 北美洲

5. Oceania [%oSI1{nI@] n. 大洋洲

6. Europe [1jur@p] n. 歐洲

7. Antarctica [{n1tArktIk@] n. 南極洲

8. world [w^ld] n. 世界

9. Taiwan R.O.C. [1taIw√n1Ar1o1si] n. 台

灣 R.O.C. =Republic of China.

10. Italy [1It¬I] n. 義大利

11. Japan [dZ@1p{n] n. 日本

12. France [fr{ns] n. 法國

13. Singapore [1sIµg@%por] n. 新加坡

14. China [1tSaIn@] n. 中國

15. New Zealand [1nju1zil@nd] n. 紐西蘭

16. Brazil [br@1zil] n. 巴西

17. Argentina [%ArdZ@n1tin@] n. 阿根廷

18. Korea [ko1ri@] n. 韓國

19. Australia [O1strelj@] n. 澳大利亞

20. America =U.S.A. [@1mErIk@] n. 美國

=United States of America.

21. England =U.K. [1Iµgl@nd] n. 英國

Taiwan R.O.C. / Italy / Japan / France / Singapore / China / New Zealand

Brazil / Argentina / Korea / Australia / America / England

1. Italy, France, England4. Australia, New Zealand

2. Taiwan R.O.C., Japan, Singapore, China, Korea5. America

3. Brazil, Argentina6. New Zealand

Page 320: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Countries that speak English as their first language

are...(New Zealand / Italy / U.S.A. / Japan / England).

2. Countries that speak Chinese as their first language

are...(Korea / China / Brazil / Taiwan / France).

3. Countries which belong to the Southern hemisphere

are...(Argentina / New Zealand / Singapore / Australia /

Brazil).

4. The names that represent countries are...(Europe /

Australia / Antarctica / South Africa / North America).

5. These countries are islands...(England / Japan / Korea /

New Zealand / Taiwan).

Answer the questions.

1. Which continent does your country belong to?

2. If you have a free ticket to travel around the world, what

would be the first three countries you would visit?

3. Where are you from? What countries have you been to

before?

4. List three countries that you like their food very much!

Are following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. Australia is right on the South Pole.

2. Singapore is in Australia.

3. U.S.A. is in South America.

4. Antarctica is not a country.

5. Singapore is also a name of a city.

05

04

03

108 1000

UNIT

29 The World世界

1. New Zealand, U.S.A,

England

2. China, Taiwan

3. Argentina, New Zealand,

Australia, Brazil

4. Australia, South Africa

5. England, Japan, New

Zealand, Taiwan

1. Asia

2. Australia, Italy, Japan

3. I am from Taiwan. I have

been to Italy.

4. Japan, China, U.S.A.

1. F / Antarctica

2. F / Asia

3. F / North America

4. T

5. T

Page 321: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Check your dictionary to complete the chart below.

Match the letters below.

1. Singa ∂ ∂zil

2. Austra ∂ ∂pore

3. Argen ∂ ∂tina

4. Bra ∂ ∂lia

5. New ∂ ∂tica

6. South ∂ ∂America

7. Antarc ∂ ∂Zealand

8. Euro ∂ ∂pe

07

06

109

UNIT

29The World世界

Countries Nationalities Foods Countries Nationalities Foods

America American American Food Taiwan R.O.C. Taiwanese 1.

2. Australian 3. Singapore 4. 5.

6. Korean 7. France 8. French Food

Argentina 9. 10. 11. Japanese 12.

Brazil 13. 14. Italy 15. Italian Food

New Zealand 16. 17. China Chinese 18.

England 19. 20.

1. pore

2. lia

3. tina

4. zil

5. Zealand

6. America

7. tica

8. pe

1. Taiwanese Food6. Korea11. Japan16. New Zealander

2. Australia7. Korean food12. Japanese food17. New Zealander’s food

3. Australian food8. French13. Brazilian18. Chinese food

4. Singaporean9. Argentinean14. Brazilian food19. English

5. Singaporean food10. Argentinean food15. Italian20. English food

Page 322: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures below and fill in the blanks.01

110 1000

Places to Go可去的地方Places to Go

UNIT

30

A. B. C.

swimming pool / national park / botanical garden / amusement park

flea market / stadium / county fair / gallery

D. E. F.

G. H.

A. county fair

B. amusement park

C. stadium

D. gallery

E. flea market

F. botanical garden

G. swimming pool

H. national park

Page 323: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below with the pictures.02

111

UNIT

30Places to Go可去的地方

∂roller coaster

∂path

∂painting

∂sunglasses

∂tents

∂plant

∂greenhouse

∂sculpture

∂bench

∂Ferris wheel

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

1. plant

2. greenhouse

3. sunglasses

4. tents

5. Ferris wheel

6. roller coaster

7. bench

8. path

9. painting

10. sculpture

Page 324: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circlethe correct answers.

1. Places where people can do shopping are...(stadium / fleamarket / county fair / gallery / swimming pool).

2. Places where people can do exercises are...(greenhouse /

stadium / swimming pool / national park / botanical gardens).

3. Places where people usually need to pay to enter are...

(amusement park / flea market / swimming pool / county fair /

gallery).

4. Places where people can see many different kinds of plants

are...(botanical gardens / swimming pool / county fair /

national park / greenhouse).

5. Things for entertainment are...(bench / sculpture / Ferris

wheel / roller coaster / path).

Answer the questions below.

1 .List two cities or countries that have famous amusement parks.

2. How many national parks do you have in your country?

Name the one you like best.

04

03

112 1000

UNIT

30 Places to Go可去的地方

1. swimming pool [1swImIµ1pul] n. 游泳池

2. national park [1n{S@n¬1pArk]n. 國家公園

3. botanical gardens [bo1t{nIk¬1gArd§z]n. 植物園

4. amusement park [@1mjuzm@nt1pArk]n. 遊樂園

5. flea market [1fli1mArkIt] n. 跳蚤市場

6. stadium [1stedI@m] n. 體育場

7. county fair [1ka¨ntI1fEr] n. 市集

8. gallery [1g{l@rI] n. 美術館

9. roller coaster [1rol_1kost_]n. 雲霄飛車

10. path [p{T] n. 小徑

11. sunglasses [1s√n%gl{sIz] n. 太陽眼鏡

12. tent [tEnt] n. 帳篷

13. plant [pl{nt] n. 植物

14. greenhouse [1grin%ha¨s] n. 溫室

15. sculpture [1sk√lptS_] n. 雕像

16. bench [bEntS] n. 長板凳

17. Ferris wheel [1fErIs1hwil] n. 摩天輪

1. flea market, county fair

2. stadium, swimming

pool, national park,

botanical gardens

3. amusement park,

swimming pool, gallery

4. botanical gardens,

national park, green-

house

5. Ferris wheel, roller

coaster

1. Tokyo, California

2. Six national parks,

Yangming-Shan

National Park

3. teapots, books, chairs

4.play basketball, hold ten-

nis competitions, hold

graduation ceremony

5. benches, trees, ponds

6. roller coaster

Page 325: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

3. What can you buy in a flea market? (List three things.)

4. What can people do in a stadium? (List three activities that people usually do in a stadium).

5. List three things that people usually see in a park.

6. What is your favorite ride in an amusement park?

Are the following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. Tents are the dark glasses that you wear to protectyour eyes from the sun.

2. Greenhouse is a building made of glass for growing

plants in.

3. Stadium is a piece of artwork that is made from

stone, wood or clay.

4. Bench is a kind of table.

5. Path is a long, narrow area of ground for people to

walk along.

Match the letters below.

1. national ∂ ∂pool

2. county ∂ ∂market

3. swimming ∂ ∂house

4. botanical ∂ ∂park

5. roller ∂ ∂fair

6. flea ∂ ∂wheel

7. Ferris ∂ ∂garden

8. green ∂ ∂coaster

9. ben ∂ ∂t

10. scul ∂ ∂ch

11. ten ∂ ∂llery

12. pa ∂ ∂pture

13. ga ∂ ∂th

14. p ∂ ∂lant

15. sta ∂ ∂dium

06

05

113

UNIT

30Places to Go可去的地方

1. F / sunglasses

2. T

3. F / Sculpture

4. F / chair

5. T

1. park

2. fair

3. pool

4. garden

5. coaster

6. market

7. wheel

8. house

9. ch

10. pture

11. t

12. th

13. llery

14. lant

15. dium

Page 326: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify the words below into the chart.

Are these statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. Solar energy comes from the moon light.

2. Coal grows on trees.

3. Gold is a kind of substance that can be used to make rings.

4. Cotton is found below ground.

5. Silver is a kind of metal.

02

01

114 1000

Natural Resources天然資源Natural Resources

UNIT

31

wood / diamond / gold / cotton / rock / stone

iron / silver / coal / soil / mud / sand

solar energy / natural gas

1. Resources that are a type of

metal are...

2. Resources that were taken from

mines are...

3. Resources that can be transferred

to energy are...

4. Resources that can be seen

above ground are...

1. gold, iron, silver

2. coal, iron, gold, diamond, silver

3. wood, coal, solar energy, natural gas

4. wood, cotton, rock, stone, soil, mud, sand

Page 327: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

6. Stone means small rock.

7. Sand is a thick liquid mixture of soil and

water.

8. People usually can see and play with iron

on the beach.

9. Natural gas is found below ground.

10. Diamonds are taken from mines.

11. Silver is a kind of energy.

12. Cotton can be used as a kind of clothing

material.

13. Iron is usually more expensive than silver.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Resources that can be used for growing plants are...(natural gas / soil / stone / sand / iron).

2. Resources that are expensive to buy in the market are...(coal / iron / silver / gold / diamond).

3. Resources that can catch fire are...(wood / natural gas /

iron / coal / silver).

4. Resources that come from plants are...(soil / coal / cotton

/ gold / wood).

5. Resources that you can buy from shops or markets

are...(solar energy / soil / coal / diamond / gold).

03

115

UNIT

31Natural Resources天然資源

1. F / sun

2. F / cottons

3. T

4. F / from

trees.

5. T

6. T

7. F / mud

8. F / sand

9. T

10. T

11. F / metal

12. T

13. F / gold

1. wood [w¨d] n. 木頭、木材

2. diamond [1daI@m@nd] n. 鑽石

3. gold [gold] n. 黃金

4. cotton [1kAt§] n. 棉花

5. rock [rAk] n. 岩石

6. stone [ston] n. 石頭、石塊

7. iron [1aI_n] n. 鐵

8. silver [1sIlv_] n. 銀

9. coal [kol] n. 煤

10. soil [sOIl] n. 土壤

11. mud [m√d] n. 泥

12. sand [s{nd] n. 沙

13. solar energy [1sol_1En_dZI]n. phrase 太陽能

14. natural gas [1n{tS@r@l1g{s]n. phrase 天然氣

15. resource [rI1sors] n. 資源

16. metal [1mEt¬] n. 金屬

17. mine [maIn] n. 礦井

18. energy [1En_dZI] n. 能量

1. soil, stone, sand

2. silver, gold, diamond

3. wood, natural gas, coal

4. wood, cotton

5. soil, coal, diamond, gold

Page 328: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. What kind of things are usually made of metal? (List three

items)

2. If you have money for digging mines, what kinds of mines

would you like to have?(List one)

3. What are the items that are made of wood, which you can

find in your house? (List three items)

4. What kinds of things can be made of cotton? (List three

items that you know)

List two words that are related to the words below.

1. energy:

2. iron:

3. diamond:

4. mine:

5. solar energy:

6. resource:

Fill in the blanks with the words below.

cotton / stone / gold / solar energyrock / mud / mine / natural gas

It was a rainy day. I went fishing near the sea. I stood on a 泝 .

I thought it was safe. However, I suddenly slipped in some 沴

and I slid into the sea. Luckily, I am very good at swimming. When I

swam back to the shore, I touched a very hard stone with my hands. I

picked it up and found it was a very big 沊 . I broke it and there

was 沝 inside the rock. I think I’m the luckiest man in the

world.

06

05

04

116 1000

UNIT

31 Natural Resources天然資源

1. ring, teapot, pan

2. diamond

3. chairs, tables, doors

4. T-shirt, table clothes,

pants

1. energy- gas, oil

2. iron- pot, spoon

3. diamond- expensive, rings

4. mine-coal, iron

5. solar energy-car, calculator

6. resource paper, water

1. stone

2. mud

3. rock

4. gold

Page 329: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

117

UNIT

32Environmental Problems環境問題

Look at the pictures below and fill in the blanks.

Read the statements below. Do they mention about "conserva-tion" or "waste"? Write your answers.

1. Recycle paper.

2. Open windows in an air-conditioned environment.

3. Use disposable tableware.

4. Use plastic bag.

5. Reuse plastic bags.

6. Take showers.

7. Take a bath.

8. Recycle waste.

9. Use secondhand furniture.

10. Pack unfinished food.

11. Donate used things to charity.

02

01

EnvironmentalProblems

UNIT

32

radiation / smoke / garbage / acid rain / smog

A. B. C.

D. E.a. smoke

b. radiation

c. smog

d. acid rain

e. garbage

1. conservation

2. waste

3. waste

4. waste

5. conservation

6. conservation

7. waste

8. conservation

9. conservation

10. conservation

11. conservation

Page 330: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Substances that can cause air pollution are...(garbage /

smog / radiation / smoke / acid rain).

2. Substances that can cause water pollution are...(acid rain /

garbage / waste / smoke / smog).

3. Words that mean to use again are...(reuse / disposable /

recycle / secondhand / donate).

4. Actions that are good to the environment are...(using recycled

plastic bags / picking up garbage / using disposable batteries /

donating secondhand clothes / throwing waste into the river).

5. Substances that can't be reused are...(radiation / smoke /

garbage / waste / plastic bag).

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things that can be recycled in your country.

2. Smog is usually produced by... (List three sources)

3. If you have a chance to sell your things to a secondhand

store, what are the first three things you would sell?

4. What are the most common things that people in your coun-

try donate? (List three things)

04

03

118 1000

UNIT

32 Environmental Problems環境問題

1. smog [smAg] n. 廢氣

2. radiation [%redI1eS@n] n. 放射線

3. smoke [smok] n. 煙

4. garbage [1gArbIdZ] n. 垃圾

5. acid rain [1{sId1ren] n. 酸雨

6. cause [kOz] n. 原因

7. pollution [p@1luS@n] n. 污染

8. recycle [ri1saIk¬] n. 回收

9. environment [In1vaIr@nm@nt] n. 環境

10. disposable [dI1spoz@b¬] adj. 一次性

使用的

11. plastic bag [1pl{stIk1b{g] n. 塑膠袋

12. reuse [%ri1juz] v. 重複使用

13. take showers [1tek1Sa¨_z]v. phrase 沖澡、淋浴

14. take a bath [1tek%@1b{T]v. phrase 泡澡

15. waste [west] n. 廢棄物

16. secondhand [1sEk@ndh{nd]adj. 用過的、二手的

17. pack [p{k] v. 打包

18. donate [1donet] v. 捐贈

1. smog, smoke

2. acid rain, garbage, waste

3. reuse, recycle, second-

hand,

4. using recycle plastic bag,

picking up garbage, donat-

ing secondhand clothes

5. radiation, smoke

1. paper / cans / plastic

bags

2. factories / cars / motor-

cycles

3. sofa, tables, shoes

4. books, shoes, furniture

Page 331: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

119

UNIT

32Environmental Problems環境問題

Are the following statements true or false? If false, correct them.

1. ‘Pack’ means to give money or goods to the people

or organizations that need help.

2. ‘Taking a bath’ means you wash your whole body

while standing under a flow of water.

3. ‘Disposable’ is a reason that something happened.

4. ‘Smog’ is a kind of smoke.

5. Both ‘waste’ and ‘garbage’ mean things that are not

useful and can be thrown away.

Fill in the blanks with the words below.

The air 1) began hundreds years ago on earth. People

started making a lot 2) from factories, cars and motorcy-

cles. Just about thirty years ago, the weather changed and we

started to have 3) . The 4) of this damage is all

because of many different kinds of smoke. Nowadays, protecting

our 5) has become a more and more important issue in

the world. As a result, people have learnt the importance of using

6) paper, plastic bags and bottles to save the earth.

Match the letters below.

1. second ∂ ∂bag

2. environ ∂ ∂bage

3. radi ∂ ∂hand

4. acid ∂ ∂ment

5. gar ∂ ∂ation

6. pollu ∂ ∂rain

7. plastic ∂ ∂tion

07

06

05

1. F / Donate

2. F / Taking a shower

3. F / cause

4. T

5. T

environment / smog / recycle / pollutionacid rain / cause / donate / garbage

1. pollution

2. smog

3. acid rain

4. cause

5. environment

6. recycled

1. hand

2. ment

3. ation

4. rain

5. bage

6. tion

7. bag

Page 332: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

What do people often see in a war? Fill in the blanks with thewords below. 01

120 1000

War關於戰爭War

UNIT

33

army / flag / gun / trap

captain / bomb / base

A. B. C.

D. G.E. F.

A. bomb

B. army

C. trap

D. base

E. gun

F. flag

G. captain

In a war:

Page 333: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the sentences with the words below. 02

121

UNIT

33War關於戰爭

In the USA, you can see Indian and Chinese

people. They are American but they belong

to the different...

population

People die everywhere. In the town, you see

hands, legs here and there. This picture is

very...

nation

The ...of a country means the amount of

people living in the country.dangerous

People come from the same country means

they belong to the same...government

The opposite word of ’safe’ is... bloody

Flag is the... of a nation. races

The organization that rules the nation is the ... enemy

In a war, you only point your gun at your... symbol

1. population2.dangerous3.nation4.symbol

5. government6. races7. bloody8. enemy

1. army [1ArmI] n. 軍隊

2. flag [fl{g] n. 國旗

3. gun [g√n] n. 槍

4. trap [tr{p] n. 陷阱

5. captain [1k{ptIn] n. 上尉

6. bomb [bAm] n. 炸彈

7. base [bes] n. 基地

8. war [wOr] n. 戰爭

9. dangerous [1dendZ@r@s] adj. 危險的

10. bloody [1bl√dI] adj. 血腥的

11. government [1g√v_nm@nt] n. 政府

12. race [res] n. 種族

13. enemy [1En@mI] n. 敵人

14. population [%pApj@1leS@n] n. 人口

15. nation [1neS@n] n. 國家

16. symbol [1sImb¬] n. 象徵

Page 334: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (Race / Bomb / Flag / Trap / Gun) ...are all very dangerous.

2. Chinese is a...(government / race / nation / captain / base)

of people.

3. Japan is...(an enemy / an army / a nation / a race / a

government).

4. A captain gives commands to the...(enemy / government /

nation / army / base).

5. A nation should have its own...(army / trap / government /

flag / war).

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the adjectives and nouns for the words below.

True or False. Check the use of adjectives and nouns in the sentences below. If the answer is false, write down the correctanswer.

1. It is a dangerous to step on a trap.

2. Many racial problems cause wars.

3. If you cut your fingers, you’ll see bloody.

4. The nation library has many good books.

5. A Red rose is the symbol of love.

6. Don’t talk about any government issues in public.

05

04

03

122 1000

UNIT

33 War關於戰爭

1. Bomb, Trap, Gun

2. race

3. a nation

4. army

5. army, government, flag

Adjectives Nouns Adjectives Nouns

dangerous (1) national (2)

(3) blood governmental (4)

(5) symbol (6) race

(1)danger

(2)nation

(3)bloody

(4)government

(5)symbolic

(6)racial

1. F / danger

2. T

3. F / blood

4. F / national

5. T

6. F / governmental

Page 335: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. How many races are there in your country? What are they?

2. List three dangerous actions that kids shouldn’t do at home.

3. What would you say if you found a bomb in a box?

4. What colors are there on the American flag?

Match the letters below.

1. popu ∂ ∂my

2. govern ∂ ∂tain

3. cap ∂ ∂ous

4. danger ∂ ∂lation

5. sym ∂ ∂bol

6. ar ∂ ∂ment

7. b ∂ ∂nemy

8. g ∂ ∂un

9. t ∂ ∂omb

10. f ∂ ∂ce

11. ra ∂ ∂lag

12. e ∂ ∂rap

07

06

123

UNIT

33War關於戰爭

1. There are two main races in my country. / Taiwanese and aborigines

2. Playing with knives. / Playing with fire. / Jumping on beds.

3. Oh! My goodness, there is a bomb!!

4. Red / Blue / White

1. lation

2. ment

3. tain

4. ous

5. bol

6. my

7. omb

8. un

9. rap

10. lag

11. ce

12. nemy

Page 336: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the statements with the words below.01

124 1000

Social Issues 1社會事件 1Social Issues 1

UNIT

34

This is a report.

This is a guidance.

This is a rule.

This is the direction.

This is a duties.

This is an objective.

This is a command.

泝 Please remember that eating

and drinking are not allowed on

the MRT.

沴 Ladies and Gentlemen, the 9:30

train to Taipe will be late by 30

minutes.

沊 Move these tables and chairs to

the third floor right now!!

沝 Twenty million dollars is the

sales amount we have to reach

this year.

沀 The house is on the top of the

northeast mountain.

泞 OK, you should cut the fruit first,

then, cook it in the chicken

soup.

泀 Today I should do my homework

and pay the bills.

1. This is a rule.

2. This is a report.

3. This is a command.

4. This is an objective.

5. This is a direction

6. This is a guidance.

7. This is a duty.

Page 337: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

What are they complaining about? Fill in the chart with thewords below.02

125

UNIT

34Social Issues 1 社會事件 1

freedom / peace / safety / respect / control / power

It’s not very good to live in this country. Because you don’t have the right to vote for your

president. You don’t have the right to suggest what is inconvenient. Yeah, and you don’t

even have the right to complain why you’re unhappy about the country!!

A. This man thinks he has no in the country.

Oh, this is a nice country. Because there are no burglaries ever happened in my town.

Neighbors never lock their doors in the daytime. And the public transportation is very con-

venient, no traffic accidents ever happened in the street.

B. This lady thinks is very important to have a nice country.

Did you hear that? He didn’t call me Daddy. He called me by my sir name! I’m his father.

I’m the one who gives him food, a house, clothes and money. What does he give me? I’m

very angry about it!

C. This man thinks his son does not show any to him.

This is like living in a prison. Mom doesn’t allow me to watch TV, play computer games or

go out to see friends. I only have books and I am locked in a small room. Look, even the

birds are freer than I am...

D. This boy wants very much.

There is never a quiet day in this town. My neighbors fight everyday. Sometimes they

break windows and chairs. Some other times, their children fight in the streets. Today, it is

even worse; the children are throwing rocks at the police car!!

E. The man thinks there is no in his town.

Sorry, I can’t stand to live with you. I’ve taken too much pressure from you. I have to tell

you where I am from morning to night. And, you always check again and again what I have

been doing. You don’t need to look after me like a father!!

F. She feels the man tries to her life.

A. power B. safety C. respect D. freedom E. peace F. control

Page 338: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Telling where you are that means telling the...(rules / power /

duty / direction).

2. A country that has war means that place doesn’t have...

(respect / peace / safety / guidance).

3. Someone that gives commands means he or she

has...(power / freedom / objective / control).

4. People don’t like to be looked down on means that people

want...(duties / directions / guidance /respects).

5. If you want to know what to do, you need...(power / direction /

guidance / control).

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the correct form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.04

03

126 1000

UNIT

34 Social Issues 1社會事件 1

1. report [rI1port] n. 報告

2. guidance [1gaId§s] n. 指導

3. rule [rul] n. 規定

4. direction [d@1rEkS@n] n. 方位

5. duty [1djutI] n. 責任

6. objective [@b1dZEktIv] n. 目標

7. command [k@1m{nd] n. 命令

8. freedom [1frid@m] n. 自由

9. peace [pis] n. 和平

10. safety [1seftI] n. 安全

11. respect [rIs1pEkt] n. 尊敬

12. control [k@n1trol] n. 控制

13. power [1pa¨_] n. 權力

1. direction

2. peace, safety

3. power

4. respects

5. guidance

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

1. guidance 2. command

respect 3. direct 4.

5. freedom rule 6.

control 7. 8. report

1. guide2. command3. respect4. direction

5. free6. rule7. control8. report

Page 339: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answer.

1. I command you to get out of the car right now!

2. There are no rules on playing this game.

3. Please direction me where to go!

4. This is too bad. There is no guidance in the book.

5. Freedom her, she is innocent.

6. Hand in your report right away.

Answer the questions below.

1. In your family, who has power to give commands?

2. Freedom, peace and power, which one do you think

is the most important to your life?

3. Write two kinds of duties that you carry in your life.

4. Write an objective that you wish to reach this year.

Match the letters below.

1. free ∂ ∂ance

2. con ∂ ∂tion

3. com ∂ ∂dom

4. direc ∂ ∂pect

5. guid ∂ ∂trol

6. res ∂ ∂mand

7. re ∂ ∂jective

8. du ∂ ∂er

9. ru ∂ ∂le

10. pow ∂ ∂port

11. pea ∂ ∂ty

12. ob ∂ ∂ce

07

06

05

127

UNIT

34Social Issues 1 社會事件 1

1. T

2. T

3. F / direct

4. T

5. F / free

6. T

1. My mother

2. Freedom

3. Being a good student and a good

daughter

4. To pass the national accounting

exam.

1. dom

2.trol

3. mand

4. tion

5. ance

6. pect

7. port

8. ty

9. le

10. er

11. ce

12. jective

Page 340: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the statements below.

What they are talking about? Match the letters: a - e to thedescription.

a) The man complains about the fairness of the election.

b) The man complains about crime.

c) The man tells a special case.

d) The man doesn’t want to vote for the government.

e) The man won a great victory in the election.

02

01

128 1000

Social Issues 2社會事件 2Social Issues 2

UNIT

35

1. The man has died! a. The army is ready!

2. Poison the food. b. All the money is gone!

3. They robbed the bank! c. They’ll die after the meal.

4. Fire the gun! d. If we strike at dawn.

5. No one will survive. e. You killed the man!

6. I don’t fight with him! f. The enemy is in front of us!

7. The oil tank burst! g. It can protect your family.

8. The war ruined my town! h. It damaged the car!

9. Dig a hole in the mountain. i. I have nowhere to go!

10. Attack the town tonight! j. Because he is my brother!

1. ( )

The killing, robberies

and stealing are in the

newspaper everyday. I

don’t know what on

earth the government

is doing? The prob-

lems haven’t been

solved for many years!

2. ( )

I would like to thank my

supporting team for

this great honor.

Without their efforts, I

would not have won

the election. This

achievement belongs

to my great team!!

3. ( )

I think the government is

not reliable. They lied

about what they did.

They stole people’s

money for their party.

They have made the

economy worse than

ever. I don’t want them

to rule the country again.

4. ( )

This is not fair! 200

hundred people voted

for my party. And, the

committee did not

count them in as they

think the print was not

clear. What is the defi-

nition of not clear?!

1. e 2. c 3. b 4. f 5. d 6. j 7. h 8. i 9. g 10. a

1. b 2. e 3. d 4. a

Page 341: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. To (Poison / Burst / Rob / Survive) is to use violence to steal things

from someone.

2. To (Damage / Protect / Fight / Vote) is to make your choice in an

election.

3. A (Victory / Crime / Dig / Election) means success in a competition

or fight.

4. (Crime / Case / Victory / Fire)... is a particular example of some-

thing.

5. To keep someone or something safe from danger is to...(ruin / attack

/ protect / damage) it.

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the verbs and nouns for the words below.04

03

129

UNIT

35Social Issues 2社會事件 2

1. poison [1pOIz§] v. 下毒

2. rob [rAb] v. 搶劫

3. fire [faIr] v. 開(槍、砲)

4. survive [s_1vaIv] v. 倖存

5. fight [faIt] v. 打鬥

6. burst [b^st] v. 爆炸

7. ruin [1r¨In] v. 毀壞

8. dig [dIg] v. 挖(洞、溝)

9. attack [@1t{k] v. 襲擊

10. strike [straIk] v. 攻擊

11. kill [kIl] v. 殺

12. protect [pr@1tEkt] v. 保護

13. damage [1d{mIdZ] v. 損壞

14. election [I1lEkS@n] n. 選舉

15. crime [kraIm] n. 犯罪

16. case [kes] n. 案例

17. vote [vot] v. 投票、選舉

18. victory [1vIkt@rI] n. 勝利

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

1. survivor elect 2.

rob 3. 4. voting

5. protection 6. diggings

1. Rob

2. Vote

3. Victory

4. Case

5. protect

1. survive

2. election

3. robbery

4. vote

5. protect

6. dig

Page 342: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. Please look after these diggings. They are valuable.

2. You won’t have any problems if you are under the gov-

ernment’s protect.

3. He is the last survive of the earthquake.

4. We elect Johnson to be the class leader.

5. Jenny does not voting for Johnson as she belongs to

another group.

6. I saw a robbery in the bank.

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things in the world that you think need protection?

2. List three things that can burst.

3. List three kinds of buildings or things that you think shouldn’t be

ruined in a war.

4. List three governmental titles that people can vote for in the USA.

Match the letters below.

1. pro ∂ ∂mage

2. sur ∂ ∂tory

3. elec ∂ ∂son

4. vic ∂ ∂tect

5. da ∂ ∂ke

6. poi ∂ ∂vive

7. atta ∂ ∂tion

8. stri ∂ ∂ck

9. ca ∂ ∂ll

07

06

05

130 1000

UNIT

35 Social Issues 2社會事件 2

1. T

2. F / protection

3. F / survivor

4. T

5. F / vote

6. T

1. Poor people /

Children / Animals

2. Bombs / Oil tanks

/ Gas tanks

3. The Chinese

Great-Wall /

Schools / Hospitals

4. President /

Mayors / Senators

1. tect

2. vive

3. tion

4. tory

5. mage

6. son

7. ck

8. ke

9. ll

Page 343: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the statements below to those in the chart.

a) He solves his family’s safety problems.

b) He can’t deal with racial problems.

c) He handles the case of robbery.

d) The crime happened 10 years ago.

e) She’s under a lot pressure from the election.

f) She lacks money to fix the damaged house.

01

131

UNIT

36Social Issues 3社會事件 3Social Issues 3

UNIT

36

(1. )

So, the little girl killed her

neighbor when she was 10.

Now she is 20 years old. And,

no one knows about the

story!

(2. )

Well, I dug a hole that’s just

nearby my house. The hole is

big enough to cover my wife

and three children from any

bomb attacks.

(3. )

Yesterday around five p.m., a

girl came to report that a man

carried a gun and went to the

bank. Anita and I have made

a quick note.

(4. )

John, I need your help! Read

this case. A shop owner

doesn’t want to hire a man

because the man is an

Indian!

(5. )

Yeah, the roof, windows and

toilets need to be fixed... But,

who will pay for them to be

repaired?

(6. )

To help in the election, I’ve

visited three thousand fami-

lies and given more than 30

speeches in a month.

1. d

2. a

3. c

4. b

5. f

6. e

Page 344: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the sentences below and fill in the blanks with the wordsbelow.02

132 1000

UNIT

36 Social Issues 3社會事件 3

detect / trace / discover / focus / compare

hunt / avoid / calm / ease

Problems Methods of Solving Problems

1. I lost my watch on the

way home.

a. You should

eating too many sweet things.

2. I want to lose some

weight. What can I do?

b. OH... your leg

lightly on the floor.

3. I don’t know which one

to buy?

c. You must your

steps along the road you walked.

4. I’m so hungry! What can

we eat in this forest?

d. No problem, I’ll

it when I clean the pond.

5. Gee, I broke my leg! e. Please down.

Tell me more what he said.

6. I can’t shoot down the

target.

f. Let’s that bird.

We can roast it!

7. My diamond is lost in

your pond.

g. OK, I’ll the

problem in five minutes!

8. Today’s income balance

is wrong!

h. You just need to

on the red dot.

9. Oh, no... Peter says he

won’t come back again!

i. You can just

their prices.

1. c, trace2. a, avoid3. i, compare4. f, hunt

5. b, Ease6. h, focus7. d, discover8. g, detect

9. e, calm

Page 345: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. To stay away from a situation, person, place etc. means to...(hunt /

solve / discover / avoid).

2. To check the difference or similarity of two people or things is

to...(compare / trace / focus / ease).

3. To not have enough of something means...(discover / detect / lack /

deal with).

4. To chase and kill wild animals is to...(happen / avoid / hunt / calm).

5. To give a lot of attention to one particular subject means to...(com-

pare / detect / solve / focus).

Fill in the chart below. Use your dictionary and find out the cor-rect form of the verbs and nouns for below words.04

03

133

UNIT

36Social Issues 3社會事件 3

1. solve [sAlv] v. 解決

2. deal with [1dil1wID] v. phrase 處理

3. handle [h{nd¬] v. 處理

4. happen [1h{p@n] v. 發生

5. pressure [1prES_] n. 壓力

6. lack [l{k] v. 缺少

7. detect [dI1tEkt] v. 查出

8. trace [tres] v. 追蹤

9. discover [dIs1k√v_] v. 發現

10. focus [1fok@s] v. 專注

11. compare [k@m1pEr] v. 比較

12. hunt [h√nt] v. 獵取

13. avoid [@1vOId] v. 避免

14. calm [kAm] v. 鎮定下來

15. ease [iz] v. 放鬆、小心移動

1. avoid

2. compare

3. lack

4. hunt

5. focus

Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞) Verbs(動詞) Nouns(名詞)

1. solution press 2.

detect 3. discover 4.

5. comparison 6. avoidance

1. solve

2. pressure

3. detection

4. discovery

5. compare

6. avoid

Page 346: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

True or False. Check the use of nouns and verbs in the sentencesbelow. If the answer is false, write down the correct answers.

1. The way to make yourself happy is doing the things

you want.

2. Avoiding talking to any strangers can keep you safe.

3. He works from 8 a.m. to 11 p.m. I think his job gives

him too much press.

4. The compare of the products’ price could give you an

idea of what is good to buy.

5. The detection of crime is a very complex process.

6. John discovery the treasure box in his backyard.

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things that people usually compare to when

they talk about beauty.

2. List three things that people need to avoid when they

are in the movie theater.

3. List three kinds of animals that tigers usually hunt for.

4. What would you suggest if your friend gets too much

pressure from his job?

Match the letters below.

1. com ∂ ∂tect

2. press ∂ ∂with

3. dis ∂ ∂pare

4. de ∂ ∂le

5. hand ∂ ∂id

6. deal ∂ ∂ure

7. avo ∂ ∂cover

07

06

05

134 1000

UNIT

36 Social Issues 3社會事件 3

1. pare

2. ure

3. cover

4. tect

5. le

6. with

7. id

1. T

2. T

3. F / pressure

4. F / comparison

5. T

6. F / discovered

1. Hair styles / Clothes /

Figures

2. To talk loudly / To speak on

cell phones / To stand up

in the middle of the show

3. Deer / Sheep / Horse

4. «To take a day off / To do

exercise / To listen to music

Page 347: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the pictures and statements below. Circle the correct answers.

Match the sentences below and fill in the words into the chartbelow.02

01

135

UNIT

37Traffic交通Traffic

UNIT

37

1. 3.2. 4.edge

area

1. a) Edge is the sides of the area.

b) Area is the sides of the edge.

2. a) This is a traffic jam.

b) This is a traffic light.

3. a) He takes a trip to America.

b) He travels to Japan.

4. a) This is a scene of a city.

b) This is a scene of a countryside.

single / return / rush hour / delayed / missed / hurry / on time

1. a 2. b 3.a 4. b

1. The train has already gone an hour ago! a. He the work.

2. Oh, I’m already late. b. He bought a ticket to Taipei.

3. I won’t come back! c. He the train.

4. Give me a one-way ticket to Taipei. d. He must now.

5. Good, you arrived at our promised

time.

e. Seven to ten is the .

6. You should have given me the work

yesterday!

f. He is .

7. Seven to ten a.m. is when there is a

traffic jam.

g. He will not to the place!.

1. c, missed 2. d, hurry 3. g, return 4. b, single 5. f, on time 6. a, delayed 7. e, rush hour

Page 348: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. To go and come back to the same place is to...(travel / miss / return /

delay) to the place.

2. To arrive too late to get the bus is to...(hurry / delay / travel / miss) the

bus.

3. A view or a picture of a place is called ...(a scene / an edge / a trip / a

traffic).

4. A journey in which you visit for a short time and return again is...(a traf-

fic / a single / a scene / a trip).

5. The time that a lot of people travel to or from work is...(on time / trip /

edge / rush hour).

Guess out the below words’ synonym. Fill the answer in the chart. 04

03

136 1000

UNIT

37 Traffic交通

1. edge [EdZ] n. 邊緣

2. area [1ErI@] n. 區域

3. traffic [1tr{fIk] n. 交通

4. trip [trIp] n. 旅行

5. travel [1tr{v¬] v. 旅行

6. scene [sin] n. 景色

7. single [1sIµg¬] n. 單程

8. return [rI1t^n] v. 返回

9. rush hour [1r√S1a¨r] n. phrase 交通尖鋒

時間

10. delay [dI1le] v. 拖延

11. miss [mIs] v. 錯過

12. hurry [1h^I] v. 趕緊

13. on time [An1taIm] adj. phrase 準時的

1. return

2. miss

3. a scene

4. a trip

5. rush hour

1. one-way 2. scenery

3. peak hour 4. traveling

5. postpone 6. go and come back

7. rush 8. border

1. single 2. scene 3. rush hour 4. trip 5. delay 6. return 7. hurry 8. edge

Page 349: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below with "yes". Write your answers incomplete sentences above the lines.

1. Will the meeting be postponed?

2. Is the scenery beautiful?

3. Will you go and come back to the town?

4. Do you like traveling?

5. Do you take MRT during the peak hour?

6. Is this a one-way ticket?

Answer the questions below.

1. What time is the rush hour in your city?

2. List three occasions that you think are necessary to be on time.

3. Describe a scene that you like best when you take a trip.

4. List three cities that you wish most to travel around.

Match the letters below.

1. rush∂ ∂gle

2. tra ∂ ∂rry

3. on ∂ ∂lay

4. hu ∂ ∂hour

5. de ∂ ∂time

6. sin ∂ ∂ffic

07

06

05

137

UNIT

37Traffic交通

1. Yes, it will be postponed.

2. Yes, it is beautiful.

3. Yes, I’ll come back to the

town.

4. Yes, I like traveling.

5. Yes, I take MRTduring

the peak hour.

6. Yes, it is a one way ticket.

1. It is from 7:30 to

9:00am.

2. Dates /

Meetings /

Exams

3. Snow drops from

sky.

4. Italy / Japan /

USA

1. hour

2. ffic

3. time

4. rry

5. lay

6. gle

Page 350: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Personal Pronouns.

Who are the below highlighted pronouns referring to? Read the dia-logues and answer with their names in the parentheses.

01

138 1000

Pronouns 1代名詞 1Pronouns 1

UNIT

38

I / you / he / she / it / we / they

1. Peter / Seeing Mary /

Mary

2. Mary / Peter

3. Johnny and Sharon

4. Peter

5. Jenny and Maggie / Mary,

Jenny and Maggie

6. Jenny and Maggie

7. Jenny and Maggie

8. Lucky

Mary: Hi, how are you? (e.g. you = Peter)

Peter: I’m fine. It’s very good to see you. (泝 I = / It = / you = )

Mary: Me too. I would like to introduce my family to you. (沴 I = / you = )

Peter: Oh, lovely.

Mary: This is my brother, Johnny and his wife, Sharon.

Peter: Hi, Johnny! Hi, Sharon! Nice to meet you! (沊 you = )

Johnny and Sharon: Nice to meet you too! (沝 you = )

Mary: They are Jenny and Maggie. We are living together. So... (沀 they = /

We = )

Peter: Yeah, they are your housemates, right!? (泞 they = )

Mary: Yes, and they bring their little dog ’Lucky’ here, as well. ( 泀 they = )

Peter: Oh, I love dogs! It is so cute!! Please come in! (洰 It = )

Page 351: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Reflexive Pronouns.

Who are the below highlighted pronouns referring to? Read the dia-logues and answer with their names in the parentheses.

02

UNIT

38Pronouns 1 代名詞 1

myself / yourself / himself / herself / itself /

ourselves / yourselves / themselves

Nina: Julie, Look! I made this cake myself. (泝 myself = )

Julie: Wow, really!? Do you learn it by yourself? (沴 yourself = )

Nina: Hum...No, it was my brother. He taught me.

Julie: Your brother?! Did your brother learn it by himself? (沊 himself = )

Nina: Well... Not really. He learnt it from his girlfriend, Mina.

Julie: So, did Mina learn it by herself? (沝 herself = )

Nina: Yeah, I think Mina and her housemates learnt it by themselves from a book.

(沀 themselves = )

Julie: Oh, is the book called SuSuNa Recipe?

Nina: Yes! Do you and your housemates want to learn it by yourselves, too?

(泞 yourselves = )

Julie: No, we wrote the SuSuNa Recipe ourselves. And, the idea itself come from me.

(泀 ourselves = / itself= )

1. Nina

2. Nina

3. Nina’s brother

4. Mina

5. Mina and her housemates.

6. Julie and her housemates

7. Julie and her housemates /

SuSuNa recipe

139

Page 352: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (I / He / She / They)... are my friends.

2. (She / We / It / I / He)... is a girl.

3. (We / You / I / She / It)... am your teacher.

4. (We / They / He / I)... are our family.

5. (It / She / They / He / I)... is my dog.

6. (They / I / She / He / It)... is Uncle Lee.

7. (You / She / We / They / I)... is their sister.

8. My grandparents build the house by...(itself/ ourselves / yourselves /

themselves / myself).

9. The king paints the wall by...(yourself / herself / himself / itself /

themselves).

10. Students never believe...(themselves / himself / yourself / itself /

myself).

Match the words below.

1. she∂ ∂myself∂∂am

2. they∂ ∂ourselves∂

3. you∂ ∂itself∂

4. it∂ ∂themselves∂ ∂are

5. he∂ ∂herself∂

6. we∂ ∂himself∂∂is

7. I∂ ∂yourselves and yourself∂

04

03

140 1000

UNIT

38 Pronouns 1代名詞 1

1. I [aI] pron. 我

2. you [ju] pron. 你、你們

3. he [hi] pron. 他

4. she [Si] pron. 她

5. it [It] pron. 它

6. we [wi] pron. 我們

7. they [De] pron. 他們

8. myself [maI1sElf] pron. 我自己

9. yourself [j¨r1sElf] pron. 你自己

10. himself [hIm1sElf] pron. 他自己

11. herself [h_1sElf] pron. 她自己

12. itself [It1sElf] pron. 它自己

13. ourselves [%a¨r1sElvz] pron. 我們自己

14. yourselves [j¨r1sElvz] pron. 你們自己

15. themselves [D@m1sElvz] pron. 他們自

己1. They

2. She

3. I

4. They

5. It

6. He

7. She

8. themselves

9. himself

10. themselves

1. herself, is

2. themselves, are

3. yourselves and

yourself, are

4. itself, is

5. himself, is

6. ourselves, are

7. myself, am

Page 353: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things that you usually do by yourself.

2. List three things that students should do by themselves.

3. Who is a she in your life? (List three people)

4. What can be an it in your life? (List three things)

Read the statements below and fill in the blanks with the following words.

1. Here is our dog. eats meat.

2. Susan, should do your homework.

3. These are my books. are expensive.

4. Good-bye, students. can get on the bus now.

5. Johnny and I often go to school together. are good friends.

6. Lisa, Jim and Amelia, should go to bed now.

1. Our cat washes after meals.

2. Your kids are too young to take care of .

3. Lisa, find a seat for .

4. Steven and I cooked the meal by .

5. Her father builds the house by .

6. His dogs are playing by .

06

05

141

UNIT

38Pronouns 1 代名詞 1

1. Cooking / Reading /

Watching TV

2. Homework / Test / Go to

school

3. Mary, Jenny and Maggie

4. Adog / Abook / Acomputer

I / he / she / they / we / it / you

1. It

2. you

3. They

4. You

5. We

6. you

myself / ourselves / itself / themselves / herself / himself / yourselves

1. itself

2. themselves

3. yourself

4. ourselves

5. himself

6. themselves

Page 354: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Possessive Pronouns.

Who are the below highlighted pronouns referring to? Read the dia-logues and answer with their names in the parentheses.

01

142 1000

Pronouns 2代名詞 2Pronouns 2

UNIT

39

mine / yours / his / hers / ours / theirs

Mr. Wang: Jack, is this mine? (泝 "mine" means the thing belongs to... )

Jack: Oh, yes, this is yours. (沴 "yours" means the thing belongs to... )

Mr. Wang: No, but it says Mrs. Wang.

Jack: Oh, really! Then it should be hers, Vivian Wang. (沊 "hers" means the thing belongs

to... )

Mr. Wang: Wait...it says to the department of Mrs. Wang.

Jack: Yeah? So, it’s theirs, the department of Finance. (沝 "theirs" means the thing

belongs to... )

Mr. Wang: Robinson is in charge of the department of Finance, right?

Jack: Yes. Then...it is his. (沀 "his" means the thing belongs to... )

Mr. Wang: Oh, no... it’s ours! Robinson is on a business trip and we are doing his job this

month. (泞 "ours" means the thing belongs to... )

1. Mr. Wang

2. Mr. Wang

3. Vivian Wang

4. the department of finance

5. Robinson

6. Mr. Wang and Jack

Page 355: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Demonstrative Pronouns.

Amanda visits Doris’s house. According to the location that has shownin the picture below. Guess what kind of pronouns they may use in theirdialogues. Fill with the pronouns: "these", "that", "this" and "those".

Amanda: What is ?

Doris: A hand-made clock.

Amanda: What is on your shoes?

Doris: Oh, a bell. It rings when you walk.

Amanda: Then, what are on your back?

Amanda: are bags. I made them by myself.

Doris: You are really talented!

02

143

UNIT

39Pronouns 2 代名詞 2

this / that / these / those

1. this

2. that

3. those

4. TheseDoris

Amanda

1. mine [maIn] pron. 我的

2. yours [j¨rz] pron. 你的、你們的

3. his [hIz] pron. 他的

4. hers [h^z] pron. 她的

5. ours [1a¨rz] pron. 我們的

6. theirs [DErz] pron. 他們的

7. this [DIs] pron. 這、這個(人、事、物)

8. that [D{t] pron. 那、那個(人、事、物)

9. these [Diz] pron. 這些(人、事、物)

10. those [Doz] pron. 那些(人、事、物)

Page 356: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Replace the underlined words with the words: yours / ours/ mine/ theirs / hers / its / his.

Match the words below.

1. He∂ ∂Ours∂ ∂You

2. My∂ ∂Mine∂ ∂I

3. Yours∂ ∂Hers∂ ∂Our

4. We∂ ∂His∂ ∂Its

5. Her∂ ∂Theirs∂ ∂She

6. They ∂ ∂It∂ ∂Their

7. Its∂ ∂Your∂ ∂His

Identify the subjects of the sentences below and write whether itis "near" or "far" from the speaker.05

04

03

144 1000

UNIT

39 Pronouns 2代名詞 2

E.g. His cat is black.

(Hers) Her cat is brown.

1. Can I use your computer?

( ) My computer doesn’t work.

2. My brother is tall.

( ) your brother is tall?

3. My parents’ house is small.

( ) Mr. and Mrs. Chen’s house is big.

4. Their class is new.

( ) Our class is old.

5. My dog is fat.

( ) His dog is thin.

6. Antonio’s jeans are blue.

( ) Jennifer’s jeans are red.

7. Susana’s umbrella is long.

( ) Peter’s umbrella is short.

1. Mine 2. yours 3. Theirs 4. Ours 5. His 6. Hers 7. His

1. His, His

2. Mine, I

3. Your, You

4. Ours, Our

5. Hers, She

6. Theirs, Their

7. It, Its

E.g. Is that school big? ( far )

1. Are these books? ( )

2. Those are my bags. ( )

3. Is this your pencil? ( )

4. Bring me that chair. ( )

5. This telephone is new. ( )

6. Are those cars old? ( )

7. Is that your watch? ( ) 1. near

2. far

3. near

4. far

5. near

6. far

7. far

Page 357: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

E.g. Her hair is short. (is / his / long / But) But his is long.

1. Their class is boring. (interesting / ours / is)

2. My parents always watch TV. (TV / Do / always / yours /

watch) ?

3. My friend comes from Italy. (America / Does / come / yours /

from) ?

4. I am like my father. (yours / like / Are / you )

?

5. My birthday is in December. (August / yours / Is / in)

?

6. My house has two bedrooms. (have / Does / yours / one)

?

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things that are yours in your bathroom.

2. My house has got three bedrooms, two bathrooms, one living room, one dining room and

one kitchen. How about yours?

07

06

145

UNIT

39Pronouns 2 代名詞 2

1. Ared toothbrush / Ayellow towel / Ablack comb

2. My house has got three bedrooms, two bathrooms, and one living room.

1. Ours is interesting.

2. Do yours always watch

TV?

3. Does yours come from

America?

4. Are you like yours?

5. Is yours in August?

6. Does yours have one?

Page 358: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Indefinite Pronouns

Fill in above indefinite pronouns into the chart below.

Circle out the correct answer through examining the examplesbelow in the chart.02

01

146 1000

Pronouns 3代名詞 3Pronouns 3

UNIT

40

somebody / nothing / anybody / everyone / nobody /

everybody anything / no-one / something / anyone /

everything / someone

one body thing

every (=each) e.g. everyone 1. 2.

any 3. 4. 5.

no (=none) 6. 7. 8.

some 9. 10. 11.

Examples:

Where is everybody?

Someone is singing.

No-one knows about the news.

Is anyone home?

1. Circle the correct answer:

The indefinite pronouns are (singular / plural).

Examples:

Does everyone remember first teacher?

Somebody is cooking; cook for them-

selves.

Nobody answers the phone, don’t ?

I don’t like anybody; I don’t talk to .

2. Circle the correct answer:

You (cannot / can) use the plural pronouns e.g.

they, them, their...etc. to refer to the indefinite

pronouns.

them

they

they

their

1. everybody

2. everything

3. anyone

4. anybody

5. anything

6. no one

7. nobody

8. nothing

9. someone

10. somebody

11. something

Page 359: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (Somebody / Everything / Nothing / Everybody)...complains

about their company.

2. There is...(any / nothing / nobody / anything) wrong in the

case study.

3. You shouldn’t tell...(everything / every / someone / anyone)

about your plan.

03

147

UNIT

40Pronouns 3代名詞 3

Example:

Is anyone there? (

?)

Is anything wrong?

(Don’t use: Is something wrong?)

3. Circle the correct answer:

In (question / affirmative) sentences, it is better to

use ‘anyone, anybody and anything’ than

‘someone, somebody and something’.

Example:

Q: Is there anybody in the cafe?

A1: Yes, there is somebody in the cafe.

(Don’t use: Yes, there is anybody in the cafe.)

A2: No, there is not anybody in the cafe.

.)

4. Circle the correct answer:

When sentences with ‘not’, it is (not better / bet-

ter) to use ‘anybody, anyone and anything’

than ‘someone, somebody and something’.

cafe

(Don’t use: No, there is not somebody in the

there

Don’t use: Is someone

1. singular 2. can 3. question 4. better

1. somebody [1s√m%bAdI] pron. 某人

2. nothing [1n√TIµ] pron. 沒什麼

3. anybody [1EnI%bAdI] pron. 任何人

4. everyone [1EvrI%w√n] pron. 每個人

5. nobody [1nobAdI] pron. 沒有人

6. everybody [1EvrI%bAdI] pron. 每個人

7. anything [1EnI%TIµ] pron. 任何東西

8. no one [1no1w√n] pron. 沒有人

9. something [1s√mTIµ] pron. 某些東西

10. anyone [1EnI%w√n] pron. 任何人

11. everything [1EvrI%TIµ] pron. 每件事

12. someone [1s√m%w√n] pron. 某人

13. every [1EvrI] adj. 每一個的

14. each [itS] pron. 每個

15. any [1EnI] pron. 任何一個

16. none [n√n] pron. 一點也沒有

17. some [s√m] pron. 一些

18. one [w√n] pron. 一個、一人

1. Somebody / Everybody

2. nothing

3. anyone

Page 360: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

4. (Some / Everyone / Everything / Everybody)... needs family.

5. (None / Any / One / Something)... of these answers is cor-

rect.

6. Did you buy...(something / anyone / somebody / anything)

from the shop?

7. Don’t leave...(something / someone / anyone / anything) in

the car.

8. (No-one / Someone / Anything / Nobody) answer the phone.

9. Did you do...(something / every / nobody / anything)?

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (is / for / ready / Everything / meal / the) .

.

2. (friends / has / my / One / house / a / of) .

.

3. (one / you / do / Which / like) ?

?

4. (in / mirrors / Can / see / the / everyone / themselves) ?

?

5. (knows / the / news / No one / about) .

.

6. (tiger / the / anyone / Has / seen) ?

?

Answer the questions below.

1. Use "some" to describe things you have at home. (List

three answers)

.

2. Use "any" to describe things you don’t like or don’t like to

do. (List three answers)

.

05

04

148 1000

UNIT

40 Pronouns 3代名詞 3

4. Everyone / Everybody

5. None / One

6. anything

7. anyone / anything

8. No-one / Someone /

Nobody

9. anything

1. Everything is ready for

the meal

2. One of my friends has a

house.

3. Which one do you like?

4. Can everyone see them-

selves in the mirror?

5. No one knows about the

news.

6. Has anyone seen the

tiger?

1. I have some beautiful

clothes, useful books and

vegetables at home.

2. I don’t eat any fish.

I don’t drink any milk.

I don’t wear any skirts.

Page 361: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Replace the underlined words with the words: one / any / some.

Match the words below.

1. every∂ ∂nobody

2. nothing∂ ∂each

3. anybody∂ ∂anyone

4. everyone∂ ∂none

5. no one∂ ∂everybody

6. That student is∂ ∂the one I live in.

7. There is∂ ∂someone famous in the pub.

8. I don’t eat∂ ∂each student.

9. That house is∂ ∂any fruit.

10. Give the apples to∂ ∂none left.

07

06

149

UNIT

40Pronouns 3代名詞 3

E.g. I have a dog.

Do you have (one)?

1. I got some money.

Do you have ( )?

2. I have some rice.

He has ( ), too.

3. I don’t like pets.

Do you like ( )?

4. I have a girlfriend.

Do you have ( )?

5. I have a part-time job.

She has ( ), too.

a girlfriend

pets

some rice

some money

a dog

1. any 2. some 3. any 4. one 5. one

1. each2. none

3. anyone4. everybody

5. nobody6. someone famous in the pub.

7. none left.8. any fruit.

9. the one I live.10. each student.

Page 362: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

The Article.

Answer the questions below.

01

150 1000

Determiners 1限定詞 1Determiners 1

UNIT

41

a / an / the

(1) Circle the correct use of a and an. (圈出正確的a和an用法)

a bird / an umbrella / a water / a dog / a rice / an apple / an ink / a house / an air / a cat / a

hair

Circle the correct answer:

We use a and an with singular (uncountable nouns / countable nouns).

(2) Fill a or an into below blanks. (請填入a或an在下列空格)

elephant/ picture/ ant/ uniform/ magazine/

Indian/ wife/ egg/ old man

Fill the correct answer:

We use an before countable nouns that begin with the first letter in , ,

, , . (They are vowels.)

(3) Circle the correct use of the. (圈出正確的the用法)

the nurse / the sofa / the a dog / the an egg / the beach / the street

Circle the correct answer:

We (don’t / do) use a or an with the together before a noun.

(4) Read the below dialogue and answer the questions. (讀下列對話並回答問題)

Helen: Who killed the bird?

Tom: A cat.

Jack: The cat.

Circle the correct answer:

ç(Helen, Tom and Jack) does not know which cat.

çYou use the before a noun when you and the listeners (don’t know / know) which one you

mean.

Page 363: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and fill in the words "a", "an" or"the" in the blanks.02

151

UNIT

41Determiners 1限定詞 1

(5) Circle the correct use of the. (圈出正確的the用法)

The John / The Eiffel Tower / The Taipei / The Pacific Ocean / The Alps Mountain / The Nile

River

Circle the correct answer:

ç(Use / Don’t use) the with the names of people, streets or places.

ç(Use / Don’t use) the with the name of rivers, oceans, mountain and buildings.

1. a bird, an umbrella, a dog, an apple, a house, a cat / countable nouns.

2. an, a, an, an, a, an, a, an, an / a, e, i, o, u.

3. the nurse, the sofa, the beach, the street / don’t.

4. Tom / know.

5. the Eiffel Tower, the Pacific Ocean, the Alps Mountain, the Nile River / Don’t use / Use.

1. a [@] art. 一、一個

2. an [{n] art. 一、一個

3. the [D@] art. 這(個)、那(個)

One night, 1) man with one arm kills 2) doctor’s wife in 3) hotel.

4) one-arm man ran right away after he killed 5) lady.

However, in 6) hotel, no one saw 7) one-arm man.

Only 8) doctor himself saw 9) man use 10) umbrella to kill his wife.

11) doctor tells 12) story to the policemen.

However, no one believes 13) doctor.

14) policemen believes 15) lady was killed by 16) doctor.

This is 17) unbelievable answer to 18) doctor.

19) doctor has 20) old friend in the police office.

This friend is 21) detective. He decided to let 22) doctor run away.

1. a 2. a 3. a 4. The 5. the 6. the 7. the 8. the 9. the 10. an 11. The 12. the

13. the 14.The 15. the 16. the 17. an 18. the 19. The 20. an 21. a 22. the

Page 364: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (many / are / There / problems / the / in / world).

.

2. (bright / moon / very / not / The / is / tonight).

.

3. (fly / in / I / sky / can / the).

.

4. (food / ant / eats / a / cat’s / An).

.

5. (twentieth / the / birthday / My / on / is).

.

Answer the questions below.

1. List three nouns that should always go with ‘the’ by

grammar rules.

.

2. List three nouns that can not be used with ‘a’ or ‘an’.

.

Write the singular and plural forms of the words below. 05

04

03

152 1000

UNIT

41 Determiners 1限定詞 1

1. There are many problems

in the world.

2. The moon is not very bright

tonight.

3. I can fly in the sky.

4. An ant eats a cat’s food.

5. My birthday is on the

twentieth.

1. The sun / The moon / The

U.S.A.

2. water, juice, air

Singular(單數) Plural (複數) Singular(單數) Plural(複數)

1. owls a zoo 2.

a taxi 3. 4. potatoes

an eye 5. 6. videos

7. roses a box 8.

9. engineers 10. hours

11. universities an office 12.

1. an owls

2. zoos

3. taxies

4. a potato

5. eyes

6. video

7. a rose

8. boxes

9. an engineer

10. an hour

11. an university

12. offices

Page 365: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Quantifying Determiners.

Read the examples below and classify the words above into the chart below.

01

153

UNIT

42Determiners 2限定詞 2Determiners 2

UNIT

42

most / few / several / a little / much / both /

a lot of / a few / many / lots of / more / little /

less / all / another / fewer

I have read several books.

I’ve got less hair than you.

Both of my housemates are tall.

A few students sing the songs.

You should try a little rice.

This year, school has fewer students than last year.

I don’t drink much tea.

There was little water left.

There are many apples on the tree.

Few girls want to buy robots.

Lots of children like you.

Lots of milk in the cup.

There is another apple for you.

All cars should be cleaned.

I drank all of the water.

A lot of cats don’t have food.

A lot of oil is gone.

I got more pictures than you.

Give me more jam.

Most friends like flowers.

Most of powder is white.

1+ countable nouns

(+可數的名詞)

2+ uncountable nouns

(+不可數的名詞)

3+ countable or

uncountable nouns

(+可數的或不可數

的名詞)

4+ singular countable

nouns

(+單數可數的名詞)

1. several, both, a few, fewer many, few

2. less, a little, much, little

3. lots of, more, all, most, a lot of

4. another

Page 366: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (All / A few / More / Both / Another)...means "two".

2. (A lot of / More / A few / A little / All)... is the opposite word of "many".

3. (Another / Lots of / Less / A little / Much)... refers to "one".

4. (Both / Many / Much / All / A few)... is the opposite word of "a little".

5. (Lots of / All / Several / Most / A lots of)... means not many.

6. (Much / More / Another / Many / Most)... is the opposite word of "less".

Match the words below.

1. are∂

2. is∂

3. are / is∂

∂Many∂Much∂A few∂A little∂Both∂Several∂Lots of∂A lot of∂All

03

02

154 1000

UNIT

42 Determiners 2限定詞 2

1. most [most] pron. adj. 大多數(的)

2. few [fju] pron. adj. 很少、幾乎沒有

(的)

3. several [1sEv@r@l] pron. adj. 數個(的)

4. a little [@1lIt¬] pron. adj. 少量的一些(的)

5. much [m√tS] pron. adj. 許多(的)

6. both [boT] pron. adj. 雙方(都)、兩者

⋯都

7. a lot of [@1lAt%@f] pron. adj. 許多(的)

8. a few [@1fju] pron. adj. 少少的幾個(的)

9. many [mEnI] pron. adj. 許多(的)

10. lots of [1lAts%@f] adj. phrase 很多(的)

11. more [mor] pron. adj. 更多(的)

12. little [lIt¬] pron. adj. 少、不多(的)

13. less [lEs] adj. 較少(的)

14. all [Ol] pron. adj. 所有(的)

15. another [@1n√D_] pron. adj. 另一個(的)

16. fewer [fju_] adj. 較少(的)

1. Both

2. Afew

3. Another

4. Much

5. Several

6. More

1. Many, Afew, Both, Several

2. Much, Alittle

3. Lots of, Alot of, All

Page 367: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (computers / students / use / Most / can).

.

2. (speak / can / A lot of / parents / English).

.

3. (has / John / all / fish / of / eaten / the).

.

4. (like / swimming / A few / girls).

.

5. (books / are / Several / missing).

.

6. (parents / like / Both / shopping).

.

04

155

UNIT

42Determiners 2限定詞 2

1. Most students can use

computers.

2. Alot of parents can speak

English.

3. John has eaten all of the

fish.

4. Afew girls like swimming.

5. Several books are missing.

6. Both parents like shopping.

Page 368: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Possessive Determiners.

Who are the highlighted words below referring to? Read the contextand give your answer in the parentheses.

01

156 1000

Determiners 3限定詞 3Determiners 3

UNIT

43

my / your / his / her / its / our / their

Jeff: Is this your picture? (e.g. your = John’s)

John: Yes. This is my family. (my = 1. )

My parents are here. (My = 2. )

This is our dog, Lesley. (our = 3. )

Look! This is its little house which I made.(its = 4. )

And, she is my sister, Jennifer. (my = 5. )

Her son stands on the left. (Her = 6. )

And, this tall man is my little brother, William. (my = 7. )

This young lady is his wife. (his = 8. )

This is their new house. (their = 9. )

We were there for Christmas!

1. John’s

2. John’s

3. John’s family

4. Lesley’s

5. John’s

6. Jennifer’s

7. John’s

8. William’s

9. William and his wife’s

Page 369: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Below Possessive Determiners refer to the plural nouns, singu-lar nouns or both? Check the correct answers.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (My / I) never go to school with (I / my) friends.

2. (He / His) father lets (I / my) son drive the car.

3. (You / Your) should go now, (their / they) bus would not wait for you.

4. (It / Its) looks like (we / our) house.

5. Will (you / your) buy gifts for (they / their) children?

6. (She / Her) carried (her / she) cat to a pet shop.

03

02

157

UNIT

43Determiners 3限定詞 3

plural(複數的) singular(單數的) both(兩者都是)

1. their

2. my

3. its

4. our

5. her

6. your

7. his

1. my [maI] pron. 我的2. your [ju_] pron. 你的、你們的3. his [hIz] pron. 他的4. her [h^] pron. 她的

5. its [Its] pron. 它的6. our [1a¨r] pron. 我們的7. their [DEr] pron. 他們的

1. their—plural

2. my—singular

3. its—singular

4. our—plural

5. her—singular

6. your—both

7. his—singular

1. I, my

2. His, my

3. You, their

4. It, our

5. you, their

6. She, her

Page 370: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below.

Replace the underlined words with the words: your / our/ my /their / her / its / his.

E.g. Teresa likes toy.

Teresa likes ( his ) toy.

1. Frank is holding hands.

Frank is holding ( ) hands.

2. The dog runs into house.

The dog runs into ( ) house.

3. Please don’t tell this to .

Please don’t tell this to ( ).

4. Please write down name.

Please write down ( ) name.

5. Lillian! These are gifts.

Lillian! These are ( ) gifts.

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (name / don’t / I / your/ know).

2. (brother / I / movies / tonight / and / My / will / the / go / to).

3. (toys / his / eats / dog / The).

06

you and John’s

your and my

your niece

my grandparents’

the waitress’s

her brother’s

05

çWas

çWere

çSheç

çTheyç

çYouç

çItç

çHeç

çWeç

çIç

1. Hisç

2. Yourç

3. Herç

4. Ourç

5. Itsç

6. Myç

7. Theirç

04

158 1000

UNIT

43 Determiners 3限定詞 3

1. His, He, Was

2. Your, You, Were

3. Her, She, Was

4. Our. We, Were

5. Its, It, Was

6. My, I, Was

7. Their, They, Were

1. her

2. their

3. her

4. our

5. your

1. I don’t know your name.

2. My brother and I will go

to the movies tonight.

3. The dog eats his toys.

Page 371: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

4. (money / want / her / she / Doesn’t / back)?

5. (ago / died / cat / Our / has / years).

6. (watch / is / Where / my)?

7. (use / everyday / dictionary / Do / your / you)?

8. (their / everyday / wash / people / Some / cars).

Answer the questions below.

1. Describe your house with three sentences.

2. Describe your neighbors with three sentences.

07

159

UNIT

43Determiners 3限定詞 3

4. Doesn’t she want her

money back?

5. Our cat has died years

ago.

6. Where is my watch?

7. Do you use your diction-

ary everyday?

8. Some people wash their

cars everyday.

1. My house has a clean

kitchen, three bedrooms

and a mini living room.

2. My neighbor has a nice

car, three lovely children

and a big dog.

Page 372: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Classify verbs below into the chart.01

160 1000

Verbs動詞Verbs

UNIT

44

should / may / can / am / shall / do / was

have / is / will / must / were / are / could

would / did / does / had / might / done / has

1. Be Verbs (Be動詞) 2. Auxiliary Verbs(助動詞)

1. was, is, were, are, am

2. should, may, can, shall, do, have, will, must, could, would, did, does, had, might, done, has

Page 373: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Fill correct forms in the chart below.02

161

UNIT

44Verbs 動詞

Present Tense Past Tense Past Participial Present Tense Past Tense Past Participial

(現在式) (過去式) (過去完成式) (現在式) (過去式) (過去完成式)

am 1. been have 2. had

3. were 4. 5. would

is 6. been shall 7.

do 8. done 9. might

does did 10. can 11.

has had 12.

1. was

2. had

3. are

4.been

5. will

6. was

7. should

8. did

9. may

10. done

11. could

12. had

1. should [S¨d] v. 應該(shall的過去式)

2. may [me] v. 可能3. can [k{n] v. 可以4. am [{m] v. 是(第一人稱單數現在式)5. shall [S{l] v. 應該6. do [du] v. 做7. was [wAz] v. 是(is的過去式)

8. have [h{v] v. 有9. is [Iz] v. 是(第三人稱單數現在式)10. will [wIl] v. 將11. must [m√st] v. 必須

12. were [w^] v. 是(are的過去式)

13. are [Ar] v. 是14. could [k¨d] v. 可以(can的過去式)

15. would [w¨d] v. 將(will的過去式)

16. did [dId] v. 做(do的過去式)

17. does [d√z] v. 做(第三人稱單數現在式)

18. had [h{d] v. 有(have的過去式)

19. might [maIt] v. 可能(may的過去式)

20. done [d√n] v. 做(do的過去分詞)

21. has [h{z] v. 有(第三人稱單數現在式)

Page 374: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Are you five? Yes, I (am / do / have / was).

2. Do you walk to school? Yes, I (am / have / do / was).

3. Can you speak Japanese? Yes, I (do / would / could / can).

4. Shall we go? Yes, we (should / might / shall / do).

5. Would he like a gift? Yes, he (does / is / will / would).

6. Will they come again? Yes, they (would / do / are / will).

7. She is a movie star, (is / isn’t / doesn’t / don’t) she?

8. Am I your friend? Yes, you (am / is / was / are).

9. Has he won a lottery? Yes, he (does / is / has / have).

10. I must go now, (won’t / must / mustn’t / shouldn’t) I?

Read the sentences below and correct the underlined parts.

1. She would to talk to you?

2. your father angry?

3. I in London last night.

4. We couldn’t anything more.

5. they drive to school?

6. Shall the cat now?

7. You can very well.

8. My brother will not to school today.

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (pop / your / songs / sister / listen / to / Does)?

2. (out / woman / go / Should / to / a / work)?

3. (tomorrow / we / you / Will / see / again)?

4. (day / home / stay / he / all / Could)?

5. (you / can / No one / dance / like).

05goes

swimming

sleeps

Are

saying

were

Don’t

likes

04

03

162 1000

UNIT

44 Verbs動詞

1. like

2. Isn’t

3. was

4. say

5. Do

6. sleep

7. swim

8. go

1. am

2. do

3. can

4. shall

5. would

6.will

7. isn’t

8. are

9. has

10. mustn’t

1. Does your sister listen to pop

songs?

2. Should a woman go out to work?

3. Will we see you again tomorrow?

4. Could he stay home all day?

5. No one can dance like you.

Page 375: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture below and fill in the following prepositionsinto the blanks. 01

163

UNIT

45Prepositions of Places 1描述地點的介系詞 1Prepositions of Places 1

UNIT

45

bird / window / dog / ball / car / cat / grass

baby / stones / rabbit / tree / girl / water

1. A man is sitting inside the car.

2. A is sitting beside the man in the

car.

3. A is sitting in front of the car.

4. The man is looking at the cat through the

car .

5. A dog is sitting at the back of the .

6. There is a tree behind the .

7. The dog is in between the and car.

8. Under the tree there are some .

9. Above the tree there is a flying.

10. Below the car there is a .

11. Around the ball there is some .

12. There is a flower and next to the

car.

13. There is a eating, among the

grass.

14. A is standing outside the car.

15. She is lying against the car.

2. baby

3. cat

4. window

5. car

6. dog

7. tree

8. stones

9. bird

10. ball

11. water

12. grass

13. rabbit

14. girl

Page 376: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. The opposite word of "under" is...(behind / above / inside / against).

2. The opposite word of "outside" is...(indoor / inside / next to / below).

3. The opposite word of "at the back of" is...(between / beside / in

front of / around).

4. A synonym to the word "behind" is...(at the back of / in the front /

through / under).

5. A synonym to the word "among" is...(next to / between / behind /

below).

Read the descriptions below and draw what they describe. 03

02

164 1000

UNIT

45 Prepositions of Places 1描述地點的介系詞 1

1. inside [1In1saId] prep. 在...的裡面

2. beside [bI1saId] prep. 在...的旁邊

3. in front of [%In1fr√nt%@f] prep.在...的前面

4. through [Tru] prep. 透過...

5. at the back of [%{t1D@1b{k%@f] prep.在...的後面

6. behind [bI1haInd] prep. 在...的背後

7. between [bI1twin] prep. 在...之間

8. under [1√nd_] prep. 在...的下面

9. above [@1b√v] prep. 在...的上面

10. below [b@1lo] prep. 在...下面

11. around [@1ra¨nd] prep. 在...周圍

12. next to [1nEkst1tu] prep. 在...的旁邊

13. among [@1m√µ] prep. 在...之中

14. outside [1aut1saId] prep. 在...的外面

15. against [@1gEnst] prep. 倚靠

1. above

2. inside

3. in front of

4. at the back of

5. between

1. A tree lies against a

house.

2. A butterfly flies among

flowers.

3. A ball rolls through a tun-

nel.

4. Number 44 is between

number 43 and 45.

5. A circle is inside a trian-

gle.

6. Alphabet F is next to the

alphabet G.

Page 377: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Answer the questions below with at least one preposition youlearn in this unit.

1. Where is your television?

2. Where is your bed?

3. Where are your books?

4. Where is your bathroom mirror?

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (at / house / Your car / of / back / the / is / the).

2. (There / grass / among / a / is / bee / the).

3. (front / You / not / stand / of / bus / should / in / the).

4. (Don’t / door / against / the / lie).

5. (to / tree / next / she / a / sits).

05

04

165

UNIT

45Prepositions of Places 1描述地點的介系詞 1

1. My television is in front of a sofa.

2. My bed is next to my dresser.

3. My books are behind the computer.

4. My bathroom mirror is above the sink.

1. Your car is at the back of the house.

2. There is a bee among the grass.

3. You should not stand in front of the

bus.

4. Don’t lie against the door.

5. She sits next to a tree.

Page 378: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Look at the picture below and fill in the following words into theblanks.01

166 1000

Prepositions of Places 2描述地點的介系詞 2Prepositions of Places 2

UNIT

46

postman / old lady / cap / children / police / old man / bus

student / girl / bank / man / boy / lady / car / dogs

1. A is walking across the road.

2. A is running along the road.

3. A is standing at the roadside.

4. There are many walking on

the road.

5. There is a going off the

road.

6. There is a parked by the

roadside.

7. There is an getting out from

the car.

8. The parked car is near a .

9. An is walking out from the

bank.

10. A and a dog are walking into

the bank.

11. There are two in the bank.

12. A is walking to the post office.

13. A is walking towards to the student.

14. A is coming out of the post office.

15. The postman’s is blown over the postbox.

1. man

2. boy

3. lady

4. children

5. bus

6. car

7. old man

8. bank

9. old lady

10. girl

11. dogs

12. student

13. police officer / police man

14. postman

15. cap

Page 379: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Where is the cat? It is...(along / on / in / off / across) the kitchen.

2. Where are you from? I’m...(towards / to / into / from / at) Tokyo.

3. Where are you going? I’m going...(into / from / to / along / in) Singapore.

4. Where is the bank? It is... (to / near / towards / across / into) the hospital.

5. How do you find my house? I walk...(on / at / along / from / into) the river.

Read the descriptions below and draw what they describe. 03

02

167

UNIT

46Prepositions of Places 2描述地點的介系詞 2

1. across [@1krOs] prep. 橫越、穿過2. along [@1lOµ] prep. 沿著3. at [{t] prep. 在⋯地點4. on [An] prep. 在⋯上5. off [Of] prep. 從⋯分岔6. by [baI] prep. 在⋯旁邊7. out [a¨t] prep. 出⋯在外8. near [nIr] prep. 靠近

9. from [frAm] prep. 從10. into [1Intu] prep. 進入11. in [In] prep. 在⋯裡面12. to [tu] prep. 向、往13. towards [t@1wOrdz] prep. 朝向14. out of [1a¨t%@f] prep. 自⋯離開15. over [1ov_] prep. 越過

1. A chair is on a table. 2. An airplane flies towards

a mountain.

3. A fish is in a fish tank.

1. in

2. from

3. to

4. near

5. along

1.茶几上有一張椅子。

2.一架飛機飛向一座山。

3.魚缸裡有一隻魚。

Page 380: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (tomorrow / meet / you / I / park / at / will / the).

2. (stand / Please / me / so / cold / by / I / feel).

3. (from / man / is / rich / The / a / young / family).

4. (jump / boxes / Can / over / you / three)?

5. (go / off / road / the / Don’t).

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things or people that are near you now.

2. List three things that people can sit on.

3. List three things in the world that people can walk along.

4. List three things that you can be inside of.

Fill the words below into the blanks.

Bell: Excuse me! How to get to the Conference Hall?

Waiter: Well, first you should walk 1) of this room from the door on

the right. Then, walk 2) a garden fence. 3) the bottom

of the road, you will see a small path 4) the road. After that,

walk on the path until you see a fountain 5) a church. The

Conference Hall is right at the back of the church. So, you should

walk 6) the church and find the door to the backyard. When

you get into the backyard, you should walk 7) a river. Finally,

you’ll see the Conference Hall in front of you.

06

05

04

168 1000

UNIT

46 Prepositions of Places 2描述地點的介系詞 2

at / off / by / into / out / across / along

1. I will meet you at the park

tomorrow.

2. Please stand by me. I feel

so cold.

3. The young man is from a

rich family.

4. Can you jump over three

boxes?

5. Don’t go off the road.

1. a pencil box, my

brother, a computer

2. chairs, stones, sofas

3. rivers, tunnels, roads

4. school, house, bus

1. out

2. along

3. At

4. off

5. by

6. into

7. across

Page 381: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers. 01

169

UNIT

47Prepositions of Time描述時間的介系詞Prepositions of Time

UNIT

47

John usually gets up at 5:00a.m.

1. You can also say that John gets up...

(around 5:00a.m. / by 4:30a.m. / after 5:30a.m. / before 5:30a.m.).

John usually works from 8:00a.m. to 5:00p.m.

2. You can also say that John works...

(until 5:00p.m. / for 10 hours / since 8:00a.m. / during 8:00a.m. to 5:00p.m. /

till 8:00a.m.).

Jessica practices music from 9:00a.m. in the morning to noon

3. You can also say that Jessica practices the music...

(in the morning / at the noon / in the afternoon / about mid-night / by the 12:00

a.m. / before the morning / since the noon).

Julia doesn't work on Saturday or Sunday

4. You can also say that Julia works...

(from Saturday to Sunday / on the weekdays / during the weekends / between

Monday to Friday / for five days.).

Julia was born on December 25th 1970

5. You can also say that Julia's birthday is...

(on Christmas / in December / in October 1970 / between November to January

/ during the winter / after the December 1st / in 1970 / before the December 1st).

1. around 5:00a.m. / before 5:30a.m.

2. until 5:00p.m. / since 8:00a.m. / during 8:00a.m. to 5:00p.m.

3.in the morning / by the 12:00 a.m.

4. on the weekdays / between Monday to Friday / for five days

5. on Christmas / in December / between November to January / during

the winter / after the December 1st/ in 1970

Page 382: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. I will graduate...(on / at / from / in / until) 2006.

2. It rains a lot...(to / on / during / for / in) May.

3. Our meeting is...(between / on / in / for / till) March 25th 2004.

4. See you...(at / for / in / on / from) Sunday.

5. Let’s meet...(on / in / at / for / during) 3:30 p.m.

Answer the questions below.

1. When do you usually have dinner?

2. How long have you been living in your house?

3. When is it cold in your country?

4. When is the national birthday of your country?

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (to / movie / from / nine p.m. / starts / The / seven p.m.).

04

03

02

170 1000

UNIT

47 Prepositions of Time描述時間的介系詞

1. at [{t] prep.在⋯的時刻2. around [@1ra¨nd] prep.大約3. by [baI] prep.不遲於4. after [1{ft_] prep.在⋯之後5. before [bI1for] prep.在⋯之前6. from [frAm] prep.從⋯起7. to [tu] prep.直到⋯之前8. until [@n1tIl] prep.直到⋯為止

9. for [fOr] prep.長達⋯時間10. since [sIns] prep.從那時到現在11. during [1djurIµ] prep.在⋯期間12. till [tIl] prep.直到⋯為止13. in [In] prep.在⋯(月、年)14. about [@1ba¨t] prep.大約15. on [An] prep.在⋯(日)16. between [bI1twin] prep.在⋯之間

1. in

2. in

3. on

4. on

5. at

1. I usually have my dinner around 6

p.m..

2. I’ve been living in my house about a

year.

3. In my country, it is cold in October,

November, December and January.

4. It is on October 10th.

1. The movie starts from

seven p.m. to nine p.m.

Page 383: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

2. (car / 2004 / buy / a / in / I / to / want).

3. (usually / church / Sundays / on / to / People / go).

4. (eight / usually / The / starts / class / at).

5. (summer / I / any / the / class / vacation / have / don’t /

during).

Match the words on the left column and circle the correct answeron the right column.

Write sentences to describe the schedule below.06

9. (on / at) night

10. (in / on) Monday

11. (on / in) winter

12. (at / in) seven o’clock

13. (on / in) Christmas

14. (on / in) 1995

15. (in / on) December

16. (on / in ) April third

ça. night

çb. Monday

çc. winter

çd. seven o'clock

çe. Christmas

çf. 1995

çg. December

çh. April third

1. holidayç

2. hoursç

3. dateç

4. seasonç

5. monthç

6. time of a dayç

7. yearç

8. day of a weekç

05

171

UNIT

47Prepositions of Time描述時間的介系詞

2. I want to buy a car in 2004.

3. People usually go to church

on Sundays.

4. The class usually starts at

eight.

5.I don’t have any class dur-

ing the summer vacation.

1. e

2. d

3. h

4. c

5. g

6. a

7. f

8. b

9. at

10. on

11. in

12. at

13. on

14. in

15. in

16. on

7:00a.m. breakfast I...

7:30a.m. arrive at the bus stop

7:45a.m. get on the bus

8:30a.m. start the first class

4:30p.m. end school's classes

5:00p.m. - 6:30p.m. study in the library

7:30p.m. should arrive home

8:00p.m. dinner

10:30p.m. go to bed

I usually have my breakfast at 7:00a.m.. Then, I arrive at the bus stop at 7:30a.m. and get on a

bus around 7: 45a.m.. After that, I study at school from 8:30a.m. to 4:30p.m.. After school, I

usually study in the library from 5:00 until 6.30p.m.. Then, I usually arrive home about 7:30p.m.

and have my dinner at 8:00 p.m.. I usually go to bed around 10:30p.m..

Page 384: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and classify the highlighted wordsinto the chart.01

172 1000

Conjunctions連接詞Conjunctions

UNIT

48

Helen: It’s not urgent for you to find a job, because your family is so rich and successful.

Steven: Although my family is rich, the money does not belong to me.

Helen: Do you say you need a job in order to get money for living?

Steven: No. My parents do give me enough money, but getting a job means a lot to me.

Helen: Except for making money what other reasons do you have?

Steven: A lot. If I have a job, I can gain more experience. Also, I can have more friends.

Therefore, my life would not be that boring.

Helen: Yeah, I agree with you as long as you find a job, your life could change soon.

Steven: In my family, unless I have a job, I will be treated like a child forever.

Helen: So that you want to be independent like an adult!

Steven: Yes. As finding a job is not difficult for me, I want to get one as soon as possible.

Helen: Yeah, it shouldn’t be difficult since you are so talented. So, any ideal jobs in mind

now?

Steven: Yes. I want to play piano in a band or a night club.

Helen: It sounds interesting! Would your family agree with you?

Steven: Well, the work itself is very ideal for me however it may not sound very good to

my parents.

1. Conjunctions of reasons表達原因的連接詞

2. Conjunctions of continuance單純使語句繼續的連接詞

Page 385: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

173

UNIT

48Conjunctions連接詞

3. Conjunctions of contrast表達對照或反義連接詞

4. Conjunctions of conditions指出條件的連接詞

5. Conjunctions of purpose指出目的的連接詞

6. Others其它

1. because [bI1kOz] conj. 因為2. and [{nd] conj. 和3. although [Ol1Do] conj. 雖然⋯但是4. in order to [%In1Ord_%tu] conj. 為了5. but [b√t] conj. 但是6. except [Ik1sEpt] conj. 除了⋯之外7. if [If] conj. 如果8. also [1Olso] conj. 並且9. therefore [1DEr%for] conj. 因此(adv.)

10. as long as [%{z1lOµ%{z] conj. 只要⋯11. unless [√n1lEs] conj. 除非12. so that [%so1D{t] conj. 為了如此⋯以至於

13. as [{z] conj. 因為14. since [sIns] conj. 因為15. so [so] conj. 因此16. or [Or] conj. 或是17. however [ha¨1Ev_] conj. 然而

1. because, as, since

2. and, also

3. although, but, however

4. if, unless, as long as

5. in order to, so that

6. or, except, therefore, so

Page 386: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. Julia is tall...(and / but) beautiful.

2. The weather is sunny...(and / but / or) cold.

3. Choose one of them, the tall one ... (or / and / but) the short one.

4. I am late...(as long as / because / unless) I hit a traffic jam.

5. (However / So / Also / If) you like the flower, you can take it.

6. I work very hard...(although / in order to / except) earn more money.

7. I can help your company...(in order to / as long as) you pay me more

money.

Answer the questions below.

1. What will you do if you win the first prize in the Lottery?

2. Why do you study English?

3. What is the best way of learning English in your mind?

4. Give one sentence to describe your life with the word of

"although".

Match the phrases below.

ça. unless you study tonight.

çb. I won’t see you tomorrow.

çc. as she made a mistake.

çd. except for India.

çe. so that I can hear you.

çf. although she feels very tired

1. She did the work againç

2. Please say it loudlyç

3. You won’t pass the examç

4. I would love to visit any countryç

5. She keeps on walkingç

6. If it rainsç

04

03

02

174 1000

UNIT

48 Conjunctions連接詞

1. and

2. but

3. or

4. because

5. if

6. in order to

7. as long as

1. I will give the prize out to

poor people

2. Because it is useful in my

future job.

3. To read and listen English

materials everyday.

4. I like to go shopping

although I have no money

in my pocket.

1. c2. e3. a4. d5. f6. b

Page 387: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the dialogues below and classify the highlighted wordsinto the chart. 01

175

UNIT

49Interjections感歎詞Interjections

UNIT

49

Mr. Lee: Morning, sir.Lydia: Good morning, Lydia.

Susan: Happy Birthday!Annie: Thank you!

Ms. Ling: Could you wait a minute.Mr. Lee: No problem.

Lydia: Want some coffee?James: Sure! Thanks!

Mina: Hey, Congratulations!Julia: Thanks.

Mr. Wang: Good-bye!Mrs. Chen: Yeah, see you.

Mico: Let’s go to see the movies.Johnson: OK.

Waiter: Have a nice day!Morris: Thanks!

Andy: Merry Christmas!Teresa: You, too.

Kelly: Do you want to see my parents? John: Why not?

Ms. Lai: See you soon.Mary: Bye-bye!

Jack: Hi, Tommy.Tommy: Hello, Jack.

Lisa: How are you, Angela.Angela: Fine, thanks.

Sharon: Good night!Sunny: Have a sweet dream!

1. Greetings 2. Saying Goodbye

3. Blessing 4. Expressions of agreement

1. Hey / Hello / Hi / How are you?

2. Good-bye / By-bye / See you

3. Good morning / Happy birthday / Have a nice

day / Congratulations / Merry Christmas /

4. Have a sweet dream / Good night

5. No problem / Sure / OK / Why not?

Page 388: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When you are leaving, you could say...(good morning/ good-

bye / ok / see you) to others.

2. When your friend passes an exam, you could say...(hi / happy

birthday / congratulations / hey) to him.

3. When you meet your neighbors in the street, you could

say...(no problem / why not / hi / bye-bye) to them.

4. We usually say...(hello / hi / hey / sure) when we picked up the

phone.

5. We usually say...(Merry Christmas / good night / see you /

have a nice day) to people before we go to bed.

6. When you meet people in the morning, you can say...(good

night / good morning / have a sweet dream).

7. When we accept people’s request, we could reply with...(no

problem / how are you / hi / why not).

02

176 1000

UNIT

49 Interjections感歎詞

1. good morning [%g¨d1mOrnIµ] int. 早安2. happy birthday [1h{pI1b^T%de] phrase生日快樂

3. no problem [1no1prAbl@m] phrase沒問題

4. sure [S¨r] adv. 當然5. hey [he] int. 嘿6. congratulations [k@n%gr{tS@1leS@nz]n. 恭喜

7. good-bye [%g¨d1baI] int. 再見8. OK [1o1ke] int. 好9. have a nice day [1h{v%@1naIs1de]phrase 祝福今天愉快

10. Merry Christmas [1mErI1krIsm@s]phrase 聖誕快樂

11. why not [1hwaI1nAt] phrase 好12. see you [1si1ju] phrase 再見13. bye-bye [1baI%baI] int. 拜拜、再見14. hi [haI] int. 嗨15. hello [h@1lo] int. 喂16. how are you [%ha¨1Ar%ju] phrase你好嗎

17. good night [%g¨d1naIt] int. 晚安18. have a sweet dream [1h{v%@1swit

1drim] phrase 祝福有好夢

1. good-bye, see you

2. congratulations

3. hi

4. hello

5. good night

6. good morning

7. no problem / why not

Page 389: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

177

UNIT

49Interjections感歎詞

Answer the questions below.

1. List three occasions that you usually say "congratulations" to people.

2. What would you answer if someone asks you to take a

picture for them?

3. List three greetings that people usually use for special

days.

4. What would you answer if someone says: ‘Have a

sweet dream!’ to you?

Match the dialogues below.

Correct the sentences below.

1. Have an good day →

2. Goodmorning →

3. Congradulattions →

4. Mary Christmas! →

5. Hollo →

6. Sea you →

05

ç(1)Thank you!

ç(2)I’m fine, thanks.

ç(3)Bye-Bye!

ç(4)You too.

ç(5)Yes. Speaking.

ç(6)Sure!

ç(7)This gift is for you!

ça. Yes. A cup of coffee, please!ç

çb. Hello, may I speak to John?ç

çc. Congratulations!!ç

çd. Thank you!!ç

çe. Yes. See you!ç

çf. Have a sweet dream.ç

çg. Fine, thanks. And you?ç

1. Happy Birthday!ç

2. How are you?ç

3. Good night!ç

4. May I help you?ç

5. Hello!?ç

6. See you on Friday.ç

7. I’m going to get married! ç

04

03

1. in a wedding / in a graduation

ceremony / in a new born

baby’s house

2. Sure! No problem!!

3. Happy Birthday! / Happy New

Year! / Merry Christmas!

4. You too!

1. d, (7) 2. g, (2) 3.f, (4) 4. a, (6) 5. b, (5) 6. e, (3) 7.c, (1)

1. Have a good day

2. Good morning

3. Congratulations

4. Merry Christmas!

5. Hello

6. See you

Page 390: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Adverbs of Frequency

■ Fill in T for "True" or F for "False".

1. John seldom goes to the movies.

2. John usually goes mountain climbing on his holidays.

3. John never goes to the city zoo.

4. John never goes abroad.

5. John wishes one day he can go abroad often.

6. John hardly goes to swim.

7. John has been to Japan once when he was seven.

8. John sometimes goes to the supermarket with his mother.

9. John always goes to the library on Monday and Friday evenings.

10. John often goes to the movies with his mother.

John goes to school from Monday to Friday every week. He goes to the bank once a

month. He goes to a local library every Monday and Thursday evening. He goes to the

supermarket once or twice a month and his mom goes there during the weekends. He

goes to the movies with his friends almost every Friday evening. He goes to swim once

or twice a year. He doesn’t like swimming. He likes mountain climbing. He goes to climb

mountain every holiday. He has been to the city zoo once when he was seven. But, after

that, he didn’t like to go there anymore. He hasn’t been overseas so far in his life. He

would like to go to Japan one day in the future. He wishes one day he could get out of

his student life and be a businessman overseas.

01

178 1000

Adverbs 1副詞 1Adverbs 1

UNIT

50

ever / always / sometimes / seldom / hardly / often / usually / never

1. F

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. T

6. T

7. F

8. T

9. F

10. F

Page 391: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Interrogative Adverbs: Fill in the words below into the chart. 02

179

UNIT

50Adverbs 1副詞 1

1. Q: is your teacher?

A: Angela is my teacher.

2. Q: is it?

A: It’s a dog.

3. Q: didn’t you go to party?

A: Because I was ill.

4. Q: did you arrive home?

A: Around seven thirty.

5. Q: book is yours?

A: The one with red cover.

6. Q: is your mother?

A: She is in the kitchen.

how / what / which / who / whose / when / where / why / whether

7. Q: you like to go shopping?

A: Yes, I like shopping.

8. Q: is your father?

A: He is still very weak today.

9. Q: cat is it?

A: It’s Rita’s cat.

1. Who

2. What

3. Why

4. When

5. Which

6. Where

7. Whether

8. How

9. Whose

1. ever [1Ev_] adv. 曾經2. always [1Olwez] adv. 總是3. sometimes [1s√m%taImz] adv. 有時候4. seldom [1sEld@m] adv. 很少5. hardly [1hArdlI] adv. 幾乎不6. often [1Of@n] adv. 經常7. usually [1juZ¨@lI] adv. 通常8. never [1nEv_] adv. 從來沒有過9. how [ha¨] adv. 如何

10. what [hwAt] adv. 什麼11. which [hwItS] adv. 那以個12. who [hu] adv. 誰13. whose [huz] adv. 誰的14. when [hwEn] adv. 何時15. where [hwEr] adv. 那裡16. why [hwaI] adv. 為什麼17. whether [1hwED_] adv. 是否

Page 392: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When you want to ask about reasons, you could ask...(when / whose / why / which).

2. When you want to ask about the time something happened, you could ask...(where / how /

what / when).

3. When you want to ask about the owner of something, you could

ask...(why / whether / whose / which).

4. When you want to ask about the way to do something, you could

ask...(what / how / whose / when).

5. When you want to ask about the place that someone is going to, you

could ask...(how / why / where / who).

Compare below adverbs of frequency. Circle the frequent one inbetween.

1. usually / never 2. sometimes / always

3. hardly / often 4. never / hardly

5. hardly / seldom 6. never / ever

7. seldom / sometimes 8. often / always

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (weather / good / The / always / is).

2. (you / Have / dogs / ever / eaten)?

3. (go / sometimes / bus / school / We / to / by).

4. (walk / he / library / Does / to / the / often)?

5. (to / by / usually / I / don’t / school / go / taxi).

Answer the questions below.

1. How often do you get a hair cut?

06

05

04

03

180 1000

UNIT

50 Adverbs 1副詞 1

1. why

2. when

3. whose

4. how

5. where

1. usually

2. always

3. often

4. hardly

5. seldom

6. ever

7. sometimes

8. always

1. The weather is always good.

2. Have you ever eaten dogs?

3. We sometimes go to school

by bus.

4. Does he often walk to the

library?

5. I don’t usually go to school

by taxi.

1. twice or three times a month

Page 393: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

2. How often do you go to see the movies?

3. Where do you usually visit in your free time?

4. What is the most important objective in your life?

Match the phrases below.

Place the frequency words in the sentences below.

1. The bank is closed on Sundays. (always)

2. I don’t go to the sea. (often)

3. Do you eat out? (seldom)

4. She goes shopping alone. (never)

5. My parents check my homework. (hardly)

6. He is late for class. (sometimes)

7. Were they friends? (ever)

08

çyes / no

çthe blue one

çbecause

çTom

ça car

çthis Thursday

çmine

çgood

çin Taipei

1. Whyç

2. Whoç

3. Whichç

4. Whatç

5. Whetherç

6. Whoseç

7. Whenç

8. Whereç

9. Howç

07

181

UNIT

50Adverbs 1副詞 1

2. about once a month

3. I usually visit local libraries in

my free time.

4. To keep learning is the most

important life objective to me.

1. because

2. Tom

3. the blue one

4. a car

5. yes / no

6. mine

7. this Thursday

8. in Taipei

9. good

1. The bank is always closed

on Sundays.

2. I don’t often go to the sea.

3. Do you seldom eat out?

4. She never goes shopping

alone.

5. My parents hardly check my

homework.

6. He is sometimes late for

class

7. Were they ever friends?

Page 394: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

182 1000

Adverbs 2副詞 2

Emphasizing Adverbs. Match the sentences below which have the similar meanings.

Adverbs of Places.

■ Fill above words into the blanks below.

Bob: I’m tired of living in the city I need to go 1. .

Bill: Where do you want to go?

02

01

Adverbs 2UNIT

51

abroad / ahead / everywhere / anywhere

somewhere / beyond / nowhere

1. The weather is especially

cold today.

a. He nearly sheds a tear when

he saw it.

2. Wow, this is very beautiful.b. The art work is rather beauti-

ful I think.

3. I finally finish my homework. c. Maybe you’l l see the guy

again.

4. You are too stupid to make

up stories.

d. Today’s temperature is quite

low.

5. Probably he has a new girl-

friend now.

e. Actually I’ve just finish my

writing.

6. He almost cries when he

found the dog.

f. Maybe he is in love with other

girls.

7. Perhaps you’l l meet him

tomorrow.

g. You aren’t really smart on

telling lies.

1. d 2. b 3. e 4. g 5. f 6. a 7. c

1. somewhere

Page 395: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Bob: 2. that can make me relax.

Bill: I think there is 3. you can go because 4. in

this country is crowded.

Bob: If so, I should go 5. .

Bill: It sounds like a good idea. You should just go 6. .

Bob: Yeah, let me make a plan. 7. that I should finish my

homework first.

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When you are not very sure, you would say...(abroad / maybe /

finally / perhaps).

2. When you are surprised about the news you heard, you may

say...(nearly / probably / really / very).

3. When you want to explain more details about something, you could

say...(too / almost / quite / actually).

4. A synonym for the word ‘very’ is...(maybe / rather...than / quite /

almost).

5. A synonym for the word ‘nearly’ is...(almost / finally / beyond /

ahead).

6. Go forward means...go (home / to bed / ahead / back).

03

183

UNIT

51Adverbs 2副詞 2

2. Anywhere

3. nowhere

4. everywhere

5. abroad

6. ahead

7. Beyond

1. maybe, perhaps

2. really

3. actually

4. quite

5. almost

6. ahead

1. especially [@1spES@lI] adv. 特別地2. very [1vErI] adv. 非常地3. finally [1faIn¬I] adv. 總算、終於4. too [tu] adv. 太...

5. probably [1prAb@blI] adv. 很可能地6. almost [1Ol%most] adv. 幾乎7. perhaps [p_1h{ps] adv. 可能地8. nearly [1nIrlI] adv. 幾乎9. rather...than [1r{D_1D{n] adv. 比、比較10. maybe [1mebI] adv. 也許

11. quite [kwaIt] adv. 相當12. actually [1{ktS¨@lI] adv. 事實上13. really [1rI@lI] adv. 真實地14. abroad [@1brOd] adv. 國外15. ahead [@1hEd] adv. 向前16. everywhere [1EvrI%hwEr] adv. 每個地方17. anywhere [1EnI%hwEr] adv. 任何地方18. somewhere [1s√m%hwEr] adv. 一些地方19. beyond [bI1jAnd] adv. 此外20. nowhere [1no%hwEr] adv. 沒有任何地方

Page 396: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the words below.

Answer the questions below.

1. What would you say if you get on a train at the last minute?

2. Jack usually goes somewhere to buy shampoo. (Guess! The

"somewhere" could be...?!! Give three answers)

3. You live in Japan. You are going somewhere out of Japan

tomorrow. What would you tell your friends if they ask

"where are you going"?

4. Clean everywhere in your bedroom. (List three places of

your bedroom that the "everywhere" could be...)

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (seen / anywhere / John / you / Have) .

2. (You / everywhere / cats / can / see) .

3. (is / nowhere / There / interesting) .

4. (dog / smart / especially / His / is) .

5. (class / the / almost / I / asleep / in) .

6. (ahead / stop / because / no one / Go / you / will) .

7. (rabbit / Our / garden / the / is / somewhere / in) .

06

05

ç(1)mainly

ç(2)actually

ç(3)very

ç(4)almost

ç(5)perhaps

ça. the truth isç

çb. particularlyç

çc. close toç

çd. tooç

çe. maybeç

1. probablyç

2. nearlyç

3. quiteç

4. especiallyç

5. in factç

04

184 1000

UNIT

51 Adverbs 2副詞 2

1. e, (5)

2 c, (4)

3. d, (3)

4. b, (1)

5. a, (2)

1. I almost miss the train!

2.Asupermarket. / A

drug store. / Adepart-

ment store.

3. I am going to Taiwan

tomorrow.

4. It could be my bed, desk

and carpet.

1. Have you seen John any-

where?

2. You can see cats everywhere.

3. There is nowhere interesting.

4. His dog is especially smart.

5. I almost asleep in the class.

6. Go ahead because no one will

stop you.

7. Our rabbit is somewhere in the

garden.

Page 397: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Other Adverbs.

■ Read the statements below and fill in the blanks with the words above.

01

185

UNIT

52Other Adverbs and Prepositions 其他副詞與介系詞Other Adverbs and Prepositions

UNIT

52

yet / then / still / later / quickly

together / altogether / away / aloud / again

Diana: Honey, I think we should go 1. to Bali for a vacation.

David: To Bali 2. ! I’ve been there twice.

Diana: Well, so, let’s try Thailand this time.

David: No, I’m going 3. to Thailand for a business trip next week.

Diana: How about Japan? You haven’t been to Japan 4. .

David: I love Japan but it is 5. too cold now. Let’s go there 6. .

Diana: 7. ...?!

David: Then...Let me think about it for a while.

Diana: Then...YOU SHOULD THINK ABOUT IT 8. !!

David: Ssh... don’t say it 9. . Do you want the children to go 10. .

Diana: Yes. They are waiting for your answers outside the room!

David: Gee...

1. together

2. again

3. away

4. yet

5. still

6. later

7. Then

8. QUICKLY

9. aloud

10. altogether

Page 398: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

186 1000

UNIT

52 Other Adverbs and Prepositions其他副詞與介系詞

Other Prepositions

■ Match the descriptions below that have a similar meaning.

02by / with / without / like

1. I think his help is very impor-

tant. We might fail if he does

not give us the money!

a. doing things carefully,

he achieves the great success.

2. He has done a great job for

us. This honor should belong

to him. Thanks for his efforts.

b. The company’s great success is

all because the man could work

them.

3. His father is his idol. He has

his father’s characters.

c. No matter what he does, he is

just his father.

4. He focuses on the details

that’s why he is so successful.

d. the man’s financial

support, the company won’t be

successful.

1. d, Without

2. b, with

3. c, like

4. a, By

1. yet [jEt] adv.還(沒)

2. then [DEn] adv.然後3. still [stIl] adv.仍然4. later [1let_] adv.晚一些時候、稍後5. quickly [1kwIklI] adv.迅速地6. together [t@1gED_] adv.一起7. altogether [%Olt@1gED_] adv.全部一起

8. away [@1we] adv.離開9. aloud [@1la¨d] adv.大聲地10. again [@1gEn] adv.在一次11. by [baI] prep.靠、經由12. with [wID] prep.和13. without [wI1Da¨t] prep.沒有14. like [laIk] prep.像

Page 399: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

187

UNIT

52Other Adverbs and Prepositions 其他副詞與介系詞

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (Yet / Together / Away / Still) is usually used with "not".

2. (Then / Later / With / Again) means "and".

3. (Aloud / Like / Again / By) means "do it one more time".

4. (With / Without / Altogether / Like) means "there is not".

5. (By / Later / Quickly / Still) means "through".

6. (Together / Yet / Away / Like) means "leave".

7. (Altogether / Together / Later / By) means "sometime afterwards".

Answer the questions below.

1. In a restaurant, if you are not ready to order food, what

would you say to the waiter?

2. If you speak to someone whose voice is too weak to be

heard clearly, what would you ask him to do?

3. Who do you live with?

4. Imagine it, what object looks like a circle? (List three

things)

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (alive / is / He / still) .

2. (coffee / I / live / drinking / can’t / without) .

3. (businessman / becomes / successful / a / He / apples / by /

selling) .

4. (away / is / She) .

05

04

03

1. Yet

2. With

3. Again

4. Without

5. By

6. Away

7. Later

1. Later, please.

2. I would ask him to speak more

louder.

3. I live with my parents and two

brothers.

4. Awheel. / An umbrella. / A

biscuit.

1. He is still alive.

2. I can’t live without drinking

coffee.

3. He becomes a successful

businessman by selling

apples.

4. She is away.

Page 400: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

5. (like / cat / a / look / doesn’t / It) .

6. (it / cooked / have / not / I / yet) .

7. (altogether / take / a / Let’s / taxi) .

Complete the chart below. (←→) means opposite words. (=)means words with the same meaning.

←→

Match the words below.

ça. together

çb. ter

çc. ill

çd. ickly

çe. gether

çf. en

1. toç

2. alç

3. thç

4. stç

5. laç

6. quç

07

06

188 1000

UNIT

52 Other Adverbs and Prepositions其他副詞與介系詞

slowly =1. through =2. stay ←→3.

with =4. once more =5. alone ←→6.

not now=7. without ←→8. quiet ←→9.

5. It doesn’t look like a cat.

6. I have not cooked it yet.

7. Let’s take a taxi altogether.

1. quickly

2. by

3. away

4. and

5. again

6. together

7. later

8. with

9. aloud

1. e

2. a

3. f

4. c

5. b

6. d

Page 401: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

189

UNIT

53Daily Verbs 1 每日動詞 1

Match the phrases below. 01

Daily Verbs 1UNIT

53

1. I’m sleepy.ç

2. I don’t want to stay inside.ç

3. I left my homework at home!ç

4. Sorry, I must leave now.ç

5. I don’t feel well.ç

6. Do you want to listen to my reasons?ç

7. Oh, I’m afraid of dogs.ç

ça. Go home to get it.

çb. Go on. I’m listening.

çc. You should go to bed.

çd. Go to see a doctor.

çe. No problem. Go ahead!

çf. Then, you can go out.

çg. Go away, dogs!

1. c 2. f 3. a 4. e 5. d 6. b 7. g

go

1. You are not allowed to play games!ç

2. When does John come home?ç

3. Call me if you see the moon.ç

4. May I come in?ç

ça. Yes.

çb. Lisa! The moon has come out!

çc. Five thirty.

çd. Come on! Just five minutes.

1. d 2. c 3. b 4. a

come

1. I’m very nervous!ç

2. I don’t want to walk!ç

3. I feel headache!ç

4. I’m very tired!ç

5. I feel so hot!ç

ça. Take off your sweater.

çb. Then, take a taxi!

çc. Take it easy!

çd. You should take a break!

çe. You could take medicine!

1. c 2. b 3. e 4. d 5. a

take

Page 402: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. When you ask someone or something to leave, you could say...(go on /

go ahead / go away / take).

2. When you want someone to continue, you could say...(go out / go on /

go home / go to see a doctor).

3. "Come on" means...(please / take / come / go).

4. "Undress" means...(take easy / take a break / take medicine / take off)

the clothes.

5. (Come out / Come in / Come on / Come)... means "appear".

6. (Go / Go ahead / Go away / Go home)...means "leave first".

7. (Take a break / Take off / Take it easy / Take a taxi)...means "don’t be

nervous".

02

190 1000

UNIT

53 Daily Verbs 1每日動詞 1

1. go [go] v. 去2. go home [1go1hom] v. phrase回(去)家

3. go on [1go1An] v. phrase 繼續4. go to bed [1go%tu1bEd] v. phrase 上床睡覺

5. go to see a doctor [1go%tu1si%@1dAkt_]v. phrase 看醫生

6. go ahead [1go%@1hEd] v. phrase 先走7. go out [1go1a¨t] v. phrase 外出8. go away [1go%@1we] v. phrase 離開9. come [k√m] v. 來10. come home [1k√m1hom] v. phrase 回(來)家

11. come in [1k√m1In] v. phrase 進來12. come out [1k√m1a¨t] v. phrase出來、出現

13. come on [1k√m1An] v. phrase 拜託14. take [tek] v. 拿15. take off [1tek1Of] v. phrase 脫下16. take a taxi [1tek%@1t{ksI] v. phrase搭計乘車

17. take it easy [1tek1It1izI] v. phrase放輕鬆

18. take a break [1tek%@1brek] v. phrase休息一下

19. take medicine [1tek1mEd@s§] v.phrase 吃藥

1. go away

2. go on

3. please

4. take off

5. Come out

6. Go ahead

7. Take it easy

Page 403: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

191

UNIT

53Daily Verbs 1 每日動詞 1

Answer the questions below.

1. What do you usually do if you don’t feel well?

2. How often do you take a taxi?

3. How often do you go out for meals?

4. List three things that you can ‘take’.

Complete the chart below. (←→) means opposite words. (=)means words with the same meaning.

←→

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (coming / rainbow / is / There / a / out).

2. (to / in / allowed / are / in / not / You / come).

3. (should / medicine / some / You / take).

4. (go / speech / on / Please / your / with).

5. (must / off / hat / take / You / your).

05

04

03

1. I usually go to see a

doctor.

2. Once a month.

3. About three or four

times a week.

4. a plate / a seat / money

go←→1. stay inside←→2. stay here←→3.

get out←→4. put on←→5. go in←→6.

1. come

2. go outside

3. go away

4. come in

5. take off

6. come out

1. There is a rainbow

coming out.

2. You are not allowed to

come in.

3. You should take some

medicine.

4. Please go on with your

speech.

5. You must take your hat

off.

Page 404: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

6. (from / I / come / New York).

7. (out / going / tonight / am / I).

Make questions for the sentences below.

1. Q:

A: I am going to see a doctor.

2. Q:

A: I take a taxi to the bank.

3. Q:

A: I’ll come home around 7:00p.m.

4. Q:

A: I usually go to bed at 11:30p.m.

5. Q:

A: Come in, please!

6. Q:

A: I’ll take the blue one!

7. Q:

A: I come from Taiwan.

8. Q:

A: Yes. You may go ahead.

06

192 1000

UNIT

53 Daily Verbs 1每日動詞 1

1. Where are you going?

2. How do you go to the

bank?

3. When will you come

home?

4. What time do you usu-

ally go to bed?

5. May I come in?

6. Which one will you

take?

7. Where do you come

from?

8. May I go ahead?

6. I come from New York.

7. I am going out tonight.

Page 405: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the phrases below. 01

193

UNIT

54Daily Verbs 2 每日動詞 2Daily Verbs 2

UNIT

54

1. Mom, the little brother is in the tree.ç

2. I want to go to the party with you!ç

3. The taxi is ready, sir!ç

4. This bus is too slow. We’ll be late.ç

5. What do you cook, Mom?ç

6. Is it seven o’clock?ç

ça. Ok, let’s get off the bus and run!

çb. Yes. Let’s get up!

çc. Fish. Get away from the fire,

please!

çd. Get him down!

çe. All right, let’s get into the car.

çf. Then, get dressed first.

1. d 2. f 3. e 4. a 5. c 6. b

get

1. Which way to go?ç

2. Look, a shooting star!ç

3. My father doesn’t give me money.ç

4. It’s time for break!ç

5. I am very lonely here!ç

ça. You should make some friends!

çb. You should make up your mind!

çc. Let’s make a wish!

çd. You can make money by yourself.

çe. Let’s make some coffee!

1. b 2. c 3. d 4. e 5. a

make

Page 406: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

194 1000

UNIT

54 Daily Verbs 2每日動詞 2

1. get [gEt] v. 得到2. get off [1gEt1Of] v. phrase 下(車)3. get up [1gEt1√p] v. phrase 起床4. get away [1gEt%@1we] v. phrase遠離、離開

5. get down [1gEt1da¨n] v. phrase 下來6. get into [1gEt1Intu] v. phrase 進入7. get dressed [1gEt1drEst] v. phrase穿好衣服

8. make [mek] v. 做9. make friends [1mek1frEndz] v. phrase交朋友

10. make up mind [1mek%√p1maInd]v. phrase 拿定主意

11. make a wish [1mek%@1wIS] v. phrase許願

12. make money [1mek1m√nI] v. phrase賺錢

13. make coffee [1mek1kOfI] v. phrase泡咖啡

14. look [l¨k] v. 看15. look at [1l¨k%{t] v. phrase 看著16. look out [1l¨k1a¨t] v. phrase小心、注意

17. look after [1l¨k1{ft_] v. phrase 照顧18. look alike [1l¨k%@1laIk] v. phrase看起來像

19. look for [1l¨k1fOr] v. phrase 尋找

1. Where is your toy?ç

2. Did you see my book?ç

3. Don’t go, Mom!ç

4. What do you think about these two ç

cars?

5. Tell them there is a big car coming ç

from the front!

ça. Look at your desk. You’ll see it!

çb. Look out ladies!

çc. Don’t worry! The nurse will look

after you.

çd. They look alike.

çe. I’m looking for it.

1. e 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. b

look

Page 407: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

195

UNIT

54Daily Verbs 2 每日動詞 2

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1.(Look alike / Look for / Look at / Look after)...means "take care".

2. The opposite meaning of "go to bed" is...(get off / get up / get away /

get into).

3. (Look / Look out / Look alike / Look for)...means "look similar".

4. (Look out / Look at / Look for / Look after)...means "watch out".

5. When a place is dangerous, you would ask people to...(get up / get

away / get dressed / get into).

6. Before you go to a party, you should...(get up / get off / get dressed /

get down).

Answer the questions below.

1. Who looked after you when you were five years old?

2. What would you say to your friend if a car is going to hit him /

her?

3. What kind of things can people get into? (List three things)

4. Make yourself a wish for this year.

Make questions for the sentences below.

1. Q:

A: I make money by driving the taxi.

2. Q:

A: Yes. I can make coffee.

3. Q:

A: Yes. I would look after the kids.

04

03

02

1. Look after

2. get up

3. Look alike

4. Look out

5. get away

6. get dressed

1. How do you make

money?

2. Can you make coffee?

3. Would you look after

the kids?

1. My mother

2. Watch out!

3. Cars / Buses / Taxies

4. I wish to earn a lot of

money.

Page 408: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

4. Q:

A: I’m looking for my guitar.

5. Q:

A: Yes. I wish for world peace.

6. Q:

A: Yes. We can be friends.

7. Q:

A: I get down by using a ladder.

8. Q:

A: I got up at 7:30 this morning.

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (to / hard / It / mind / make / is / up /my).

2. (I / make / of / wish / money / a / lot / I / could ).

3. (car / get / Let’s / into / the).

4. (me / at / Don’t / look).

5. (girls / alike / The / look / two).

6. (at / should / We / next / off / the / get / bus / stop).

05

196 1000

UNIT

54 Daily Verbs 2每日動詞 2

4. What are you looking

for?

5. Do you wish for world

peace?

6. Can we be friends?

7. How do you get

down?

8. What time did you get

up this morning?

1. It is hard to make up

my mind.

2. I wish I could make a

lot of money.

3. Let’s get into the car.

4. Don’t look at me.

5. The two girls look

alike.

6. We should get off at

the next bus stop.

Page 409: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the phrases below. 01

197

UNIT

55Daily Verbs 3每日動詞 3Daily Verbs 3

UNIT

55

1. Teacher, Frank brings a gun to school!ç

2. Do you want to try again?ç

3. I don’t need these pencils.ç

4. You owe me fifty dollars. ç

ça. Then, give them away.

çb. I’ve already given it back last Monday!!

çc. No. I want to give up .

çd. Frank, give me the gun now!

give

1. The radio is too loud!ç

2. It’s too cold inside.ç

3. Mom, look at my new dress!ç

4. It’s very dark!ç

ça. Ok, I’ll turn off the air conditioner.

çb. Ok, turn round and let me see!

çc. Ok, I’ll turn on the light.

çd. Ok, I’ll turn down the radio.

1. d 2. a 3. b 4. c

turn

1. You shouldn’t forget it again!ç

2. I can’t swim!ç

3. You will come on Monday, right?ç

4. My work has been delayed.ç

ça. You should keep up with our

schedule.

çb. Ok, I’ll keep it in mind.

çc. So, keep away from the water.

çd. Yes. I’ll keep my promise.

keep

1. d 2. c 3. a 4. b

1. b 2. c 3. d 4. a

Page 410: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

198 1000

UNIT

55 Daily Verbs 3每日動詞 3

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (Hang on / Give up / Put on weight / Turn on)...means "become

heavier".

2. (Give up / Keep up with / Keep in mind / Shut up)...means "be

quiet".

02

1. give [gIv] v. 給2. give away [1gIv%@1we] v. phrase 分送3. give back [1gIv1b{k] v. phrase 給回4. give up [1gIv1√p] v. phrase 放棄5. give out [1gIv1a¨t] v. phrase 分發6. turn off [1t^n1Of] v. phrase 關7. turn around [1t^n%@1ra¨nd] v. phrase轉圈

8. turn on [1t^n1An] v. phrase 開9. turn down [1t^n1da¨n] v. phrase 轉小10. keep [kip] v. 保持11. keep up with [1kip1√p%wiD] v. phrase跟上

12. keep in mind [1kip%In1maInd]v. phrase 記得

13. keep away [1kip%@1we] v. phrase不接近

14. keep promise [1kip1prAmIs] v. phrase守信用

15. put [p¨t] v. 放16. shut [S√t] v. 關上17. hang [h{µ] v. 吊18. wake [wek] v. 醒19. shut up [1S√t1√p] v. phrase 閉嘴20. hang on [1h{µ1An] v. phrase握住不放、不掛斷

21. wake up [1wek1√p] v. phrase醒一醒、起床

22. put on weight [1p¨t%An1wet] v. phrase體重增加

1. Get up!ç

2. Don’t say anything!ç

3. Gain weight!ç

4. Hold on!ç

ça. Shut up!

çb. Hang on!

çc. Wake up!

çd. Put on weight!

put / shut / hang / wake

1. c 2. a 3. d 4. b

1. Put on weight

2. Shut up

Page 411: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

199

UNIT

55Daily Verbs 3每日動詞 3

3. (Keep away / Keep in mind / Give back / Keep promise)...means

"remember".

4. (Wake up / Hang on / Turn down / Give up)... means "awake".

5. (Give up / Turn on / Keep up with / Shut)... means "follow up".

6. (Hang / Put / Shut / Give)...means "close".

7. If you borrow money from your friends, you should...(give out / give

back / give away / give up) the money.

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things that can be "turned on" and "turned off".

2. If you could go and help the poor people, what kind of

things would you give away? (List three)

3. In what situation, you would say: "Shut up!"?

4. List three things that can be hung.

Complete the chart below. (←→) means opposite words. (=)means words with the same meaning.

←→

04

03

3. Keep in mind

4. Wake up

5. keep up with

6. Shut

7. give back

1. Radios / Lights /

Computers

2. Clothes / Money /

Food

3. When someone keeps

talking to me for an hour.

4. Clocks / Mirrors /

Picture frames

forget←→1. return =2. get away = 3.

turn off←→4. lose weight ←→5. be quiet =6.

1. keep in mind

2. give back

3. give out

4. turn on

5. put on weight

6. shut up

Page 412: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (you / off / the / when / Turn / to / light / sleep / go).

2. (away / my / I / give / could / candies).

3. (around / three / turn / You / times / should).

4. (never / promises / keeps / He / any).

5. (weight / I / want / put / on / to).

6. (up / mother / wake / your / Don’t).

7. (easily / up / Don’t / give).

Match the words below.

ça. your speed

çb. your mouth

çc. from danger

çd. the radio

çe. your words

çf. a secret

çg. used clothes

çh. in the morning

çi. your dream

çj. the phone

1. keep awayç

2. keep promiseç

3. keep in mindç

4. keep up withç

5. turn downç

6. shut upç

7. wake upç

8. hang onç

9. give upç

10. give awayç

06

05

200 1000

UNIT

55 Daily Verbs 3每日動詞 3

1. Turn the light off when

you go to sleep.

2. I could give away my

candies.

3. You should turn around

three times.

4. He never keeps any

promises.

5. I want to put on weight.

6. Don’t wake up our

mother.

7. Don’t give up easily.

1. c

2. f

3. e

4. a

5. d

6. b

7. h

8. j

9. i

10. g

Page 413: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match the pictures below with the sentences.

Read the dialogues below and fill in the following words into the blanks. 02

01

201

UNIT

56Daily Verbs 4每日動詞 4Daily Verbs 4

UNIT

56

a. The man

stops his car.

b. The man

parks his car.

c. The man

meets another

car in the

intersection.

d. The man

starts his car.

e. The man’s car

waits in a

queue.

∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂

∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1. d 2. e 3. a 4. b 5. c

know / become / treat / let / use / help / seem

offer / mind / need / bring / gain

In a Pet’s Shop

Clerk: May I 1. you?

Customer: Yes. Do you 2. one night-stay service?

Clerk: Yes. Did you 3. your cat’s ID?

Customer: Uhm... No. Do you 4. Internet ID?

Clerk: Yes. Then, I 5. your PIN number.

Customer: Do you 6. cats with fresh fish?

Clerk: Yes. That’s why we 7. the name of top-ten pet shops

in town. 1. help

2. offer

3. bring

4. use

5. need

6. treat

7. gain

Page 414: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. (Meet / Start / Stop / Know)...means "don’t move".

2. When a guest visits you, you usually...(treat / let / know/ gain) him to a nice meal.

3. You don’t...(wait / start / mind / park) means you don’t "care".

4. When you guess something, you may say it...(lets / uses / helps / seems).

5. When you see something changed, you could say the thing has...(used / become / waited /

met) different.

03

202 1000

UNIT

56 Daily Verbs 4每日動詞 4

1. stop [stAp] v. 停2. park [pArk] v. 停車3. meet [mit] v. 交會4. start [stArt] v. 起動5. wait [wet] v. 等6. know [no] v. 知道7. become [bI1k√m] v. 變成8. treat [trit] v. 款待9. let [lEt] v. 讓⋯

10. use [juz] v. 使用11. help [hElp] v. 幫忙12. seem [sim] v. 似乎13. offer [1Of_] v. 提供14. mind [maInd] v. 介意、在乎15. need [nid] v. 須要16. bring [brIµ] v. 帶來17. gain [gen] v. 獲得

About a Piece of News

Kelly: Do you 1. Kent is in the newspaper!

Kate: Really!? 2. me see!

Kelly: It 3. his company owes a lot of money from the bank.

Kate: Yeah, I’ve discussed it with him months ago. But, he just didn’t 4.

Kelly: Too bad! That’s why his case has 5. worse. 1. know

2. Let

3. seems

4. mind

5. become

1. Stop 2. treat 3. mind 4. seems 5. become

Page 415: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

203

UNIT

56Daily Verbs 4每日動詞 4

Answer the questions below.

1. List three things that people need when they swim.

2. List three seasonings that people often use when they cook.

3. What kind of housework do you usually do at home?

4. List three things that you may gain by speaking good English.

Unscramble the words below into sentences.

1. (in / Park / car / the / your / yard).

2. (dollars / our / company / million / John / twenty / offered / to).

3. (lobby / in / the / will / I / for / wait / you).

4. (car / the / supermarket / by / Stop / the).

5. (water / let / Don’t / kids / the / play / in).

6. (you / five / meet / minutes / I / will / in).

05

04

1. Towels / Swimming suits / Swimming caps

2. Salt / Sugar / Soy sauce

3. Washing dishes / Doing laundries / Cooking

4. An overseas job. / Friendship with foreigners. / Knowledge from all over the world.

1. Park your car in the yard.

2. John offered 20 million dollars to

our company.

3. I’ll wait for you in the lobby.

4. Stop the car by the supermarket.

5. Don’t let the kids play in the

water.

6. I will meet you in five minutes.

Page 416: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Make questions for the sentences below.

1. Q:

A: No. I don’t mind if you smoke here.

2. Q:

A: I knew the news when I read the newspaper.

3. Q:

A: You just need to press the ‘start’ button.

4. Q:

A: I park my car in the basement.

5. Q:

A: I started my business two years ago.

6. Q:

A: The shop offers hamburger, lemon tea and ice cream!

06

204 1000

UNIT

56 Daily Verbs 4每日動詞 4

1. Do you mind if I smoke here?

2. When did you know the news?

3. How do I start it?

4. Where do you park your car?

5. When do you start your busi-

ness?

6. What does the shop offer?

Page 417: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

. Look at the pictures below. Fill the following words into the blanks. 01

205

UNIT

57Daily Verbs 5每日動詞 5Daily Verbs 5

UNIT

57

moves / greets / sings / kisses / raises / nods / smokes / sleeps

The man 1. a

pipe.

The man 2.

songs to a child.

The man 3.

the child.

The child 4. in

the chair.

The man 5. the

child.

The man 6. the

child.

The child 7. in

the bed.

The man 8. the

child. 1. smokes

2. sings

3. greets

4. nods

5. raises

6. moves

7. sleeps

8. kisses

Page 418: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Match below statements and the pictures! 02

206 1000

UNIT

57 Daily Verbs 5每日動詞 5

1. d

2. c

3. a

4.e

5. b

6. f

1. move [muv] v. 移動2. greet [grit] v. 打招呼3. sing [sIµ] v. 唱歌4. kiss [kIs] v. 親吻5. raise [rez] v. 舉起、抬起6. nod [nAd] v. 點頭、打瞌睡7. smoke [%smok] v. 抽煙

8. sleep [slip] v. 睡9. chase [tSes] v. 追10. bite [baIt] v. 咬11. steal [stil] v. 偷12. bark [bArk] v.(狗)吠叫13. hurt [h^t] v. 傷、弄痛14. swallow [1swAlo] v. 吞

d.

e.

f.c.

2. A cat chasesthe mouse.

3. The mousehurts the dog.

4. The dog barksat the cat.

5. The dog bitesthe cat.

1. A mouse stealsthe cheese.

6. The mouseswallows thecheese.

b.

a.

Page 419: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

Read the descriptions below and circle the correct answers.

1. You may get hurt if a dog...(barks at / kisses / sings to / bites) you.

2. (Greet / Swallow / Raise / Steal)...means "lift".

3. You will...(move / nod / hurt / chase), when you’re sleepy.

4. (Steal / Sleep / Sing / Smoke)...means "taking things without telling

the things’ owner".

5. People don’t use their mouth when they...(kiss / sing / smoke /

chase).

Answer the questions below.

1. List three kinds of insects that may hurt people.

2. List three kinds of animals that could bite people.

3. List three places that people can sleep on / in.

4. List three things that you think are impossible to be raised.

Make questions for the sentences below.

1. Q:

A: The cat hurt me!

2. Q:

A: A tiger is chasing the horse.

3. Q:

A: She kissed me in the park.

4. Q:

A: I am moving my television.

5. Q:

A: Vincent is nodding in the sofa.

05

04

03

207

UNIT

57Daily Verbs 5每日動詞 5

1. Cockroaches /

Mosquitoes / Bees

2. Tigers / Lions / Dogs

3. Bedroom / Sofa /

Floor

4. Trucks / Houses /

Buses

1. bites

2. Raise

3. nod

4. Steal

5. chase

1. What’s wrong?

2. What is chasing the

horse?

3. What did she do to you?

4. What are you moving?

5. Who is nodding in the

sofa?

Page 420: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

a一、一個 ........................................151

about大約 ........................................170

above在...的上面..............................164

abroad國外 ......................................183

accept接受 ......................................025

acid rain 酸雨 ....................................118

across橫越、穿過 ............................167

actor男演員 ......................................049

actress女演員 ..................................049

actually事實上..................................183

add補充............................................021

address地址 ....................................011

adventure探險..................................018

advertisement廣告 ..........................056

advice忠告 ......................................029

advise建議 ......................................025

a few 少少的幾個(的)....................154

Africa非洲 ........................................107

after在...之後....................................170

again在一次 ....................................186

against倚靠 ......................................164

age年齡 ............................................011

agree同意 ........................................025

ahead向前........................................183

aim目標............................................060

air空氣..............................................081

a little少量的一些(的)....................154

all所有(的)....................................154

allow允許 ........................................025

almost幾乎 ......................................183

along沿著 ........................................167

a lot of 許多(的)..............................154

aloud大聲地 ....................................186

Aalso並且 ..........................................173

although雖然...但是..........................173

altogether全部一起 ..........................186

always總是 ......................................179

am是(第一人稱單數現在式)..........161

America(=U.S.A.)美國(=United

States of America)............................107

among在...之中 ................................164

amusement park 遊樂園 ..................112

and和 ..............................................173

animal動物 ......................................094

another另一個(的)........................154

ant螞蟻 ............................................104

Antarctica南極洲 ..............................107

any任何一個 ....................................174

anybody任何人 ................................174

anyone任何人 ..................................174

anything任何東西 ............................174

anywhere任何地方 ..........................183

an一、一個 ......................................151

apologize道歉 ..................................025

appearance外表、外貌 ....................011

appreciate感激 ................................025

are是 ................................................161

area區域 ..........................................136

Argentina阿根廷 ..............................107

argue爭吵 ........................................025

army軍隊..........................................121

around大約 ......................................170

around在...周圍 ................................164

arrange安排 ....................................014

artist藝術家 ......................................049

as long as 只要 ................................173

as因為..............................................173

Asia亞洲 ..........................................107

208 1000

Index索引

Page 421: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

assistant助理 ..................................056

assume假想、猜測 ..........................039

at back of 在...的後面........................164

at在...地點 ........................................167

at在...的時刻 ....................................170

attachment附錄................................063

attack襲擊 ........................................129

Australia澳大利亞 ............................107

Australia澳大利亞洲 ........................107

avoid避免 ........................................133

away離開 ........................................186

babysitter褓姆、代人臨時看顧小孩

的人 ..................................................049

badminton羽毛球 ............................066

ballooning乘汽球..............................077

barbecue烤肉 ..................................077

barber理髮師....................................053

bark(狗)吠叫 ................................206

base基地 ........................................121

baseball棒球 ....................................066

basketball籃球 ................................066

bat蝙蝠 ............................................101

beach海灘........................................091

beak鳥嘴..........................................104

bear熊 ..............................................094

because因為 ....................................173

become變成 ....................................202

bee蜜蜂............................................101

before在...之前 ................................170

behind在...的背後 ............................164

believe相信 ......................................039

below在...下面..................................164

bench長板凳 ....................................112

B

beside在...的旁邊 ............................164

between在...之間 ............................170

between在...之間 ............................164

beyond此外......................................183

bird鳥 ..............................................104

birthday party 生日派對 ....................014

birthday生日 ....................................011

bite咬 ..............................................206

blame責罵........................................025

block積木 ........................................074

bloody血腥的 ..................................121

bomb炸彈 ........................................121

born出生 ..........................................011

boss老闆 ..........................................056

botanical gardens植物園 ..................112

both雙方(都)、兩者...都 ................154

bother打擾 ......................................033

bowling打保齡球 ..............................077

branch分公司 ..................................056

branch樹枝 ......................................104

brand商標、品牌..............................060

Brazil巴西 ........................................107

bring帶來..........................................202

broadcast廣播..................................021

bulb莖球 ..........................................104

burst爆炸..........................................129

business生意 ..................................060

businessman生意人 ........................060

busy忙碌 ..........................................033

but但是 ............................................173

butterfly蝴蝶 ....................................101

by不遲於 ..........................................170

by在...旁邊 ......................................167

by靠、經由 ......................................186

bye-bye拜拜、再見 ..........................176

209

Index索引

Page 422: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

cage籠子..........................................094

call呼叫 ............................................021

calm鎮定下來 ..................................133

camping露營 ....................................077

can可以............................................161

captain上尉 ......................................121

cards紙牌遊戲..................................074

cartoon卡通影片 ..............................074

case案例 ..........................................129

cat貓 ................................................097

caterpillar毛毛蟲 ..............................101

cause原因 ......................................118

celebrate慶祝 ..................................084

certain確定的 ..................................039

chance機會 ......................................033

channel頻道 ....................................074

character特性、特色........................033

chase追............................................206

chess西洋棋 ....................................074

chicken小雞 ....................................097

China中國 ........................................107

Chinese New Year 中國新年 ............084

choice選擇 ......................................029

choose選擇 ......................................025

Christmas聖誕節..............................084

city城市 ............................................087

classical music 古典音樂 ..................074

claw鳥爪 ..........................................104

clear晴朗的 ......................................081

clerk店員 ..........................................056

climbing爬山 ....................................077

cloudy多雲的....................................081

cloud雲 ............................................081

Ccoal煤 ..............................................115

cockroach蟑螂 ................................104

collect收集 ......................................018

come home 回(來)家 ....................190

come in 進來 ....................................190

come on 拜託....................................190

come out 出來、出現 ........................190

come來 ............................................190

comic連環漫畫冊 ............................074

command命令..................................126

comment評論 ..................................021

company公司 ..................................056

compare比較....................................133

complain抱怨 ..................................025

computer game 電腦遊戲 ................074

concern關心 ....................................036

confuse混搖、混亂 ..........................039

congratulations恭喜 ........................176

consider考慮 ....................................039

continue繼續 ....................................021

contract合約 ....................................060

control控制 ......................................126

cook廚師 ..........................................053

cooking烹飪、煮飯 ..........................071

cost成本 ..........................................060

cotton綿花 ......................................115

could可以(can的過去式)..............161

country國家......................................087

countryside鄉村 ..............................087

county fair市集 ................................112

courage膽量 ....................................033

cow母牛 ..........................................097

cowboy牛仔 ....................................053

create發明........................................018

crime犯罪 ........................................129

210 1000

Index索引

Page 423: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

culture文化 ......................................084

custom習俗、慣例 ..........................084

damage損壞 ....................................129

dancing跳舞 ....................................077

dangerous危險的 ............................121

date日期 ..........................................014

deal with 處理 ..................................133

debate辯論 ......................................021

decide決定 ......................................025

decision決定 ....................................029

decrease減少 ..................................060

deer鹿 ..............................................094

delay拖延 ........................................136

delete刪除........................................045

deliver運送 ......................................063

dentist牙醫 ......................................053

depend on 視...而定 ..........................042

describe描述 ....................................021

desert沙漠........................................091

desire渴望的東西或人......................036

detail細節 ........................................063

detect查出........................................133

diamond鑽石 ....................................115

did做(do的過去式)........................161

die死 ................................................014

dig挖(洞、溝)................................129

diplomat外交官 ................................053

direction方位 ....................................126

discount打折、折扣 ........................063

discover發現 ....................................133

discuss討論......................................021

discussion討論 ................................021

disposable一次性使用的 ..................118

D

do做 ................................................161

doctor醫生........................................053

document文件..................................045

dodge ball 躲避球 ............................066

does做(第三人稱單數現在式)........161

dog狗 ..............................................097

doing exercises 做運動 ....................077

doll洋娃娃 ......................................074

dolphin海豚 ......................................101

donate捐贈 ......................................118

done做(do的過去分詞)................161

donkey驢..........................................097

Double Tenth day 雙十節 ..................084

doubt懷疑 ........................................042

downtown城市的商業區 ..................087

dragon龍 ..........................................018

Dragon-boat Festival 端午節 ............084

drama戲劇 ......................................074

drawing素描 ....................................071

dream夢想 ......................................036

drum鼓 ............................................074

dry乾燥的 ........................................081

duck鴨..............................................097

during在...期間 ................................170

duty責任 ..........................................126

each每個..........................................174

eagle老鷹 ........................................094

earth地面、地上、土地....................081

ease放鬆、小心移動........................133

eastern東方的 ..................................084

Easter復活節....................................084

edge邊緣 ........................................0 37

education教育 ..................................011

E

211

Index索引

Page 424: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

effort 努力 ........................................033

election選舉 ....................................129

elephant大象....................................094

e-mail電子郵件 ................................011

embarrass使窘困 ............................042

emotion感情 ....................................036

emphasize強調 ................................021

employ雇用 ......................................056

employee被雇員工 ..........................056

employer雇主 ..................................056

end末尾............................................045

enemy敵人 ......................................121

energy能量 ......................................115

engineer工程師 ................................053

England(=U.K.)英國 ....................107

enjoy喜愛 ........................................039

enter輸入 ........................................045

environment環境 ..............................118

especially特別地 ..............................183

Europe歐洲 ......................................107

event大事、事件 ..............................029

ever曾經 ..........................................179

every每一個的..................................174

everybody每個人 ............................174

everyone每個人 ..............................174

everything每件事 ............................174

everywhere每個地方........................183

except除了...之外 ............................173

excuse借口 ......................................029

expect期望 ......................................042

explain解釋 ......................................025

express表達 ....................................021

fact真相............................................029

F

famous出名的 ..................................033

fan狂熱愛好者、迷 ..........................066

farewell party 歡送會 ........................014

farm農場、農田................................087

farmer農夫 ......................................053

Father’s Day 父親節..........................084

fear害怕 ..........................................039

feather羽毛 ......................................104

feeling感覺 ......................................036

Ferris wheel 摩天輪 ..........................112

festival節日、慶典............................084

few很少、幾乎沒有(的)................154

fewer較少(的)................................154

fight打鬥 ..........................................129

file檔案 ............................................045

film電影 ............................................074

finally總算、終於..............................183

fire開(槍、砲)................................129

fisherman漁夫..................................053

fishing釣魚 ......................................077

flag國旗............................................121

flea market 跳蚤市場 ........................112

flea跳蚤............................................104

flower花............................................101

flute長笛 ..........................................074

flying kites 放風箏 ............................077

fly蒼蠅 ..............................................104

focus專注 ........................................133

foggy有霧的 ....................................081

fog霧 ................................................081

football(=American football U.K.)

美式橄欖球........................................066

for長達...時間 ..................................170

forest森林 ........................................091

forget忘記 ........................................039

212 1000

Index索引

Page 425: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

forgive原諒 ......................................042

form表格 ..........................................063

fox狐狸 ............................................094

France法國 ......................................107

freedom自由 ....................................126

frighten使驚嚇 ..................................039

frog青蛙 ..........................................101

from從 ..............................................167

from從...起 ......................................170

full name 全名 ..................................011

funeral喪禮 ......................................014

fur毛 ................................................104

gain獲得 ..........................................202

gallery美術館....................................112

game遊戲 ........................................071

garbage垃圾 ....................................118

garden花園 ......................................101

gather聚集 ......................................018

get away 遠離、離開 ........................194

get down 下來 ..................................194

get dressed 穿好衣服........................194

get into 進入......................................194

get off 下(車)..................................194

get up 起床........................................194

get得到 ............................................194

gift禮品 ............................................014

give away 分送..................................198

give back 給回 ..................................198

give birth to 生(孩子)......................014

give out 分發 ....................................198

give up 放棄 ......................................198

give給 ..............................................198

go ahead 先走 ..................................190

G

go away 離開 ....................................190

go home 回(去)家 ........................190

go on 繼續 ........................................190

go out 外出........................................190

go to bed 上床睡覺 ..........................190

go to see a doctor 看醫生 ................190

go to the movies 看電影....................071

go去 ................................................190

goal目標 ..........................................036

goat山羊 ..........................................097

gold黃金 ..........................................115

golf高爾夫球 ....................................066

good morning 早安............................176

good night 晚安 ................................176

good-bye再見 ..................................176

goodness善良、美德 ......................033

goose鵝 ..........................................097

government政府 ..............................121

graduate畢業....................................011

graduation ceremony 畢業典禮 ........014

grass草 ............................................101

greenhouse溫室 ..............................112

greet打招呼......................................206

grow生長..........................................018

guess猜............................................039

guidance指導 ..................................126

guitar吉他 ........................................074

gun槍 ..............................................121

had有(have的過去式)..................161

hair dresser 髮型設計師....................053

Halloween萬聖節前夕 ......................084

handle處理 ......................................133

hang on 握住不放、不掛斷 ..............198

H

213

Index索引

Page 426: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

hang吊 ............................................198

happen發生......................................133

happy birthday 生日快樂 ..................176

hardly幾乎不 ....................................179

has有(第三人稱單數現在式)..........161

hate恨 ..............................................039

have a nice day 祝福今天愉快 ..........176

have a sweet dream 祝福有好夢 ......176

have有 ............................................161

he他 ................................................140

hello喂..............................................176

help幫忙 ..........................................202

hen母雞............................................097

her她的 ............................................157

hers她的 ..........................................143

herself她自己 ..................................140

hey嘿 ..............................................176

hi嗨 ..................................................176

hiking登山 ........................................077

hill山丘 ............................................091

himself他自己 ..................................140

hippo(=hippopotamus)河馬 ..........094

his他的 ............................................157

his他的 ............................................143

hobby嗜好 ........................................011

holiday節日、假日 ..........................084

hoof蹄 ..............................................104

hope希望..........................................042

horn角 ..............................................104

horse馬 ............................................097

hot spring 溫泉..................................091

housewife家庭主婦 ..........................049

how are you 你好嗎 ..........................176

how如何 ..........................................179

however然而 ..................................173

humid潮濕的 ..................................081

hunt獵取 ..........................................133

hunter獵人 ......................................053

hurry趕緊 ........................................136

hurt傷、弄痛 ....................................206

I我 ....................................................140

idea意見、想法 ................................029

if如果................................................173

ignore忽略........................................042

imagine想像 ....................................018

in front of 在...的前面 ........................164

in order to 為了 ................................173

in在...(月、年)..............................170

in在...裡面 ........................................167

income收入 ....................................056

increase增加 ....................................060

indicate指出 ....................................021

influence影響 ..................................033

information資料、消息 ....................029

inquire詢問 ......................................063

inside在...的裡面 ..............................164

insist強調 ........................................021

inspire激發、鼓舞 ............................025

instrument樂器 ................................071

international國際的 ..........................087

interrupt打斷、中斷..........................021

interview面試 ..................................056

interviewee被面試者 ........................056

interviewer主面試者 ........................056

into進入 ............................................167

introduce介紹 ..................................021

introduction介紹 ..............................029

invest投資 ........................................060

I

214 1000

Index索引

Page 427: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

invitation card 邀請卡........................014

invite邀請 ........................................014

iron鐵 ..............................................115

is是(第三人稱單數現在式)............161

island島嶼 ........................................091

it它 ..................................................140

Italy義大利 ......................................107

its它的 ..............................................157

itself它自己 ......................................140

Japan日本........................................107

jazz music 爵士樂 ............................074

job工作 ............................................056

jogging慢跑 ......................................077

join參加 ............................................014

joke玩笑 ..........................................021

journalist新聞採訪者 ........................049

judge法官 ........................................053

kangaroo袋鼠 ..................................094

keep away 不接近 ............................198

keep in mind 記得 ............................198

keep promise 守信用 ........................198

keep up with 跟上 ............................198

keep保持..........................................198

key按鍵 ............................................045

keyboard鍵盤 ..................................045

kill殺 ................................................129

kind of 種類 ......................................074

kingdom王國 ....................................087

kiss親吻 ..........................................206

kitten小貓 ........................................097

know知道 ........................................202

K

J

koala無尾熊 ....................................094

Korea韓國 ........................................107

lack缺少 ..........................................133

ladybug瓢蟲 ....................................101

lake湖 ..............................................091

lamb小羊..........................................097

Lantern Festival 元宵節 ....................084

later晚一些時候、稍後 ....................186

lawyer律師 ......................................049

leaf葉子............................................104

leave離開 ........................................014

less較少(的)..................................154

let讓 ................................................202

lie說謊 ..............................................025

life生物 ............................................101

life生活 ............................................036

light music 輕音樂 ............................074

lightning閃電 ....................................081

like喜歡 ............................................039

like像................................................186

limit限制 ..........................................063

link連結 ............................................045

lion獅子 ............................................094

listen to 聽 ........................................071

little少、不多(的)..........................154

live住 ................................................011

local當地的 ......................................087

lock鎖 ..............................................045

look after 照顧 ..................................194

look alike 看起來像 ..........................194

look at 看著 ......................................194

look for 尋找......................................194

look out 小心、注意 ..........................194

L

215

Index索引

Page 428: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

look看 ..............................................194

lose輸 ..............................................066

loser失敗者 ......................................066

lots of 很多(的)..............................154

love愛 ..............................................039

lunar month 陰曆月份 ......................084

machine機械 ....................................045

magazine雜誌 ..................................074

magician魔術師................................049

mail郵件 ..........................................021

mailman(=mail carrier)郵差 ..........053

major主修 ........................................011

make a wish 許願..............................194

make coffee 泡咖啡 ..........................194

make friends 交朋友 ........................194

make money 賺錢 ............................194

make up mind 拿定主意....................194

make做 ............................................194

manager經理 ..................................056

manner態度 ....................................036

many許多(的)................................154

marry to 和...結婚..............................014

matter問題、麻煩 ............................029

may可能 ..........................................161

maybe也許 ......................................183

meaning意思....................................029

mechanic機械師 ..............................053

meet交會..........................................202

Merry Christmas 聖誕快樂 ................176

message信息、留言 ........................029

metal金屬 ........................................115

might可能(may的過去式)............161

mind介意、在乎 ..............................202

M

mind心思..........................................036

mine礦井 ..........................................115

mine我的 ..........................................143

miss錯過 ..........................................136

model模特兒 ....................................049

monkey猴子 ....................................094

monster怪獸 ....................................018

Moon Festival 中秋節........................084

moon月亮 ........................................081

more更多(的)................................154

mosquito蚊子 ..................................104

most大多數(的)............................154

Mother’s Day 母親節 ........................084

mountain高山 ..................................091

mouse老鼠 ......................................097

move移動 ........................................206

moving worker 搬運工人 ..................049

much許多(的)................................154

mud泥 ..............................................115

music音樂 ........................................071

musician音樂家................................049

must必須..........................................161

my我的 ............................................157

myself我自己....................................140

nation國家........................................121

national park 國家公園 ......................112

nationality國籍..................................011

natural gas 天然氣 ............................115

nature自然 ......................................081

nearly幾乎........................................183

near靠近 ..........................................167

need需要..........................................202

never從來沒有過..............................179

N

216 1000

Index索引

Page 429: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

New Year’s Day 新年 ........................084

New Year’s Eve 除夕 ........................084

New Zealand 紐西蘭 ........................107

news新聞 ........................................074

newspaper報紙 ................................074

next to 在...的旁邊 ............................164

no problem 沒問題 ............................176

nobody沒有人 ..................................174

nod點頭、打瞌睡 ............................206

none一點也沒有 ..............................174

no-one沒有人 ..................................174

North America 北美洲 ......................107

nothing沒什麼 ..................................174

notice注意 ........................................039

novel小說 ........................................074

nowhere沒有任何地方 ....................183

number號碼......................................011

nurse護士 ........................................053

objective目標 ..................................126

occupation職業 ................................011

ocean海洋........................................091

off 從...分岔 ......................................167

offer 提供 ..........................................202

office 辦公室 ....................................056

often經常..........................................179

ok好 ................................................176

on time 準時的 ..................................136

on在...(日)....................................170

on在...上 ..........................................167

one一個、一人 ................................174

opinion見解 ......................................029

or或是 ..............................................173

order訂購 ........................................063

O

our我們的 ........................................157

ours我們的 ......................................143

ourselves我們自己 ..........................140

out of 自...離開 ................................167

outside在...的外面............................164

out出...在外 ......................................167

over越過 ..........................................167

ox公牛..............................................097

pack打包 ..........................................118

painter油漆工 ..................................049

painting 水彩繪畫、油畫 ..................071

panda大熊貓 ....................................094

pardon原諒 ......................................025

park停車 ..........................................202

parrot鸚鵡 ........................................097

path小徑 ..........................................112

paw腳爪 ..........................................104

peace和平........................................126

perhaps可能地 ................................183

personality個性、性格......................011

pet寵物 ............................................097

petal花瓣..........................................104

piano鋼琴 ........................................074

picnic野餐 ........................................077

pig豬 ................................................097

pigeon鴿子 ......................................097

PIN密碼(Personal Identification

Number)..........................................045

place地方 ........................................087

plain平原 ..........................................091

plan計劃 ..........................................060

planet星球........................................018

plant種植..........................................018

P

217

Index索引

Page 430: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

plant植物 ..........................................112

plastic bag 塑膠袋 ............................118

play玩 ..............................................071

playing Frisbee 玩飛盤......................077

pleased高興的 ................................063

point重點..........................................033

poison下毒 ......................................129

police officer 警察 ............................053

pollution污染 ....................................118

pond池塘..........................................091

pop song 流行歌曲............................074

population人口 ................................121

position職位 ....................................056

power權力........................................126

praise .稱讚 ......................................025

pray禱告、祈求................................042

present呈現......................................021

present禮物......................................014

presentation報告..............................021

president總統 ..................................053

pressure壓力....................................133

priest神父 ........................................049

print印 ..............................................045

prize獎賞、獎品 ..............................066

probably很可能地 ............................183

product產品......................................060

profit利潤..........................................060

promise發誓 ....................................025

promotion促銷..................................063

protect保護 ......................................129

provide提供 ......................................060

punish處罰 ......................................018

puppy小狗........................................097

purpose目的 ....................................036

put on weight 體重增加 ....................198

put放 ................................................198

puzzle拼圖遊戲 ................................074

quickly迅速地 ..................................186

quit辭職............................................056

quite相當..........................................183

rabbit兔子 ........................................097

race種族 ..........................................121

radiation放射線 ................................118

rainbow彩虹 ....................................081

rainy下雨的 ......................................081

rain雨 ..............................................081

raise舉起、抬起 ..............................206

rat大老鼠..........................................097

rather...than 比、比較 ......................183

reach達到 ........................................060

reading閱讀......................................071

realize了解到、領悟到 ....................039

really真實地 ....................................183

reason原因 ......................................029

receive收到 ....................................0426

recycle回收 ......................................118

refuse拒絕........................................063

regret後悔 ........................................042

reject拒絕 ........................................025

remember記得 ................................039

remind提醒 ......................................025

reply回覆..........................................063

report報告 ........................................126

reporter新聞播報者 ..........................049

reputation聲譽..................................060

resource資源 ....................................115

R

Q

218 1000

Index索引

Page 431: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

respect尊敬......................................126

result結果 ........................................029

resume履歷表 ..................................056

return返回 ........................................136

reuse重複使用..................................118

river河流 ..........................................091

rob搶劫 ............................................129

robot機器人......................................074

rock岩石 ..........................................115

role角色............................................036

roller coaster 雲霄飛車 ......................112

roller-skating滾輪式溜冰 ..................077

rooster公雞 ......................................097

root根 ..............................................104

ruin毀壞............................................129

rule規定............................................126

running跑步......................................077

rush hour 交通尖鋒時間 ....................136

safety安全 ........................................126

sailing駕駛帆船 ................................077

sailor航海員 ....................................053

salary薪水 ........................................056

sales銷售 ........................................060

salesman推銷員 ..............................060

sample樣品 ......................................063

sand沙..............................................115

satisfy滿意 ......................................063

save存..............................................045

scene景色 ........................................136

scientist科學家 ................................053

sculpture雕像 ..................................112

sea海洋............................................091

secondhand用過的、二手的 ............118

S

secret秘密........................................036

secretary秘書 ..................................056

see you 再見 ....................................176

seed種子..........................................104

seem似乎 ........................................202

seldom很少 ......................................179

self-introduction自我介紹 ................011

sell賣................................................063

send寄 ............................................063

servant傭人......................................049

serve供應 ........................................060

service服務 ......................................060

several數個(的)............................154

shall應該 ..........................................161

shark鯊魚 ........................................101

she她 ..............................................140

sheep綿羊........................................097

shoot射 ............................................018

shopkeeper商店店主........................060

shore岸 ............................................091

should應該(shall的過去式)..........161

show展示 ........................................021

shower陣雨 ......................................081

shut up 閉嘴......................................198

shut關上 ..........................................198

silver銀 ............................................115

since因為 ........................................173

since從那時到現在 ..........................170

sing唱歌 ..........................................206

Singapore新加坡..............................107

singer歌手........................................049

singing唱歌 ......................................071

single單程 ........................................136

skating溜冰 ......................................077

skiing滑雪 ........................................077

219

Index索引

Page 432: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

sky天空 ............................................081

sleep睡 ............................................206

smog廢氣 ........................................118

smoke抽煙 ......................................206

smoke煙 ..........................................118

snail蝸牛 ..........................................101

snake蛇............................................101

snowy下雪的 ..................................081

snow雪 ............................................081

so that 為了如此...以至於..................173

so因此..............................................173

soccer(=football U.K.)足球 ..........066

softball壘球 ......................................066

soil土壤 ............................................115

solar energy 太陽能 ..........................115

soldier軍人 ......................................053

solve解決 ........................................133

some一些 ........................................174

somebody某人 ................................174

someone某人 ..................................174

something某些東西..........................174

sometimes有時候 ............................179

somewhere一些地方........................183

South America 南美洲 ......................107

space空白 ........................................045

speech演講 ......................................021

spider蜘蛛........................................101

stadium體育場..................................112

start起動 ..........................................202

star星星............................................081

state聲明..........................................021

stay停留 ..........................................014

steal偷..............................................206

stem莖 ............................................104

step步驟 ..........................................036

still仍然 ............................................186

stone石頭、石塊 ..............................115

stop停 ..............................................202

stormy暴風雨的................................081

storm暴風雨 ....................................081

stream溪流 ......................................091

strike攻擊 ........................................129

style風格 ..........................................036

success成功 ....................................033

suggest建議 ....................................021

sunglasses太陽眼鏡 ........................112

sunny出太陽的 ................................081

sun太陽............................................081

superstition迷信 ..............................033

support支持......................................039

sure當然 ..........................................176

surfing滑浪 ......................................077

survive倖存 ......................................129

swallow吞 ........................................206

swan天鵝 ........................................094

swimming pool 游泳池 ......................112

swimming游泳..................................077

symbol象徵 ......................................121

system系統 ......................................045

table tennis 乒乓球............................066

tail尾巴 ............................................104

Taiwan R.O.C. 台灣(R.O.C. =

Republic of China)............................107

take a bath 泡澡 ................................118

take a break 休息一下 ......................190

take a taxi 搭計乘車 ..........................190

take it easy 放輕鬆............................190

take medicine 吃藥 ..........................190

T

220 1000

Index索引

Page 433: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

take off 脫下 ......................................190

take showers 沖澡、淋浴 ..................118

take拿 ..............................................190

talent天才、天資 ..............................033

taxi driver 計程車司機 ......................049

Teacher’s Day 教師節 ......................084

team隊 ............................................066

tell告訴 ............................................021

tennis網球 ........................................066

tent帳篷 ............................................112

thank感謝 ........................................025

Thanksgiving感恩節 ........................084

that那、那個(人、事、物)............143

the這(個)、那(個)......................151

their他們的 ......................................157

theirs他們的 ....................................143

themselves他們自己 ........................140

then然後 ..........................................186

therefore因此 ..................................173

these這些(人、事、物)................143

they他們 ..........................................140

think認為 ..........................................039

this這、這個(人、事、物)............143

those那些(人、事、物) ..............143

thought想法......................................036

through透過 ....................................164

thunder雷、雷聲 ..............................081

tiger老虎 ..........................................094

till直到...為止 ....................................170

to向、往 ..........................................167

to直到...之前 ....................................170

together一起 ....................................186

too太 ................................................183

tour guide 導遊..................................053

towards朝向 ....................................167

town鎮、市鎮 ..................................087

toy玩具 ............................................071

trace追蹤..........................................133

trade貿易 ........................................063

tradition傳統 ....................................033

traffic 交通 ........................................136

trap陷阱 ..........................................121

travel旅行 ........................................136

treasure寶物 ....................................018

treat款待 ..........................................202

tree樹 ..............................................101

trick花招、騙局 ................................033

trip旅行 ............................................136

trouble麻煩 ......................................033

trumpet喇叭 ....................................074

trunk樹幹..........................................104

trust信任 ..........................................039

truth事實 ..........................................029

turkey火雞........................................097

turn around 轉圈 ..............................198

turn down 轉小..................................198

turn off 關 ..........................................198

turn on 開 ..........................................198

turtle烏龜..........................................101

type打字 ..........................................045

typhoon颱風 ....................................081

under在...的下面 ..............................164

universe宇宙 ....................................018

unless除非 ......................................173

until直到...為止 ................................170

use使用............................................202

usually通常 ......................................179

U

221

Index索引

Page 434: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

vacation休假、假期 ........................084

Valentine’s Day 情人節 ....................084

valley山谷 ........................................091

value價值觀 ....................................036

vendor小販老板 ..............................060

very非常地 ......................................183

victory勝利 ......................................129

village村莊 ......................................087

violin小提琴......................................074

volleyball排球 ..................................066

vote投票、選舉 ................................129

wait等 ..............................................202

waiter餐廳男伺者 ............................049

waitress餐廳女伺者..........................049

wake up 醒一醒、起床......................198

wake醒 ............................................198

want想要 ..........................................042

war戰爭............................................121

was是(is的過去式)......................161

waste廢棄物 ....................................118

watch看............................................071

waterfalls瀑布 ..................................091

we我們 ............................................140

weather天氣 ....................................081

wedding ceremony 婚禮 ..................014

welcome受歡迎的 ............................014

were是(are的過去式)..................161

western西方的 ................................084

wet(地面)濕的、雨天的 ..............081

whale鯨魚 ........................................101

what什麼 ..........................................179

when何時 ........................................179

W

Vwhere那裡........................................179

whether是否 ....................................179

which那以個 ....................................179

who誰 ..............................................179

whose誰的 ......................................179

why not 好 ........................................176

why為什麼........................................179

will將 ................................................161

win贏................................................066

windy颳風的 ....................................081

wind風..............................................081

wing翅膀 ..........................................104

winner獲勝者 ..................................066

wish希望 ..........................................042

with和 ..............................................186

without沒有 ......................................186

wolf狼 ..............................................094

wood木頭、木材 ..............................115

woods森林 ......................................091

work experience 工作經驗 ................011

world世界 ........................................107

worry擔心 ........................................039

would將(will的過去式)..................161

writer寫作家 ....................................049

yet還(沒)......................................186

you你、你們 ....................................140

your你的、你們的 ............................157

yours你的、你們的 ..........................143

yourself你自己 ................................140

yourselves你們自己 ........................140

zebra斑馬 ........................................094

zoo動物園 ........................................094

Z

Y

222 1000

Index索引

Page 435: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]
Page 436: 邊上班邊學英文.(ED2000.COM)[1]

書名/邊上班邊學英文

作者/賴淑玲

發行人/蔣敬祖

總編輯/王毓芳

執行主編/賴冠嬴‧王啟榆

執行編輯/葛庭甄‧陳弘毅‧廖晏婕‧林玉潔‧陳雅儀

美術編輯/麵包

法律顧問/北辰著作權事務所 蕭雄淋律師

印製/凱立國際資訊股份有限公司

初版/2006年12月

出版/我識出版社有限公司

電話/(02)2578-8578‧2577-7136

傳真/(02)2578-8286

郵政劃撥/19793190

戶名/我識出版社

地址/台北市光復南路32巷16弄4號1樓

網址/www.17buy.com.tw

Email/[email protected]

特價/349元

台灣地區總經銷/彩舍國際通路

地址/台北縣中和市建一路87.89號5樓

邊上班邊學英文 / 賴淑玲著.

-- 初版. -- 台北市 : 我識, 2006﹝民95﹞

面; 公分

ISBN 978 986 7346 79 7(平裝)

1. 英國語言 — 詞彙

805. 12 94012649

版權所有 翻印必究